EnginEEring

A

A

E

NG

ERING INE
A
ENGINEERING
Bearing Types and Cages............................................................A4 Determination of Applied Loads and Bearing Analysis ......A21 Bearing reactions, Dynamic Equivalent Loads and Bearing Life .................................................................................A27 Bearing Tolerances, inch and Metric .....................................A43 Mounting Designs ......................................................................A73 Fitting Practice..........................................................................A102 Bearing Setting .........................................................................A140 Lubrication and Seals .................................................................... A146 Speed, Heat and Torque ..........................................................A163 Conversion Tables ........................................................................... A174
TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

A

EN

E IN G

ING ER

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

EnginEEring INTRODUCTION
Timken is a leader in the advancement of bearing technology. Expert craftsmanship, well-equipped production facilities, and a continuing investment in technology programs ensure that our products are synonymous with quality and reliability. Today, our plants manufacture thousands of bearing types and sizes to handle a wide range of application requirements. Anti-friction bearings inherently manage broad ranges of speed and many combinations of radial and thrust loads. Other important environmental conditions, such as low and high temperature, dust and dirt, moisture, and unusual mounting conditions, affect bearing operation. This engineering section is not intended to be comprehensive, but does serve as a useful guideline in bearing selection. Where more complex bearing applications are involved, your Timken representative should be consulted. The following topics are covered within this section: • Bearing types • Cages • Internal clearances • Tolerances • Shaft and housing fits and shoulders • Load ratings and life calculations • Lubrication • Materials • Limiting speeds • Duplex bearings and preloading

A

BEARING SELECTION PROCESS
Bearing selection is a process for evaluating the suitability of bearings for specific industrial applications. The quality of the information available to make these selections will play a major role in determining the success of the bearing choice. The first step in bearing selection is identifying the proper roller element type, whether it is a ball, needle, cylindrical, spherical or tapered roller bearing. Each roller bearing type has advantages and disadvantages that are specific to each design and will affect such things as the loads and speeds that the bearing can sustain in the application. Next, assess the size constraints of the bearing envelope or available space. This is done by considering the minimum shaft diameter, maximum housing bore and available width within the application for the bearing. After the bearing envelope is defined, search the catalog for bearings with bores, outer diameters and widths that will fit within the bearing envelope. There may be several bearings with different load-carrying capacities available that fit within the envelope.
Tapered Roller Bearing
Excellent Good Excellent Fair Excellent Fair Fair Poor Excellent Good Good

Determine which of these bearings will give the desired life in the application by performing a bearing life analysis for each bearing. The following sections in this catalog give a detailed explanation of how to perform bearing life analysis. Once you have chosen the right bearing to handle the load requirements of your application, and the design options are chosen, the bearing selection is completed. These options include such features as cage type, cylindrical roller bearing flange arrangements, radial internal clearance or setting, precision level and lubrication. These options are selected based on the application's speed, temperature, mounting and loading conditions, and will enable you to achieve optimum bearing performance and life. For a closer look, your Timken representative can provide you with expert computer analysis to give you the most detailed information for your bearing application.

Characteristic
Pure Radial Load Pure Axial Load Combined Load Moment Load High Stiffness Quiet Running Low Friction Misalignment Locating Position (Fixed) Non-Locating Position (Floating) Speed

Thrust Tapered Roller Bearing
Unsuitable Excellent Fair Poor Excellent Fair Fair Poor Good Unsuitable Good

Cylindrical Roller Thrust Cylindrical Bearing Roller Bearing
Excellent Unsuitable Fair Unsuitable Good Good Good Poor Fair Excellent Good Unsuitable Good Unsuitable Unsuitable Excellent Poor Poor Unsuitable Fair Unsuitable Poor

Spherical Roller Bearing
Excellent Fair Excellent Unsuitable Good Fair Fair Excellent Good Fair Fair

Thrust Spherical Roller Bearing
Unsuitable Excellent Fair Unsuitable Good Poor Fair Excellent Good Unsuitable Fair

Ball Bearing
Good Fair Good Good Fair Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Excellent

Thrust Ball Bearing
Poor Excellent Poor Poor Good Good Excellent Poor Excellent Unsuitable Excellent

Needle Roller Bearing
Excellent Unsuitable Unsuitable Fair Good Good Good Poor Unsuitable Good Good

Thrust Needle Roller Bearing
Unsuitable Excellent Unsuitable Unsuitable Excellent Fair Good Poor Excellent Unsuitable Poor

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

has a greater capacity than the K-Type. which is identified by the suffix K and the filling slot designated by the suffix W. thrust or combined loads.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES BEARING TyPES RADIAL BALL BEARINGS The basic types of Timken ball bearings are shown here. which is assembled with more balls than a K-Type of the same size. Double-Row Type Double-row. The filling slot type. and a maximum complement of balls assembled through a counterbore in the outer ring. high race depths. which provide greater axial and radial rigidity than can be obtained by using a single-row radial bearing. angular contact bearings mounted in duplex pairs. worm drives. Single-Row Fixed Mounting Floating Mounting Typical Mountings for Double Row. They are the non-filling slot or Conrad. thrust or combined loads demand axial rigidity of the shaft. Angular contact Ball Bearings A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . With the exception of small sizes. angular contact ball bearings are used effectively where heavy radial. The angular contact ball bearing has a relatively large contact angle. They are dimensionally interchangeable with single-row radial bearings of corresponding sizes. Angular contact bearings are used in such applications as gear reducers. pumps. vertical shafts and machine tool spindles. These features provide bearings with significantly more thrust capacity than radial bearings of the same size. but has limited thrust capacity due to the filling slots in the raceway shoulders. Fixed and floating mountings of double-row bearings are shown. Both K and W can be mounted with or without locknuts and either fixed or floating in their housings as illustrated here. and are suggested for applications where the magnitude of the thrust component is high enough to preclude the use of radial type ball bearings. do not have as much thrust capacity as equivalent size single-row. and therefore. where they are frequently mounted in various duplex arrangements as described in the duplex section. angular contact ball bearings are designed for combination loading with high thrust capacity in one direction. double-row ball bearings are made in the filling slot construction. Suffix K Suffix W Fixed Mounting Floating Mounting ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARINGS Single-Row Type Single-row. This type is similar to a duplex pair of single-row bearings by virtue of its two rows of balls and angular-contact construction. The non-filling slot or Conrad bearing has uninterrupted raceway shoulders and is capable of supporting radial. Smaller sizes are supplied with polymeric retainers.

ABEC 1 ensures a precision product by nature. or where it is difficult and costly to machine housing shoulders. The snap ring provides an adequate shoulder for the bearings without a sacrifice in bearing capacity. These bearings are advantageous in automobile transmission design and in all applications where compactness is essential. However. Typical designs illustrating how mounting simplification can be accomplished through the use of snap ring bearings are shown (below). Single shielded or sealed bearings with snap rings can be supplied with the snap ring on the same side or that opposite the shield or seal position.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued BALL BEARINGS WITH SNAP RINGS (WIRELOC) Single-row radial bearings including those with seals or shields and open and shielded double-row types are available with snap rings. Many applications in numerous types of machinery can be satisfactorily operated with ABEC 1 tolerance bearings. extreme accuracy and rigidity in such equipment as high-grade machine tools. which provide a shoulder integral with the bearing. Typical Application For Super Precision Bearing TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . A Typical Mounting For Snap Ring Bearing SUPER PRECISION BALL BEARINGS Every Timken Fafnir ball bearing manufactured is made to precision tolerances. This feature is designated by adding the suffix "G" to the standard bearing number. The standard tolerances established by the Annular Bearing Engineers Committee (ABEC) are adhered to. The thrust capacity of the snap ring in shear is considerably above the thrust capacity of the bearing. a complete line of Timken Fafnir super precision ball bearings is manufactured to ABEC 7 and ABEC 9 tolerances. designed for mounting in through-bored housings. gas turbines and sensitive precision instruments. for applications involving high speeds. woodworking machines. and even the most liberal classification.

etc. These units are suited for applications where space is limited and reversing shaft rotation is encountered. 120 degrees apart. sleeves and adapters. Extended inner ring bearings are used when space is at a premium and overturning loads are not a problem. Positive contact land-riding R-Seals provide protection against harmful contaminants and retain lubricant. tightened in the collar and passing through drilled holes in the inner ring. the bearing is locked to the shaft by two setscrews. This eccentric recess engages or mates with an eccentric cam end of the bearing inner ring when the bearing is assembled on the shaft.). The new wide inner ring setscrew series is available when additional surface contact on the shaft is a requirement for added stability. Easiest of all to install. these bearings are suitable for mounting on straight shafting (no shoulders.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued BALL BEARINGS WITH LOCKING DEVICES By virtue of their independent locking devices. Mounted alignment is usually required because these bearings are generally assembled into pillow blocks or flanged cartridges. wide inner ring ball bearings with selflocking collars are available in various sizes. Setscrew Series Bearings Self-Locking (Eccentric) Collar Timken invented the eccentric self-locking collar to facilitate mounting of wide inner ring bearings. This assembly grips the shaft tightly with a positive binding action that increases with use. They are often supplied with spherical outer rings for self-alignment at mounting. The collar setscrew provides supplementary locking. The self-locking collar eliminates the need for locknuts. RA-RR Series Extended Inner Ring with Locking Collar Shroud-Seal KRRB Series Wide Inner Ring with Locking Collar GC-KRRB Series A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . lockwashers. The GYA-RRB and the GY-KRRB series relubricatable and nonrelubricatable bearings are extended inner ring and wide inner ring type bearings with specially designed setscrews to lock on shafting. shoulders. No adjustments of any kind are necessary. YA-RR Series Concentric Collar Using the concentric collar. These bearings shown with various seal and inner ring width variations serve many purposes in farm and industrial applications. or other housings bolted to pedestals or frames independent of each other. The collar is engaged on the inner ring cam of the bearing. The locking collar has a counterbored recess eccentric with the collar bore.

machined ring. Drawn cup roller clutches transmit torque between the shaft and housing in one direction and allow free overrun in the opposite direction. Applications are generally described as indexing. closed (to protect the shaft) end designs. or with a matching inner ring where this requirement cannot be conventionally satisfied. utilizing the same low profile radial section as drawn cup bearings. but with an added thrust bearing component. Profiled track rollers are designed to alleviate uneven bearing loading resulting from deflection. Yoke-type track rollers are designed for straddle mounting. backstopping or overrunning. Track Rollers Timken Torrington track rollers listed in this catalog have been designed with outer rings of large radial cross section to withstand heavy rolling and shock loads on track type or camcontrolled equipment. Combined (Radial and Thrust) Bearings Radial Caged Needle Rollers Timken Torrington needle roller and cage radial assemblies have a steel cage that provides both inward and outward retention for the needle rollers. They are also available with one or two integral seals. The designs provide maximum cage strength consistent with the inherent high load ratings of needle roller bearings. Thrust bearings are available with needle rollers or heavier cylindrical rollers for high load carrying capacity. inner rings. Timken offers both inch and metric nominal bearings in popular designs such as: drawn cups. Like other needle bearings. hardened washers are available. Needle roller and cage assemblies are manufactured with either one or two rows of needle rollers. and single or double caged sets (or full complement) of rollers. Roller Clutches Drawn Cup Bearings The outer ring in the form of a cup is accurately drawn. bending or misalignment in mounting. If the back up surfaces cannot be used as raceways. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Timken combined bearings consist of a radial bearing (needle roller bearing) and a thrust bearing (needle or other roller bearing). and no subsequent machining is performed to build the outer raceway. Drawn cup needle roller bearings are available in open ends or single. Heavy-Duty (Machined) Needle Roller Bearings These bearings are available in a wide range of inch and metric sizes plus an array of design features including: integral seals. and matching inner ring. radial caged needle rollers. When transmitting torque. either the shaft or the housing can be the input member. Most of these bearing types can be operated directly on a machined shaft of suitable quality. track rollers. Other options include a single lubricating hole. Some combined bearings are constructed similar to drawn cups. or with shields.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS Timken needle roller bearings are an economical alternative for applications requiring minimal space to carry a given load at a desired speed. The precisely formed interior ramps provide surfaces against which the needle rollers wedge to positively lock the clutch with the shaft when rotated in the proper direction. these combined bearings can be matched with an optional inner ring or thrust washer as the opposing raceway. Stud-type track rollers are available with or without lip contact seals. combined bearings. thrust bearings. These ramps formed during the operation of drawing the cup. In many respects. Accurate guidance of the needle rollers by the cage bars allows for operation at high speeds. construction is similar to that of drawn cup bearings. Needle roller bearings can be an ideal choice because of their ability to handle a given level of speed and load capacity. side flanges (or separate end washers). The outside diameters of the outer rings are either profiled or cylindrical. or with a single (or double) full complement row of cylindrical or needle rollers. A Thrust Bearings Needle roller and cage thrust assemblies are available in a variety of inch or metric sizes. at a very attractive price. and drawn cup roller clutches. yet have the smallest cross-section of all roller bearing types – and. oil holes. The incorporation of ramp forming into the cup drawing operation is a Timken manufacturing innovation that contributes much to the low cost of the unit. Each yoke-type is available with either needle roller and cage radial assemblies. are case hardened to assure long wear life. All types have very small crosssections.

EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING SELECTION Because of the possible combinations of roller complement orientation. The table below should be used as a general guideline for the application of Timken needle roller bearings. needle roller bearings should be given extra consideration for roller bearing applications selection. NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING CAPABILITy COMPARISON BASED ON SUITABLE OIL LUBRICATION Bearing Design Bearing Capability Radial Load Axial Load Limiting Speed Slope Tolerance Grease Life Friction Precision Cross Section Cost Needle Roller Type Assembly Drawn Cup & Cage Radial Bearing Caged Drawn Cup Needle Needle Roller Full Complement Needle Roller Roller Bearing Inner Ring Track Roller Bearing & Assembly Needle Roller & Cage Thrust Needle Rollers Combination High None Very high Moderate High Very low Very high Very low Low Moderate None High Moderate High Very low Moderate Low Low High None Moderate Very low Low High Moderate Low Low High None Very high Moderate High Very low High Moderate High Moderate Low Moderate Moderate Moderate Low High High High None Very high High Low Low Moderate High Very low Moderate Very high None Moderate Very low Low High Very high Very low Very low High High Moderate Low Low Moderate High High Very high Radial Caged Needle Roller Drawn Cup Needle Roller Heavy-Duty Needle Roller Track Roller Thrust Needle Roller Combined Needle Roller Drawn Cup Roller Clutch A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . bearing crosssection thickness. and raceway construction.

W Selected Outside Diameter Bearings Bearings with selected outside diameters are required in some applications. To order. Tapered bore bearings are available with adapter sleeve assemblies consisting of sleeve. This allows a close control of the fit between the bearing and housing. SNW117). add the suffix “W22” to the bearing number (i. Torrington spherical roller bearings are available with reduced outside diameter tolerance. with a machined bronze cage. through a single lubrication fitting. To order. This design feature allows the lubricant to flow between the roller paths. All of the newer styles (CJ.22216W33). through a single lubrication fitting. The VCF. The maximum continuous ISO and ANSI ABMA standards. To specify this feature. CJ bearings include a stamped steel cage and are suitable for a broad range of general service applications. consult your Timken representative for more information. add the suffix “W22” to the bearing number (e. PRODUCTS TIMKEN the housing is usually ground or honed. Adapter sleeve assemblies are designated SNW (e. Other advanced more tolerance and less restrictive and YM bearings incorporate thedata a is features of Torrington Trac-Tru™ technology. This eliminates the expense of machining a channel in the housing bore for introducing lubricant to the bearing. reaching all contact surfaces and “flushing” the bearing. A CJ YM / YMB Tapered Bore Bearing with Adapter Sleeve Assembly YM bearings offer the greatest range of sizes in all series. W22 Selected Outside Diameter Bearings Bearings with selected outside diameters are required in some applications. 22216W22). Depending on the type of bearing. The decision as to which ring should be double-ribbed is normally determined by considering assembly and mounting BR Tapered Bore Bearing procedures in the application. The lubricant moves laterally outward from the center of the bearing.. This capability is unique to spherical rollerAll of the newer styles (CJ... The other ring is separable from the assembly and has one rib or none.. 22311KYM).e. SNW117). 22216W22).EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued RADIAL SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS The principle styles of radial spherical roller bearings are offered by Timken: CJ. This design feature allows the lubricant to flow between the roller paths. This eliminates the expense of machining a channel in the housing bore for introducing lubricant to the bearing. and a complement of controlled contour cylindrical rollers. The internal geometry allows the inner ring to accommodate misalignment. YMB style. locknut and washer.g. These bearings may be used in two positions for shaft support if other means of axial location CJ YM / YMB are provided. the YM and YMB style. reaching all contact surfaces and “flushing” the bearing. For extreme conditions of use. All styles are available in straight or tapered bores. The ring with two ribs axially locates the position of the roller assembly. either the inner or the outer ring has two roller guiding ribs. The lubricant moves laterally outward from the center of the bearing. SERIES 239 230 240 231 241 222 232 213 223 233 Optional features available with Torrington spherical roller bearings: W33 Lubrication Groove and Oil Holes A lubrication groove and three oil holes are provided in the bearing outer ring. An illustration is presented operating temperature under normal working conditions is 250°F below. A graphical illustration is presented below. with a machined brass cage. 22216W33). RADIAL CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Standard Styles A Timken cylindrical roller bearing consists of an inner and outer ring. For Timken spherical roller bearingsextreme conditions of use. should be considered. Tapered bore All styles are with Timken spherical roller bearings can be ordered by placing a “K” immediately after the numbers bearings: in the bearing description (i. Additional features are available. locknut and washer. Additional features are available.. Adapter sleeve assemblies are designated SNW (i. stamped steel cage and are suitable for a broad range of general service applications. One of the ribs may be used to carry light thrust loads when an opposing rib is provided. YM. This allows a close control of the fit between the bearing and housing. The relative axial displacement of one ring to the other occurs with minimum friction while the bearing is rotating. 22311KYM).g.g. CJ assembly.e.ten dimensional are available in the YM.e. Timken spherical roller bearings have been developed to accommodate radial and axial loads.e. Consult the Torrington engineering CATALOG A • .. CJ bearings include listed. They combine Timken design experience with proven performance in many industries. a roller retaining cage. should be considered. VCSJ and VCSM.with Adapter Sleeve Types RU and RIU have double-ribbed outer and straight inner Assembly rings. Tapered bore bearings are available with adapter sleeve assemblies consisting of sleeve. (120°C). To obtain the accuracy desired. Torrington spherical roller bearings are available in 10 dimensional series conforming to ISO and ANSI ⁄ABMA standards. YM and YMB) offer higher load ratings for longer life. To specify this feature. Timken spherical roller bearings are available with reduced outside diameter tolerance. add the suffix “W33” to the bearing number (i. YM. The ground diameters of these ribs may be used to support the roller cage. Tapered bore bearings can be ordered by placing a “K” immediately after the numbers in the bearing description (e. YMB. Optional features available available in straight or tapered bores.style spherical ⁄roller bearing uses a cage made of high series conforming to performance glass-fiber reinforced polyamide. The use of either type at one position on a shaft is ideal for accommodating shaft expansion or contraction. YMB and VCF) offer higher load bearings allowing machine designers ratings for longer life. add the suffix “W33” to the bearing number (e. W Lubrication Groove and Oil Holes A lubrication groove and three oil holes are provided in the bearing outer ring.. Types RN and RIN have double-ribbed inner and straight outer rings.g..

N RIJ. however. Proper roller guidance is assured by integral ribs and roller end clearance control. The type NU. RT. The inner rings are deep-case hardened to accommodate the hoop stresses resulting from heavy press fits. Factors governing the thrust capacity are the same as for types RF and RJ bearings. they conform to ISO and DIN standards for loose rib rings (thrust collars) and typical industry diameters over or under roller. the outer ring is doubleribbed and the inner ring is full-width with a cylindrical O. The cage features depressed bars. the fixed bearing is usually placed nearest the drive end of the shaft to minimize alignment variations 5200 WS in the drive. RU. NUP RIP. N. which not only space rollers evenly. A5200 WS 5200 WS A5200 WS A5200 WS A-52xx-WS A-52XX-WM A-52xx-WM 5200 WS 52xx-WS A-52XX-WM A-52XX 00 Metric Series This series features enhanced radial load rating due to its internal design proportions. Other internal clearances can be supplied upon request. When so used. NJ RIF. RN. NJ. In this series. Outer rings are made from bearing quality alloy steel. as well as light unidirectional thrust loads. RF. Both types can support heavy loads. Cages of machined brass (“M” designation) are available for applications where reversing loads or high speeds might indicate their need. A-52XX-WM A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . but retain them as a complete assembly with the outer ring. RJ. NU RIN. In such cases. When limiting thrust conditions are approached.D. Shaft endplay (or float) is determined by the axial clearance in the bearing. shaft endplay should be adjusted at time of assembly. Types RP and RIP have a double-ribbed inner ring and a single-ribbed outer ring with a loose rib. NP Types RJ and RIJ have double-ribbed outer and single-ribbed inner rings. NF. RP. Types RT and RP (as well as RIT and RIP) can carry heavy radial loads and light thrust loads in both directions. Types RF and RIF have double-ribbed inner and singleribbed outer rings. A type RT or RP bearing may be used in conjunction with type RN or RU bearings for applications where axial shaft expansion is anticipated. these bearings may be used in an opposed mounting to 5200 WS locate the shaft. Your Timken representative should be consulted for assistance in such applications. NUP and NP are similar in construction to their ‘R’ counterparts.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued RIU. lubrication can become critical. Types RT and RIT have double ribbed outer and single ribbed inner ring with a loose rib that allow the bearing to provide axial location in both directions. and the surface finished to 15 RMS maximum. The standard bearing is furnished with radial internal clearances designated as R6. The bearing also can be furnished without an inner ring for applications where radial space is limited. In such cases. A-52XX-WM The bearing is usually furnished with a rugged stamped steel cage (“S” designation) and is land-riding on the outer ring ribs. NF RIT. When thrust loads are very light. The thrust load is transmitted between the diagonally opposed rib faces in a sliding action. tabulated in Radial Cylindrical Roller A5200 WS Section. the shaft journal must be hardened to HRC 58 minimum.

eliminating the need for a separate cone spacer. These cups have holes in the O. Both comprise a one-piece (double) cone and two single cups. The cone front faces are extended so they abut. TDO bearings can be used in fixed (locating) positions or allowed to float in the housing bore. TNA .Double cone with tapered bore These three bearing types are similar to the TDO – comprised of a one-piece (double) cup and two cones.D. Supplied with a built-in clearance to give a standard setting range. to allow for the use of a seal or stamped closure – typically for use on stationary shaft applications.Non-adjustable with lubricant slots TNASWE . Type TNASWE have extended back face ribs on the cones which are ground on the O. Type TDIT has a tapered bore to facilitate removal when an interference fit is essential. They are usually supplied complete with a cup spacer as a pre-set assembly. TDI and TDIT bearings can be used at fixed (locating) positions on rotating shaft applications. It consists of the cone assembly and the cup. that permit the use of pins to prevent cup rotation in the housing. During equipment assembly. Types TNASW and TNASWE are variations having chamfers and slots on the front face of the cone to provide lubrication through the shaft.Non-adjustable TNASW . as listed. It is usually fitted as one of an opposing pair (see choice of mounting configuration).Single-Row This is the basic and the most widely used type of tapered roller bearing. single-row bearings can be “set” to the required clearance (endplay) or preload condition to optimize performance.Double cup This has a one-piece (double) cup and two single cones. these bearings provide a solution for many fixed or floating bearing applications where optimum simplicity of assembly is required. TNA TNASW TNASWE TDI TDIT TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .Double cone TDIT . yet regular removal is required. with flanged cup Variation on the basic single-row bearingtype TSF has a flanged cup to facilitate axial location and accurately aligned seats in a through-bored housing. TDODC or TDOCD cups also are available in most sizes.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS SINGLE-ROW BEARINGS TS . TS TSF TWO-ROW BEARINGS TDO . This configuration gives a wide effective bearing spread and is frequently chosen for applications where overturning moments are a significant load component.D. It is usually supplied complete with a cone spacer as a pre-set assembly. A TSF . For rotating housing applications.Non-adjustable with lubricant slots and extended back face rib TDI .Single-row. for example to compensate for shaft expansion. the double cone of Type TDI can be used to float on the stationary shaft.

SS SR SS . In addition to providing a bearing that automatically gives a pre-determined setting at assembly without the need for a manual setting. but the thrust component is beyond the capacity of a single bearing (within a given maximum O. This principle is adopted in two standard ranges of spacer assemblies listed in the main sections of this guide: types “SS” and “SR”.Two single-row assembly Often referred to as “snap-ring assemblies”. They are generally used at fixed (locating) positions on rotating shaft applications. Appropriate cone and cup spacers are supplied. Consult your Timken representative for the most effective and economical solution. Type-SS consist of two basic single-row bearings (Type-TS). They have two spacers and an optional snap-ring that may be used for axial location. pre-set. However.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued SPACER ASSEMBLIES Any two single-row bearings (Type-TS) can be supplied as a two-row. They are supplied complete with cone and cup spacers to give a pre-determined bearing setting when assembled. Because both types are made up of popular sizes of single-row bearings. They have a cone spacer and a snap-ring. they provide a low cost option for many applications. simply by varying the spacer lengths. two single-row bearings can be mounted in tandem. machined to pre-determined dimensions and tolerances.D. the concept can be applied to produce custommade two-row bearings to suit specific applications. Type-SS have a specified setting range to suit the duty of the application. based on Timken’s Set-Right™ automated setting technique suitable for most industrial applications. it is possible to modify the assembly width to suit an application. to give axial location in a through-bored housing. 2TS-IM TyPE TS-TM (TANDEM MOUNTING) Where combined radial and thrust load capacity is required. TyPE TS-DM (DIRECT MOUNTING) These consist of two single-row bearings.). with cones abutting and a cup spacer. THERE ARE THREE BASIC TyPES OF SPACER ASSEMBLIES TyPE TS-IM (INDIRECT MOUNTING) These consist of two single-row bearings with a cone and cup spacer. which also serves as the cup spacer. SR .Set-RightTM assembly Type-SR are made to a standard setting range. In some applications the cup spacer is replaced by a shoulder in the bearing housing. 2TS-DM 2TS-TM A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . ready-to-fit assembly by the addition of spacers.

two radial seals. The package gives the differential pinion builder considerable improvements in reliability. heavy vehicle wheel package. and are manufactured to metric boundary dimensions. UNIPAC TM SPTM Bearing The UNIPAC™ bearing is a two-row tapered roller bearing. made in a wide range of sizes. The AP bearing is supplied as a pre-set. It consists of two single cones. Originally designed for the high-volume needs of passenger car wheels. sealed and lubricated-for-life two-row assembly with a flanged outer ring. ease of assembly and supply logistics. It is a maintenance-free. are more compact in size. pre-set and sealed package consisting of two rows of tapered roller bearings mounted in a carrier. an end cap and cap screws. pre-lubricated and sealed package. a backing ring. The package enables a reduction in the wheel weight by eliminating the traditional wheel hub and has the advantage of improving reliability. UNIPAC-PLUSTM The UNIPAC-PLUS™ bearing is a ready-to-install. pre-set. The UNIPAC bearing provides improvements in reliability. The AP™ bearing is a self-contained assembly. assembly and supply logistics. a counterbored double cup. the SP™ bearing is designed specifically for journal bearings on high-speed rail applications. An added advantage for disc-brake equipped axles is ease of mounting. Similar in concept to AP bearings. supplied as a maintenance free. ease of assembly and supply logistics.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued PACKAGED BEARINGS A PINION PACTM UNIPACTM UNIPAC–PLUSTM APTM SPTM Pinion PacTM APTM Bearing The Pinion Pac™ bearing is a ready to install. pre-lubricated and sealed package. SEALED BEARINGS TSL The TSL incorporates a DUO-FACE® PLUS seal. The SP bearing type differs from the AP bearing in that SP bearings have labyrinth seals. pre-set. It is custom designed for the final drive pinions of heavy commercial vehicles. making it an economical choice for grease lubricated applications at moderate speeds. TSL TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . the UNIPAC bearing now has wider application in wheel hubs of heavy vehicles as well as in industrial equipment.

TSHR HIGH SPEED BEARINGS TSMA . of the cone extension provides an excellent surface for effective closure or sealing. the hardened and ground O. with axial oil provision Some applications require extreme high-speed capability. double cup Type TNASWHF . The cup is extended at both ends and counterbored to accept stamped closures. disc-harrow and similar agricultural machinery shafts and line shafts).Hydra-RibTM bearing with preload adjustment device For many applications. which has a double cup and two cones. The Hydra-Rib™ bearing has a “floating” cup rib controlled by hydraulic or pneumatic pressure. printing press cylinders and other applications where accuracy of rotation is required. The normal design of the bearing is type TXRDO. tapered geometry of the bearing causes the load-carrying center of each of the races to be projected along the axis. On all types.Non adjustable.D.Crossed roller bearing A crossed roller bearing is two sets of bearing races and rollers brought together at right angles – with alternate rollers facing opposite directions – within a section height not much greater than that of a TS bearing. TNASWHF TNASWH A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . resulting in a total effective bearing spread many times greater than the width of the bearing itself.Extended double cone Type TDIA These two-row bearings are designed for applications where it is required to lock the loose-fitted cone to a shaft. which ensures that the required bearing preload is maintained irrespective of the differential expansions or changes in loading taking place within the system. The steep angle. heavy-duty. with rollers spaced by polymer separators. The concept works by capturing oil in a manifold (attached to the cone). where special lubrication methods must be provided. TXR These are two-row bearing assemblies with two cones and a one-piece cup. TSHR . or with an inherently self-locking square bore – ideal for farm machinery applications. bearings are required to run at high speeds with a controlled preload setting.Non adjustable. Type TDIA is similar to type TDIE with a cylindrical bore. in sheet and strip levellers or. OTHER TWO-ROW BEARINGS Type TDIE . The cups have a heavy wall section. notably in the machine tool industry. with a flange (Type-TNASWHF). similar to type TNASWE listed in this guide. The bearings can be supplied with these readyfitted as a unit assembly (but not pre-lubricated). Crossed roller bearings are manufactured in precision classes. Type TDIE is available in two forms: cylindrical bore with the cone extended at both ends and provisions for setscrews and locking collars at each end. with provision also for effective closure or sealing – (typically on pillow blocks. This type of bearing offers a high resistance to overturning moments.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued PRECISION BEARINGS TS and TSF single-row bearings These bearings are similar in design to the types described on page A11.Single-row. TDIE TDIE (Square Bore) TDIA TSMA Type TNASWH . heavy-duty. with flanged double cup TXR . They are only produced in high-precision quality. The TSMA is a single-row bearing with a special provision for lubrication of the critical roller-rib contact area to ensure adequate lubrication at high speeds. Rubbing seals are available for certain sizes. Consult your Timken representative for other high-speed bearing designs with specialized lubrication methods. as a complete wheel assembly for use on rails. allowing the bearings to be used directly as steady rest rollers. to be used in machine tool spindles. which is then directed to the rib-roller contact area through holes drilled axially through the large cone rib. There is a provision for a locking collar at one end only. The compact configuration is suited to pillow blocks and similar applications.

A Type-TQITS Type-TQITSE The main feature of these bearings is a tapered bore – the taper being matched and continuous through the cones. This permits an interference fit on the backup rolls of high-speed mills. The indirect mounting of the bearing pairs increase the overall effective spread of the bearing. Slots in the cone spacer permit lubricant to flow from the bearing chamber to the roll neck. four single cups and three cup spacers. This allows the centerline of the bearing to move closer to the roll body. eliminating the need for cone spacers. Type-TQO Type-TQOW These pairs of directly mounted bearings consist of two double cones. When the fillet and/or filler rings do not have lubrication slots. TQO TQOW TQITS TQITSE Sealed roll neck The sealed roll neck bearing is similar to the TQO. Thrust bearings should operate under continuous load for satisfactory performance. Their main application is on the roll necks of rolling mill equipment.and medium-speed rolling mills. The cone spacers also are hardened to minimize face wear. All four-row bearings are supplied as pre-set matched assemblies. two single and one double cup. but four types (TVL. with all components numbered to ensure correct installation sequence. Type TVB Type TVL Type DTVL Type TP Type TPS Type TTHD Type TSR Type TTVF Type TTVS Type TTSP – – – – – – – – – – Grooved race thrust ball bearing Angular contact thrust ball bearing Two direction angular contact thrust ball bearing Thrust cylindrical roller bearing Self-aligning thrust cylindrical roller bearing Thrust tapered roller bearing Thrust spherical roller bearing V-Flat thrust tapered roller bearing Self-aligning V-Flat thrust tapered roller bearing Steering pivot thrust cylindrical roller bearing TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . controlled contour rollers are used to insure uniform. applied to the necks with a loose fit. A specially designed sealing arrangement is incorporated in the bearing to endure highly contaminated environments. The special seal design is built into the bearing to eliminate contamination from outside the bearing envelope and extend the useful life. This not only provides a hardened. All types reflect advanced design concepts. but has an extension to the large bore cone adjacent to the roll body. Type TQITSE is the same as TQITS. It also permits shorter and less costly rolls.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued FOUR-ROW BEARING ASSEMBLIES Four-row bearings combine the inherent high-load. to give optimum stability and roll rigidity. Each type is designed to take thrust loads. where a loose cone fit of a straight bore type TQO bearing could result in excessive neck wear. These four-row bearings consist of two pairs of indirectly mounted bearings: two single and one double cone. with a cone spacer and two cup spacers. Sealed Roll Neck Bearing THRUST BEARINGS Standard types of thrust bearings manufactured by Timken are included in this section. The relevant faces of the cones are extended so that they abut. full-length contact between rollers and raceways with resultant high capacity. DTVL. These types are used on roll necks of low. concentric and smooth surface for radial lip seals. In roller thrust bearings. radial/thrust capacity and direct/indirect mounting variations of tapered roller bearings into assemblies of maximum load rating in a minimum space. but also improves roll neck rigidity by eliminating a fillet ring. they are provided in the faces of the bearing cones (Type-TQOW). TTHD and TSR) accommodate radial loads as well. with large rolling elements for maximum capacity.

Preferably. clearance to allow the bearing to assume its proper operating position. The stationary washer should be housed with sufficient O. DTVL is similar in design to TVL except the DTVL has an additional washer and ball complement permitting it to carry moderate thrust in one direction and light thrust in the other direction. Special design features can be incorporated into the bearing and mounting to attain higher operating speeds. which may be operated at relatively high speeds. All types of thrust roller bearings are made to Timken Standard Tolerances.D. Thrust Cylindrical Roller Bearings Thrust cylindrical roller bearings withstand heavy loads at relatively moderate speeds. Usually the rotating washer is shaft-mounted. Type TVB bearing provides axial rigidity in one direction and its use to support radial loads is not suggested. Although not strictly an angular ball bearing. Timken Standard Tolerances for Type TVB bearings are equivalent to ABEC 1 where applicable. Type TP thrust cylindrical roller bearing has two hardened and ground steel washers. peripheral speeds of 3000 fpm (15 m/s). but higher grades of precision are available. but this may be varied according to the requirements of the application. cool running and quiet operation are advantages of this type of TVL bearing. The bearing also is less sensitive to misalignment than other types of rigid thrust bearings. The housing must be designed to clear the O. Usually the inner ring is the rotating member and is shaftmounted.D. This prevents wearing grooves in the raceways and prolongs bearing life. In most sizes both washers have the same bore and O. Standard bearings can be operated at bearing O. When two or more rollers are used in a pocket. centrifugal pumps and deep well pumps. of the rotating washer. and it is necessary to step the shaft to clear the bore of the stationary washer. the outer ring must be radially located in the housing. If combined loads exist. TVB TVL DTVL TSR A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . with a cage retaining one or more controlled contour rollers in each pocket.5 degrees. Type TP bearings are economical. Maximum axial misalignment between inner and outer ring is ±2. The standard cage material is brass. Type TVB ball thrust bearing is separable and consists of two hardened and ground steel washers with grooved raceways. Thrust Spherical Roller Bearings Type-TSR The TSR thrust spherical roller bearing design achieves a high thrust capacity with low friction and continuous roller alignment. Shaft and housing seats. this presents no problem as the bearing is usually applied on vertical shafts in oil field rotary tables and machine tool indexing tables. The bearing has two hardened and ground steel rings with ball grooves and a one-piece brass cage that spaces the ball complement. Normally. Typical applications are air regenerators. Since minor radial displacement of the raceways does not affect the operation of the bearing. Its use is not suggested for operating conditions where alignment is continuously changing (dynamic misalignment). Timken Standard Tolerances for type TVL bearings are equivalent to ABEC 1 where applicable. Type TVL is a separable angular contact ball bearing primarily designed for unidirectional thrust loads. it should be imposed by springs or other built-in devices. Low friction. must be square to the axis of rotation to prevent initial misalignment problems.D.D. Higher precision may be obtained when required. If constant thrust load is not present. Type TVL bearings should always be operated under thrust load. but higher grades of precision are available. The angular contact design. clearance to allow the bearing to assume its proper operating position. they are of different lengths and are placed in staggered position in adjacent cage pockets to create overlapping roller paths. the lubricant should be introduced at the bearing bore and distributed by centrifugal force. The bearings can accommodate pure thrust loads as well as combined radial and thrust loads.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued Thrust Ball Bearings Thrust ball bearings are used for lighter loads and higher speeds than thrust roller bearings. its application is relatively simple and often results in manufacturing economies for the user.D. and a cage that separates and retains precision-ground and lapped balls. Because of the simplicity of their design. TP TPS Type TPS bearings are the same as Type TP bearings except one washer is spherically ground to seat against an aligning washer. extreme pressure (EP) lubricants should be used with roller thrust bearings. The outer ring is normally stationary and should be mounted with O. Because loads are usually high. and the smaller the inner ring. however. thus making the bearing adaptable to initial misalignment. will accommodate combined radial and thrust loads since the loads are transmitted angularly through the balls. the larger ring is still called the outer ring.

the raceways of both washers and the tapered rollers have a common vertex at the bearing center. In the design of Type TTHD. Smaller sizes have cast brass cages. Design was originally developed for screwdown applications in metal rolling mills where thrust loads exceeding one million pounds are common. This assures true rolling motion.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued Thrust Tapered Roller Bearings Type-TTHD Type TTHD thrust tapered roller bearing has an identical pair of hardened and ground steel washers with conical raceways. with the contacting faces spherically ground permitting self-alignment under conditions of initial misalignment. allowing closer spacing of the rollers to maximize capacity. TTC TTSP TTSP . TTVF TTVS TTHDFL TTHDSV TTHDSX TTC . Self-aligning V-Flat bearings (TTVS) employ the same basic roller and raceway design. TTC and TTSP. TTVS bearings should not be used if dynamic misalignment (changing under load) is expected. where extremely high thrust loads and heavy shock must be resisted and some measure of radial location obtained. V-Flat design includes one flat washer and the second with a tapered raceway matching the rollers. V-Flat Tapered Roller bearings (TTVF and TTVS) combine the best features of thrust tapered and cylindrical roller bearings. heavily loaded applications. except the lower washer is in two pieces.Steering pivot TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . The TTC bearing uses a full complement of rollers without a cage and is used when the speeds are slow. these bearings are supplied with a full complement of rollers for maximum capacity and are identified in the table of dimensions. in cone crushers and other applications where a wide range of operating conditions are found. The TTSP bearing uses a cage and was designed for the oscillating motion of steering pivot positions. For very low-speed.Cageless There are two basic types of Timken thrust bearings designed for specific fields of duty where the only load component is thrust. offering the highest possible capacity of any thrust bearing of its size. TTHD bearings are well-suited for applications such as crane hooks. A TTHD Type-TTVF Type-TTHDFL Type-TTHDSX Type-TTVS Type-TTHDSV Most sizes utilize cages with hardened pins through the center of the rollers. and a complement of controlled contour tapered rollers equally spaced by a cage. For application review of the full complement Type TTHD bearing. consult your Timken representative. They have been highly successful in heavily loaded extruders. carefully machined to permit full flow of lubricant. These bearings have exceptional dynamic capacity within a given envelope and provide superior static capacity.

A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . reduces cage wear. Some of the materials from which cages are made include pressed steel. STEEL CAGES FOR RADIAL BALL BEARINGS Steel cages are generally ball-piloted and are available in the following types: Pressed Steel Finger Type Cages (SR) Light in weight and made from strong. and sealed types. increased rigidity. and better pocket alignment than the finger type. PRB molded nylon cages provide uniformity of ball pocket clearances for consistent operation. oils and grease • Natural lubricity • Long term service at temperatures up to +120° C (+250° F) • Dimensional stability These cages offer superior performance in applications involving misalignment due to their greater flexibility. MOLDED CAGES FOR RADIAL BALL BEARINGS Molded cages are either ball piloted or land piloted and are available in the following types: Nylon (PRB) One-piece molded snap-in 6/6 nylon cages are specially processed to provide: • Toughness at moderately high and low temperatures • Resistance to abrasion • Resistance to organic solvents. They are suitable for temperatures up to +120° C (+250° F) continuous operation and can tolerate +150° C (+300° F) for short periods. Temperature limitations are described later in this section. machined brass. provides cooler operation. This cage is standard in most radial non-filling slot bearings of the open.EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued CAGES Cages (sometimes referred to as rolling element separators or retainers) perform an important function in the proper operation of rolling bearings. They serve to maintain uniform rolling element spacing in the races of the inner and outer rings of the bearings as the rolling elements pass into and out of the load zones. Pressed Steel Welded Cages (WR) The welded steel cage provides greater strength. pressed brass. machined steel and compositions of various synthetic materials. These cages are available in conrad (K) bearings and are standard for the more popular wide inner ring bearing series. This is a general purpose design and is frequently used for ABEC 1 ball bearing sizes. Improved pocket geometry permits higher speeds. Cage types in several materials and configurations have been developed by Timken to meet various service requirements. The projection welding of the cage halves eliminates weakening notches or holes and fingers or rivets. and improves and extends lubricant life. shielded. This construction also provides more uniformity of ball to pocket clearance. cold rolled steel. It assures better mating of cage halves circumferentially and radially. the pressed steel cage because of its compactness is the optimum design for use in shielded and sealed bearings which must conform to ABEC boundary dimensions.

woodworking machinery. In many cases these cages are silver plated for use in applications requiring high reliability. these cages are generally used on heavily loaded applications such as. For availability of these special cages please consult your Timken representative. extra precision WN series bearings. For applications involving high operating temperatures (up to +232° C. precision and oilabsorbing features which are particularly desirable for use on high speed applications. BR MBR Machined Brass Cage (MBR) Cast Brass Cage (BR) This cage. Because of their superior strength. utilizes two identical halves which are riveted together. They are commonly incorporated as inner ring piloted designs in the 7000 angular contact product family. is a ring piloted type and is particularly associated with the outer-ring piloted . Special Cages For certain very high contact angle. but are also available in one piece ball controlled designs. light section aircraft bearings. They are available in both ball and roller bearings. Molded to very close tolerances and uniformity. and heavy construction machinery. This material is used primarily for one-piece ring piloted cages used in precision grades of angular contact bearings. Special Molded Cages A For very high speeds or very high temperature applications special materials can be used.EnginEEring BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued Reinforced Nylon (PRC) Molded 6/6 nylon reinforced with 30 percent (by weight) glass fibers. For availability of special cages please contact your Timken representative. a ball piloted brass retainer designated by the letters BR. The following types of Timken brass cages are available: Iron Silicon Brass Cage (SMBR) and Machined Steel Cage (MSR) The SMBR and MSR cages are ring piloted. deep well pumps. they permit higher speeds and reduced noise. PRC cages are usually the one piece outer piloted “L” type design. PRC cages offer outstanding strength and long term temperature resistance. combined with light weight design. This (CR) cage. +450° F) molded cages made of fiber reinforced polyphenelyene sulfide can be made. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . deep well pumps. Cages are also made with high temperature materials (see page A167) in the various configurations described above. They are suitable for temperatures up to +150˚ C (+300° F). These cages are machined all over to provide ring riding surfaces and good static and dynamic balance. woodworking machinery. Nylon with a PTFE additive is available for molded cages required for high speed applications. such as. Composition Cages (CR) Composition cages combine light weight. The advantages of these cages are high strength even at elevated temperatures (see chart on page A167) as well as high-speed capability due to the ring piloted construction. and heavy construction machinery. Brass and Steel Cages Brass cages are generally installed in bearings which are designed for use on heavily loaded applications. molded nylon “snake” cages are employed.

They are roller riding with bridges positioned above the pitch line to retain the rollers within the cone. The stamped steel cage for the 5200 series is a land riding cage piloted by the outer ring ribs. one for each row of rollers. The bridges between the straight through machined roller pockets are staked above the pitch line to retain the rollers with the cone. Two independent cages. The rollers can thus be retained with a minimum space between the rollers so that an increased complement of rollers can be incorporated.D. Brass Cage CAGES FOR TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS Stamped Steel Cages The cages are of compact space savings design and in some cases permit increased load-carrying capabilities to be incorporated into the bearing. The design of pin type cages permits an increased roller complement thus giving the bearing enhanced load carrying ability. YM Cage CJ Pin Type Cages Large diameter spherical roller bearings can be supplied with these cages. The rugged construction of this cage type provides an advantage in more severe applications. Due to its design this cage permits YM bearings to incorporate greater load carrying capabilities. The open end design permits lubricant to reach all surfaces easily assuring ample lubrication and a cooler running bearing. of the cone (inner ring).EnginEEring A BEARING TyPES AND CAGES – continued CAGES FOR SPHERICAL ROLLING BEARINGS Brass Cages YM Bearing cages are one-piece design centrifugally cast and precision machined. Consult your Timken representative for suggestions on the application of this cage. The cage features depressed bars which not only space rollers evenly but retain them as a complete assembly with the outer ring. are assembled in an individual bearing. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . Stamped Steel Cages (CJ) These cages are used in CJ bearings and are designed to permit extra load carrying capabilities in the bearing. They are used with the standard style roller bearings. Pin Type Cages This steel cage design features a pin which fits closely with a bored hole in the roller. This results in greater load carrying capabilities in the bearing. CAGES FOR RADIAL CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Brass Cages These are primarily roller guided cages with cylindrical bored pockets. Stamped Steel Cages Stamped steel cages of varying designs are available in the standard style cylindrical roller bearings. Machined Cages These heavy section ruggedly constructed cages are fully machined and are land riding on the thrust and toe flange O.

EnginEEring DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS SUMMARy OF SyMBOLS USED TO DETERMINE APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS Symbol a1 a2 a3 a3d a3h a3k a3l a3m a3p ae b c1. deg. Tapered Roller Mean Large Rib Diameter mm. psi deg. in. in. Pulley./in. mm. lbf Separating Force on Pinion N. lbf Belt or Chain Pull N. lbf Tangential Force on Pinion N. cSt MPa. in./F˚ mm. Wheel or Tire Also. BTU/(lb x F˚) mm. in. lbf Tangential Force on Worm N. lbf Tangential Force on Gear N. RPM rot/min. RPM N. fpm Interference fit of inner race on shaft Interference fit of outer race in housing Efficiency. in. RPM rot/min. Axial Advance of a Helix for One Complete Revolution Distance between bearing geometric center lines Gearing Ratio Bearing Operating Torque or Moment Bearing Operating Speed or General Term for Speed Gear Operating Speed (RPM) Pinion Operating Speed (RPM) Worm Operating Speed (RPM) Number of Teeth in the Gear Number of Teeth in the Pinion Number of Teeth in the Sprocket Static Equivalent Load Static Equivalent Thrust (Axial) Load Static Equivalent Radial Load Dynamic Equivalent Radial Load Generated Heat or Heat Dissipation Rate Torque Vertical (used as subscript) Linear Velocity or Speed Rubbing. in. in. mm. Pitch Diameter of the Pinion mm. lbf W. Life Exponent Lubricant Flow Rate L/min. k6 K l L F Fa Fai Fac FaG FaP FaW Fc Fr FsG FsP FsW Fte FtG FtP FtW FW h H HFs B Bearing bore diameter Mean inner race diameter Distance Between Gear Centers Mean Bearing Diameter Shaft inside diameter Bearing outside diameter Mean outer race diameter Housing outside diameter Mean Diameter or Effective Working Diameter of a Sprocket. in. lbf Induced Thrust (Axial) Load due to Radial Loading N. lbf Thrust Force on Pinion N. in. lbf Thrust Force on Gear N. deg. in. lbf N. HP Static Load Rating Adjustment Factor for Raceway Hardness mm. θ3 Gear Mesh Angles Relative to the Reference Plane θi. in. θ2.S. lbf Applied Radial Load N. Pitch Diameter of the Worm mm. k5. mm. in. lbf Centrifugal Force N. rot/min. c2 C C0 Cp d d0 dc dm ds D D0 DH Dm DmG DmP DmW DpG DpP DpW e 0 1 B A Units lbf/RPM2 Description Reliability Life Factor Material Life Factor Operating Condition Life Factor Debris Life Factor Hardness Life Factor Load Zone Life Factor Lubrication Life Factor Misalignment Life Factor Low Load Life Factor Effective Bearing Spread Tooth Length Linear Distance (positive or negative) Dynamic Radial Load Rating Static Load Rating Specific Heat of Lubricant Units Symbol k k1 k4. in. Decimal Fraction θ1. U. C˚. RPM rot/min. lb-in. lbf N. C˚. deg. lbf Force of Unbalance N. lb-in. in. N. mm. in. lbf N. lbf Tractive Effort on Vehicle Wheels N. F˚ deg. mm. lbf Horizontal (used as subscript) Power (kW or HP) kW. deg. Pitch Diameter of the Gear mm. mm. F˚ kg/m3. in. deg. mm. km/h. in. in. mm/mm/C˚. lbf Induced Thrust (Axial) Load due to Centrifugal Loading N. Surface or Tapered Roller Bearing Rib Velocity Dynamic Radial Load Factor Static Radial Load Factor Dynamic Thrust (Axial) Load Factor Static Thrust (Axial) Load Factor Bevel Gearing – Gear Pitch Angle Hypoid Gearing – Gear Root Angle Bevel Gearing – Pinion Pitch Angle Hypoid Gearing – Pinion Face Angle Coefficient of linear expansion mm. lb/ft3 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . mph m/s. mm. deg. Effective Working Diameter of the Pinion mm. N-m. mm. in. Effective Working Diameter of the Worm mm. BTU/min N-m. mm. deg. in. θo Oil inlet or outlet temperature Worm Gear Lead Angle λ μ Coefficient of Friction v Lubricant Kinematic Viscosity σ0 Approximate Maximum Contact Stress φG Normal Tooth Pressure Angle for the Gear φP Normal Tooth Pressure Angle for the Pinion Helix (Helical) or Spiral Angle for the Gear ψG Helix (Helical) or Spiral Angle for the Pinion ψP T Temperature difference between shaft/inner race + rollers and housing/bearing outer race ρ Lubricant Density S H η deg. Mean or Effective Working Diameter of the Gear mm. mm. lbf Separating Force on Gear N. lbf J/(kg -C˚). lbf Separating Force on Worm N. lbf Thrust Force on Worm N. in. mm. in. in. L m M n nG nP nW NG NP NS P0 P0a P0r Pr Q T v V Vr X X0 Y Y0 ΥG ΥP Description Centrifugal Force Constant Bearing Torque Constant Dimensional Factor to calculate heat generation Tapered Roller Bearing Radial-to-Axial Dynamic Load Rating Factor Thrust Needle Roller Length Lead. in. lbf N. lbf Applied Thrust (Axial) Load N. pt/min Viscous Dependent Torque Coefficient Load Dependent Torque Coefficient Belt or Chain Pull Factor General Term for Force N. N-mm.

26 x 105) H DmP nP (newtons) (lbf-in.) Separating force FsG = FtG tanφG cos ψG Thrust force FφP = FtP tan φP sin γP FtP FaG Thrust force FaG = FtG tan ψG FsP FaP FsG Separating force FsP = FtP tan φP cos γP Fig. The mean diameter is calculated as follows: DmG = DpG .91 x 107) H DpGnG (1. such that the direction of the thrust and separating forces are always the same regardless of direction of rotation.) FtP FsG FsP Separating force FsG = FtG tan φG Clo c is e kw clo ckw ise + Positiv e Thrust aw ay pinion apex Fig. for bevel gearing. FtG A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . (Fig.continued DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS GEARING • Spur gearing (Fig.91 x 107) H DpGnG (1. A- Straight bevel and zerol gears – thrust and separating forces are always in same direction regardless of direction of rotation. Straight bevel and zerol gearing with zero degrees spiral (Fig.b sin γG or DmP = DpP . (FtP or FtG). (DmP or DmG). the gear forces tend to push the pinion and gear out of mesh. Tangential force FtP = = (1. the pinion or gear mean diameter.26 x 105) H DpGnG (newtons) Pinion Fig.) (lbf-in. A- Helical gearing. A-3) In calculating the tangential force. FtG Co nter u Single helical gearing (Fig.91 x 107) H DmP nP (1.26 x 105) H DpGnG (newtons) The following equations are used to determine the forces developed by machine elements commonly encountered in bearing applications.b sin γP In straight bevel and zerol gearing FtP = FtG (lbf-in. (DpP or DpG). A-) Tangential force FtG = = (1.EnginEEring A DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS . A- Spur gearing. A-) In straight bevel and zerol gearing. A-) Tangential force FtG = = (1. is used instead of the pitch diameter.

In spiral bevel gearing FtP = FtG In hypoid gearing FtG cos ψP FtP = cos ψG Hypoid pinion effective working diameter DmP = DmG Cloc k se wi P os Thrus itive t awa y from pinio n ape x Ne Thrus gative t tow ard pinio n ap ex + Counte _ ( )( Np NG cos ψG cos ψP ) rc Fig.91 x 107) H DmG nG (1. FtP FaP Tangential force FtG = = (1. A-) loc kwise In spiral bevel and hypoid gearing. A-5) inclines to the left or right from the shaft axis.) FtG FaG FsG FsP Hypoid gear effective working diameter DmG = DpG . and whether the gear is driving or driven.EnginEEring DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS . the direction of the thrust and separating forces depends upon spiral angle.26 x 105) H DmG nG (newtons) (lbf-in. FtG Thrust force FaG = FtG tan φG sin γG Separating force FsG = FtG tan φG cos γG Spiral bevel and hypoid gearing (Fig. A- Spiral bevel and hypoid gearing. A- Spiral bevel and hypoid gears – the direction of thrust and separating forces depends upon spiral angle. hand of spiral. A- Straight bevel gearing. Direction of rotation is determined by viewing toward the gear or pinion apex.91 x 107) H DmG nG (1. hand of spiral. direction of rotation. direction of rotation. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .26 x 105) H DmG nG (newtons) (lbf-in.continued Straight bevel gear (Fig. The hand of the spiral is determined by noting whether the tooth curvature on the near face of the gear (Fig. and whether the gear is driving or driven (see Table 1).) FtP FaP FaG FsG FsP A Fig.b sin γG Fig. A-) Tangential force FtG = = (1.

A- Straight worm gearing.91 x 107) H DpW nW (1. A-) WORM Tangential force FtW = = (1.) FaG FsW FaW FtW Thrust force FaW = = or FaW = FtW η tan λ (1.26 x 105) H η DpG nG (newtons) FtG Fig.continued TABLE  SPIRAL BEVEL AND HyPOID GEARING EQUATIONS Driving member rotation Right hand spiral clockwise or Left hand spiral counterclockwise Right hand spiral counterclockwise or Left hand spiral clockwise Thrust force Driving member FaP = FtP cos ψP FtG cos ψG FtP cos ψP FtG cos ψG (tan φP sin ΥP – sin ψP cos γP) Driven member (tan φG sin ΥG + sin ψG cos γG) Driving member (tan φP sin ΥP + sin ψP cos γP) Driven member (tan φG sin ΥG – sin ψG cos γG) FsG = FsP = FsG = FsP = Separating force Driving member FtP cos ψP FtG cos ψG FtP cos ψP FtG cos ψG (tan φP cos ΥP + sin ψP sin γP) Driven member (tan φG cos ΥG – sin ψG sin γG) Driving member (tan φP cos ΥP – sin ψP sin γP) Driven member (tan φG cos ΥG + sin ψG sin γG) FaG = FaP = FaG = Straight worm gearing (Fig.91 x 107) H η DpG nG (1. FsG (lbf-in.) Separating force FsW = FtW sin φ cos φ sin λ + μ cos λ A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .26 x 105) H DpW nW (newtons) (lbf-in.EnginEEring A DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS .

82 cos λ (feet per minute) Separating force FsG = 0.26 x 105) H η DpG nG Use this value for FtG for bearing loading calculations on worm gear shaft.26 x 105) H η DpG nG FtW η tan λ (1.) A (1.) 0.103 Vr0.26 x 105) H m η (lbf-in.98 DpG Lead angle at center of worm λ = tan-1 ( DpG m DpW ) = tan-1 ( L DpW ) A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .26 x 105) H DpW nW (newtons) Double enveloping worm gearing Worm Tangential force FtW = (lbf-in.91 x 107) H η DpG nG (1.91 x 107) H DmW nW (1.0.91 x 107) H m η (newtons) DpG nW (1.235 .continued Worm Gear FtG = = or FtG = Tangential force (1.146 .09 Vr = DpW nW 3. where: λ = tan-1 ( DpG m DpW ) = tan-1 ( L DpW ) η = cos φ – μ tan λ cos φ + μ cot λ (newtons) (lbf-in. For torque calculations. use the following FtG equations.) DpG nW (1. where: η = efficiency (refer to manufacturer’s catalog) DmW = 2dc -0.26 x 105) H DmW nW (newtons) = (lbf-in.09 Vr = DpW nW (meters per second) (1.91 x 107) H DpW nW (1.91 x 107) H DmW nW (1.103 Vr0. use the equation for FaW. Thrust force FaW = 0.) Use this value for calculating torque in subsequent gears and shafts.) Inch system μ* = (7 x 10 -14) Vr3 + 0.0.91 x 107) H η DpG nG (1.34 x 10 -7) Vr3 + 0.91 x 104) cos λ Thrust force FaG = = (1.EnginEEring DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS .26 x 105) H DmW nW (newtons) (lbf-in.) Metric system μ* = (5.015 to 15 m/s (3 to 3000 ft/min) rubbing velocity range.98 FtG tan φ cos λ Separating force FsG = FtW sin φ cos φ sin λ + μ cos λ Tangential force FtG = = or FtG = = (1. For bearing loading calculations.98 FtG (newtons) Thrust force FaG = = Separating force FsW = WORM GEAR (lbf-in.98 FtG tan φ cos λ *Approximate coefficient of friction for the 0.

and chain and sprocket designs: Fb = = (1................... 9-8 e Fig.. At a minimum. (lbf-in.......... Chains...... Torque to power relationship Metric system T= H = Inch system T= H = 395 877 H 2 n 2 nT 395 877 (lbf-in....... Therefore.. sla F 2 = Ten Fb F1 = Te nsion... fB 1..26 x 105) H fB Dm n (newtons) Dm ck side sion...94 x 105 Fw r n2 3. Your Timken representative should be consulted on any application involving unusual loading or service requirements... a suddenly applied load is equivalent to twice its static value.. A-) Due to the variations of belt tightness as set by various operators.. A- Belt or chain drive. The effect on the bearing depends on how much of the shock is absorbed between the point of impact and the bearings.... Shock involves a number of variables that generally are not known or easily determined. as well as whether the shock load is great enough to cause bearing damage..continued Belt and chain drive factors (Fig....EnginEEring A DETERMINATION OF APPLIED LOADS AND BEARING ANALySIS ..) GENERAL FORMULAS Tractive effort and wheel speed Metric system H= n = Inch system H= n = Fte V 375 336 V Dm (HP) (rev/min) The relationships of tractive effort..... The magnitude of the shock load depends on the masses of the colliding bodies........... wheel speed and vehicle speed are: Fte V 3600 5300 V Dm (kW) (rev/min) SHOCK LOADS It is difficult to determine the exact effect that shock loading has on bearing life. double .. single ...) (HP) 60 000 H 2 n 2 nT 60 000 (N-m) (kW) A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .....91 x 107) H fB Dm n (1.............. depending on the velocity of impact......25 1.. The Timken Company has years of experience with many types of equipment under the most severe loading conditions. and deformations at impact.... it is good practice to rely on experience...... power.. tight sid Fig... their velocities..52 x 104 (newtons) (lbf-in... It may be considerably more than this.. an exact equation relating total belt pull to tension F1 on the tight side and tension F2 on the slack side (Fig.......... Table  Belt or chain pull factor based on 180 degrees angle of wrap..50 Standard roller chain sprocket mean diameter Dm = sin ( ) P 180 Ns CENTRIFUGAL FORCE Centrifugal force resulting from imbalance in a rotating member: Fc = = Fw r n2 8.. A-8) is difficult to establish.... “V” belts.. It also is dependent on frequency and duration of shock loads.... The following equation and Table 2 may be used to estimate the total pull from various types of belt and pulley........) Type Chains.00 1.....

Shaft on two supports Effective bearing spread Simple beam equations are used to translate the externally applied forces on a shaft into bearing reactions acting at the bearing effective centers. and moments are taken about the effective centers of the bearings to determine bearing loads or reactions. Such cases can be solved using computer programs if adequate information is available. the bearing moment may be ignored when calculating radial loads on the bearing. Effective bearing spread Effective bearing spread INDIRECT MOUNTINGmounting Roller Bearing Indirect – Tapered (Back-to-Back – Angular Contact Ball Bearings) DIRECT MOUNTING – Tapered Roller Bearing Direct mounting (Face-to-Face – Angular Contact Ball Bearings) Fig. Only externally applied loads need to be considered. the internal forces at each rolling element to outer raceway contact act normal to the raceway. A-9 shows single-row bearings in a direct and indirect mounting configuration.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. assuming rigid shaft and housing. These forces have radial and axial components. Effective bearing It can be demonstrated mathematically that. showing position of effective load carrying centers. the deflections of the shaft. These are statically indeterminate problems in which shaft and support rigidity can significantly influence bearing loading and require the use of computer programs to solve. Shaft on three or more supports The equations of static equilibrium are insufficient to solve bearing reactions on a shaft having more than two supports. These approaches approximate the load distribution within a two-row bearing. In such problems. A- Choice of mounting configuration for single-row bearings. the Direct mounting geometric center of the bearing is considered to be the support point except where the thrust force is large enough to unload one row. Any variance in these parameters can significantly affect bearing reactions. With two-row tapered and angular contact ball bearings. bearings and housings affect the distribution of loads. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE BEARING REACTIONS Equations and procedure for determining bearing reactions follow. Fig. Then. The choice of whether to use directIndirect mounting or indirect mounting depends upon the application and duty. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . A Effective spread When a load is applied to a tapered roller or angular contact ball bearing. With the exception of the special case of pure thrust loads. the inner ring and the shaft will experience moments imposed by the asymmetrical axial components of the forces on the rollers. if the shaft is spread modeled as being supported at its effective bearing center rather than at its geometric bearing center. the effective center of the loaded row is used as the point from which bearing load reactions are calculated.

mm. Shown are equations for the case of a shaft on two supports with gear forces Ft (tangential). used as subscripts Linear distance (positive or negative) Pitch diameter of the gear Applied force Radial bearing load Horizontal (used as subscript) Moment Vertical (used as subscript) Gear mesh angle relative to plane of reference defined in Figure A-10 Angle of applied force relative to plane of reference defined in Figure A-10 Angle of applied moment relative to plane of reference defined in Figure A-10 mm. and Fa (thrust). but will support radial and thrust loads in both directions. Combining the horizontal and vertical reactions at each support into one resultant load. The loads are applied at arbitrary angles (θ1.. Using the principle of superposition. Finally. .FrBv Horizontal reaction component at bearing position A FrAh = FsG sin θ1 . Cylindrical roller bearings support radial and moment loading. relative to a convenient reference plane.continued CALCULATION EQUATIONS Symbols Used ae A. mm. Vertical reaction component at bearing position B FrBv = 1 c1 (FsG cos θ1 + FtG sin θ1) + 1 (DpG . A-0 Bearing radial reactions. Bearing radial loads are determined by: 1.b sin γG) FaG cos θ1 +c2 F cos θ2 + M cos θ3 ae 2 Horizontal reaction component at bearing position B 1 1 FrBh = c1 (FsG sin θ1 . A-10. the equations for vertical and horizontal reactions (Frv and Frh) can be expanded to include any number of gears.FtG cos θ1 + F sin θ2 ..FtG cos θ1) + (DpG . Resolving forces applied to the shaft into horizontal and vertical components. . lbf-in. tapered roller bearings and ball bearings support radial loads. in. external forces or moments. degree degree degree FaG FtG θ1 θ3 Plane of Reference FsG F f eo Mo me nt FsG FaG FtG F Bearing A FrAh FrAv c1 c2 ae M Bearing B FrBh FrBv θ2 n Pla Fig. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . Spherical roller bearings will not support a moment load. an external radial load F. but can only support slight thrust loads depending upon thrust flange configuration.FrBh Resultant radial reaction FrA = (FrAv2 + FrAh2) 1/2 FrB =(FrBv2 + FrBh2) 1/2 [ [ [ [ A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . 2. needle roller bearings only support radial and moment loading. c1. and θ3) relative to the reference plane indicated in Fig.b sin γG) FaG sin θ1 +c2 F sin θ2 + M sin θ3 ae 2 Vertical reaction component at bearing position A FrAv = FsG cos θ1 + FtG sin θ1 + F cos θ2 . DpG F Fr h M v θ1 θ2 θ3 Effective bearing spread Bearing position. moment loads and thrust loads in both directions.. in.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS. Use signs as determined from gear force equation. B. in. Fs (separating). That is. Care should be used when doing this to ensure proper supporting degrees of freedom are used. and an external moment M. c2. lbf N.. Taking moments about the opposite support. lbf N-mm. θ2. N. 3.

it is necessary to calculate a dynamic equivalent radial load.17 Fa/Fr > 0. and Tapered roller bearings use the equations based on the number of rows and type of mounting utilized.67Fr + Y2 Fa for Fa / Fr > e. Y1 and Y2 are available in the bearing tables. an axial load Fa acts on the bearing. the table on page A31 can be used based on the direction of the externally applied thrust load.11 Fa/Fr < 0.. 2. The dynamic equivalent radial load is defined as a single radial load that. Pr = Fr + Y2 Fa for Fa / Fr e. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Pr = Fr = Fa = X = Y = Dynamic Equivalent Radial Load Applied Radial Load Applied Axial Load Radial Load Factor Axial Load Factor Load ratio Fa/Fr < 0. Calculate the ratio of the axial load to the radial load. Pr = 0. 3.. review the table and check the thrust condition to determine which thrust load and dynamic equivalent radial load calculations apply.11 Fa/Fr > 0..E. if applied to the bearing.69 • Fa P = Fr P = 0..E A To calculate the L10 life. Once the appropriate design is chosen. Faz is the allowable axial load). DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . Dimension Series 10. Note that values for e.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. designated by Pr. In equation form.93 • Fr + 0. Your Timken representative should be consulted on any applications where thrust load is involved. Pr = XFr + Y1Fa Where. With the thrust load equal to zero equivalent radial load (Pr) is equal to the design radial load (Fr)..E 22.17 Equivalent Dynamic Load P = Fr P = 0. 23.continued Equivalent dynamic radial bearing loads (Pr) For cylindrical roller bearings with purely radial applied load: P = Fr (kN) Note: The maximum dynamic radial load that may be applied to a cylindrical roller bearing should be < C/3. will result in the same life as the combined loading under which the bearing operates. Compare this ratio to the e value for the bearing. Needle roller bearings are designed to carry radial load with zero thrust load under normal conditions.45 • Fa For spherical roller bearings. as the resulting increase in internal friction may require cooling to prevent increased operating temperatures. in addition to the radial load. If. For single-row bearings in direct or indirect mounting.93 • Fr + 0. the values for X and Y can be determined using the equations below. this axial load is taken into consideration when calculating the life of a bearing (with Fa < Faz.E.

15° P = Fr or P = 0.39Fr +0.00 — — — — y 1.17 1.10 2. 5400W (see 20° exceptions) 7200WN 7300WN 7400WN 2M9300WI 2M9100WI.57Fa P = Fr or P = 0.060 0.10 Double-Row and Preload Pair Mountings KT Bearing Type and or Series = Fa (# of bearings) x Co = Fa Co RADIAL TyPE BALL BEARINGS Use larger of Resulting “P” Value* M9300K.41 1.57Fr + 0.72Fr + 1.43Fr + Fa P = Fr + 1. the equivalent dynamic thrust load (Pa) will be equal to the applied thrust load (Fa).200. 5200W (see 20° exceptions) 5300.080 0.35 1. 5300W (see 20° exceptions) 5400.47 1. consult your Timken representative for advice on bearing selection.05 1.63Fr + 1.24Fa P = Fr + 0.2Fr + Fa Radial load (Fr) of a thrust spherical roller bearing is proportional to the applied axial load (Fa) with Fr 0.67Fr + 1.35Fr +0.625Y2Fa 40° For thrust ball. a radial load will induce a thrust component (Fai = 1.120 0.60 1.150 0. 5407W 5221W.70Fr + 1.39 1.00 — — — — y 1.MM200K M300K. the existence of radial loads introduces complex load calculations that must be carefully considered.09Fa or P = 0.040 0. 3MM200WI 3MM300WI 25° P = Fr or P = 0.76 1.56Fr + Y1Fa P = Fr + 1.2MM9100WI 2M200WI.30 2.57 1.47 1.600 0.78Fa or P = 0.92Fa or P = 0.500 0.25 1. If any radial load is expected in the application. 7200W 7300W.51 1.53 1.) Contact Angle Single-Row and Tandem Mountings KT TABLE  KT 0.MM9100K M200K. If radial load is zero. For thrust angular contact ball bearings.100 0.55 1.56 1.42 1.41Fr +0. The required Y factors are found in the Table 4.78Fr + 1.29 1.55Fa or P = 0.020 0.18 1.13 1.continued For ball bearings.87Fa P = Fr + 0. 5214W 5200.09 1.22 2. TABLE  Bearing Description (ref. that must be resisted by another thrust bearing on the shaft or by an axial load greater than Fai.13 1.93Fa P = Fr + 1.124Y2Fa or P = 0.45 1.63Fa Equivalent Dynamic Thrust Bearing Loads (Pa) 30° P = Fr or P = 0.25 1.00 1. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .57 1.56Fr + Y1Fa 1.42 1.200 0.2 Fr).56Fr + Y1Fa 0° P = Fr or P = 0. Because of the steep roller angle and the fact that the bearing is separable.625Y3Fa 3M9300WI 3M9100WI.00 1.250 0.05 1. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE .025 0.55 Fa.015 0.35 1.050 0. the equivalent dynamic thrust load is determined by: Pa = Xr F + YFa The minimum permissible thrust load to radial load ratios (Fa/Fr) and X and Y factors are listed in the bearing dimension tables in the thrust bearing section.MM9300K M9100K.49 1.300 0.300 and derivatives XLS Large Inch W and GW Tri-Ply WIDE INNER RING BALL BEARINGS HOUSED UNITS 0° P = Fr or P = 0. cylindrical and tapered roller bearings.48 1.41Fa * Note: If P > C0 or P > 1/2 CE consult with your Timken representative on Life Calculations.44 1.32 1.44Fr + Y3Fa P = Fr + 1. 2MM9100WI 2MM300WI 2MM9100WO 20° P = Fr or P = 0.200 ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARINGS Use larger of Resulting “P” Value 7200K.21 1.14 1.29 1.39 1. 5220W.33 1.030 0.800 y 2. the dynamic equivalent radial load can be found in Table 3.MM300K Small inch and Metric 9300.02 1.76Fa P = Fr or P = 0.124Y3Fa or P = 0.625Y1Fa 0° P = Fr or P = 0.22 1.25 1. Thrust spherical roller bearing dynamic thrust loads are determined by: Pa = 1.20Y1Fa or P = 0.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS.400 0.000 1.59 1. 7400W 5200K-5300W 5311W-5318W 5218W.34 1.72Fr + 1.44Fr +Y2Fa P = Fr + 0.68 1.9100.19 1.3MM9100WI 3M200WI.86 1.

a dynamic equivalent radial load must be used to calculate bearing life. the load zone is referred to as being 360 degrees. A or B. if applied to a bearing. determine if bearings are direct or indirect mounted and to which bearing. and check to determine which thrust load and dynamic equivalent radial load equations apply. When the thrust load on a bearing exceeds the induced thrust. follow across the page opposite that design. is assumed to be the radial load carrying capacity with a 180-degree load zone in the bearing.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. If all the rollers are in contact. Tapered roller bearings use the equations based on the number of rows and type of mounting utilized. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . Once the appropriate design is chosen. The equations presented give close approximations of the dynamic equivalent radial load assuming a 180-degree load zone in one bearing and 180 degrees or more in the opposite bearing. For single-row bearings in direct or indirect mounting. When only radial load is applied to a tapered roller bearing. will give the same life as the bearing will attain under the actual loading. thrust Fae is applied.radial. In this case. and any combination of both. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . The number of rollers in contact as a result of this ratio determines the load zone in the bearing. SINGLE-ROW MOUNTING To use this table for a single-row mounting. Fa(180). a radial load will induce a thrust reaction within the bearing which must be opposed by an equal or greater thrust load in order to keep the bearing cone and cup from separating.continued BEARING EQUIVALENT LOADS AND REQUIRED RATINGS FOR TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS A Tapered roller bearings are ideally suited to carry all types of loadings . induced bearing thrust is: 0. thrust. The ratio of the radial to the thrust load and the bearing included cup angle determine the load zone in a given bearing. The dynamic equivalent radial load is that radial load which. the following table can be used based on the direction of the externally applied thrust load. Due to the tapered design of the bearing. for convenience it is assumed in using the traditional calculation method that half the rollers support the load – the load zone is 180 degrees. C90.47 Fr Fa(180) = K The equations for determining bearing thrust reactions and equivalent radial loads in a system of two single-row bearings are based on the assumption of a 180-degree load zone in one of the bearings and 180 degrees or more in the opposite bearing. review the table and check the thrust condition to determine which thrust load and dynamic equivalent radial load calculations apply. Once the appropriate design is established. Dynamic Equivalent Radial Load The basic dynamic radial load rating.

If bearing B has the applied thrust load. The single-row basic dynamic radial load rating. the two-row basic dynamic radial loads rating. is to be applied when calculating life based on the above equations. the following table can be used. Fae=0. Since FrAB or Frc is the radial load on the two-row assembly. FIXED OR FLOATING (WITH NO EXTERNAL THRUST. For two-row similar bearing series with no external thrust. only bearing A has an applied thrust load. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . equals FrAB or FrC. is to be used to calculate bearing life.continued TWO-ROW MOUNTING. the A's in the equations should be replaced by B's and vice versa. C90. Note: FrAB is the radial load on the two-row assembly. C90(2). FAE = 0) SIMILAR BEARING SERIES For double-row tapered roller bearings. In this table. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . P.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS. the dynamic equivalent radial load.

to the left is negative. use PA = FrA or if PB < FrB. SINGLE-ROW MOUNTING Note: If PA < FrA. OPTIONAL APPROACH FOR DETERMINING DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT RADIAL LOADS A . Here. Fae to the right is positive. Also a sign convention is necessary for the external thrust Fae as follows: a. In case of external thrust applied to the shaft (typical rotating cone application). b.continued The following is a general approach to determining the dynamic equivalent radial loads. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . is to be applied when calculating life based on the above equations. C90. to the left is positive.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . Fae (SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR SERIES) Note: FrAB is the radial load on the two-row assembly. The single-row basic dynamic radial load rating. When external thrust is applied to the housing (typical rotating cup application) Fae to the right is negative. a factor “m” has to be defined as +1 for direct-mounted single-row or two-row bearings or –1 for indirect mounted bearings. TWO-ROW MOUNTING – FIXED BEARING WITH EXTERNAL THRUST. use PB = FrB .

2 Fr + Fac C0a 1000 (lbf) Example of using the nomogram From the lower part of the nomogram.57 2.46 1.1 maximum depends to a great extent on the magnitude of radial load. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . determine the intersection point of the inner ring bore diameter and the dimension series of the bearing. and heat transfer conditions at the bearing location.06 • 63 The calculated allowable axial load Faz is 3. (The equation for the thrust loading force is different for needle rollers versus cylindrical rollers as noted): (needle rollers) Fa min=C0/2200 kN (cylindrical rollers) Fa min=0. the operating speed. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE .2 • Ratio of axial load to radial load Fa /Fr<0.13 1.88 2. d = 35 mm n = 2000 RPM Fr = 10 kN From the nomogram: Faz /C = 0. which are known for fatigue life improving qualities.37 1.76 1.29 1. the minimum required working thrust load (Fa min) should be equal to or greater than 0. The heat balance achieved at the bearing location is used as a basis for determination of the allowable axial load.41 2.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS.06 1. the operating temperature. NP. NF. providing they are to be applied intermittently.1C0/2200 kN Centrifugal force in thrust spherical roller bearings tends to propel the rollers outward.21 1. The minimum load for radial cylindrical.13 2.74 2. it is usually suggested that the applied load be no greater than the basic static load rating divided by the appropriate factor (HFs) as shown in the table below.06 Then Faz = 0. From the upper part. n. the bearing should be cooled using circulating oil lubrication and if the operating temperature. Use of EP additives will be necessary. type of lubricant used.92 3. exceeds 80° C (176° F). the bearing may be lubricated with a grease using the above specified base oil and viscosity. Axial loads greater than those determined by means of the nomogram may be considered.65 1. For a cylindrical roller radial bearing NU2207E. may allow for an increase in applied axial load subject to thorough testing. This induced thrust (Fac) is given by: Fac = kn2 x 10-5 (lbf) The minimum required working thrust load on a thrust spherical roller bearing (Fa min) is then computed by: Fa min = 1. • Lubricating oil is ISO VG 100 or greater using oil bath lubrication or circulating oil. The bearing geometry converts this force to another induced thrust component which must be overcome by an axial load. 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 1.TVP C = 63 kN. if accompanied by inadequate lubrication. Thrust needle roller bearings also have an added design requirement such that the minimum thrust load is satisfied to prevent the rollers from skidding on the raceway. • As an alternative.78 kN It should be noted that an axial load as high as that determined by means of the nomogram should not be applied if an oil of rated kinematic viscosity lower than ISO VG 100 is used.10 MINIMUM BEARING LOAD Slippage can occur if loads are too light and. The nomogram on page A35 should be used to determine the allowable axial load Faz based on the following operating conditions: • The axial load is of constant direction and magnitude • Radial load ratio Fr /C < 0. although considerably shorter relubrication intervals may be expected than with purely radially loaded radial cylindrical roller bearings. can transmit axial loads if they are radially loaded at the same time.04 (P is the dynamic load and C is the basic dynamic load rating). the allowable axial load ratio Faz /C can be found as a function of the operating speed. cause damage to the bearings.55 1.continued When the loading is static. Also. Suitable EP additives. BASIC STATIC LOAD RATING Raceway Hardness HRC Hardness Factor HFs Hardness Factors to Modify CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE AXIAL LOAD Metric series cylindrical roller bearings of NUP. spherical and full-complement needle roller bearings is P/C = 0. The allowable axial load ratio Fa/C of 0.00 1. due to the internal friction and the higher axial load.00 2. as well as NU or NJ designs with a thrust collar.1 percent of the static thrust load rating (C0a).27 2. Higher applied axial loads In addition to meeting the above calculated value. a more viscous oil must be used.4 • The temperature of the bearing is 80° C (176° F) at an ambient temperature of 20° C (68° F).

or if a pronounced shock load is present. Static load ratings are used to determine the maximum permissible load that can be applied to a non-rotating bearing. This value is based on a basic rating life of one million revolutions. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .continued A The basic dynamic load rating and the static load rating are commonly used for bearing selection. The 4000 MPa (580 ksi) or 4200 MPa (607 ksi) stress levels may cause visible light brinell marks on the bearing raceways. Static load rating The basic static radial load rating and thrust load rating for Timken bearings are based on a maximum contact stress within a non-rotating bearing of 4000 MPa (580 ksi) for roller bearings and 4200 MPa (607 ksi) for ball bearings. This degree of marking will not have a measurable effect on fatigue life when the bearing is subsequently rotating under a lower application load. Published ratings for Timken bearings include the basic dynamic radial load rating C. consult your Timken representative.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. For more information on selecting a bearing for static load conditions. vibration or torque are critical. at the center of contact on the most heavily loaded rolling element. Timken tapered roller bearings also include the basic dynamic load rating C90. The basic dynamic load rating is used to estimate life of a rotating bearing. which is based on rating life of ninety million revolutions. If sound. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . The basic philosophy of The Timken Company is to provide the most realistic bearing rating to assist our customers in the bearing selection process. a lower load limit should be applied. The basic static radial load rating is Co.

F . (Fa). from the same series Thrust Condition Net Bearing Thrust Load FaA = 0. are used with the following equation to estimate the static radial equivalent load. For roller bearings: σ0 = 4000 • σ0 = 580 • Thrust spherical roller bearings P0a = Fa + 2.564 KB FaB for FaB < 0. FaA and FaB calculated from equations. If conditions exceed this. the static equivalent load is equivalent to the applied load.6 FrA / KA P0A = 1. first determine the thrust load. 1/3 ksi Needle roller bearings Radial ball bearings The dynamic equivalent radial load is used for comparison with the static load rating.6 FrB / KB P0B = 1.269 KA FaA for FaA > 0.564 KA FaA for FaB > 0. Please refer to illustrations on page A169.47 FrA FaA = KA 0.47 FrB KB Static Equivalent Radial Load (P0 ) P0B = FrB for FaA < 0. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . consult your Timken representative. Fr. even if Po is less than the radial applied. P0r = X0 • Fr + Y0 • Fa Co(2) = two-row static radial rating Co = static radial load rating of a single row bearing. Refer to the Dynamic Equivalent Radial and/or Axial Loads section. which are listed in the bearing tables.6 FrA – 1. thrust ball bearings use the same equation for equivalent static and dynamic loading. onto bearing A) Design (external thrust. so their equation to determine static thrust equivalent Bearing Bearing B load is: A P0a = Fa Thrust ball bearings Bearing A Bearing B Similar to radial ball bearings. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . 0.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS. Static equivalent F radial load (two-row bearings) Co(2) = 2Co where: The bearing data ae tables do not include static rating for two-row FrA FrB bearings.5 Coa. The two-row static radial rating can be estimated as: Radial spherical roller bearings The load factors X0 and Y0.269 KB FaB P0A = FrA Note: Use the values of Po calculated for comparison with the static rating. then use the equations in this section.47 FrA 0. the maximum contact stress can be approximated using the static equivalent load and the static rating.5 FrA + 0.5 FrB + 0. () () P0 C0 P0 C0 For ball bearings: σ0 = 4200 • σ0 = 607 • P0 C0 Tapered roller bearings 1/3 MPa 1/2 MPa 1/2 ksi () () P0 C0 To determine the static equivalent radial load for a singlerow mounting.6 FrB / KB P0B = 0.continued STATIC RADIAL AND/OR AXIAL EQUIVALENT LOADS The static equivalent radial and/or axial loading is dependent on the bearing type selected. For all bearings.7 Fr The following equation is used for thrust spherical roller bearings.6 FrA / KA P0A = 0. their equation to determine static radial equivalent load is: P0r = Fr Thrust needle roller bearings are not designed to accept radial loading.47 FrA FaB = – Fae KA where: Fr = applied radial load Fa = net bearing thrust load. type TS. For bearings designed to accommodate only radial or thrust loading.6 FrB – 1. Co.47 FrB ≤ ? + Fae KA KB FaB = 0. P0a = X • Fr + Y • Fa F the The X and Y factors are listed inae bearing tables along with the FrB FrA minimum required thrust load-to-radial load ratio for maintaining proper operation.47 FrB > + Fae KA KB 0. Thrust spherical roller bearings require a minimum thrust load for proper operation. ae Because radial needle roller bearings are not designed to accept thrust loading. Poa = should not be greater than 0. depending on the appropriate thrust load condition.47 FrA 0.47 FrB + Fae KB 0.

L10 = () ()( ) C Pr C e (1x106) revolutions Pr e 1x106 hours 60n As the first set of equations for radial bearings with dynamic ratings based on one million revolutions is the most common form of the equations. Bearing life is defined here as the length of time. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . L10 = or. The Weibull distribution function is commonly used to predict the life of a population of bearings at any given reliability level. has been determined: L10 = or. These include bearing fatigue life. including a factor for useful life. as opposed to one million cycles. etc.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. the L10 life has been calculated as follows for bearings under radial or combined loading where the dynamic equivalent radial load. temperature limits. this will be used through the rest of this section.continued BEARING LIFE Many different performance criteria exist that dictate how a bearing should be selected. sound. or number of revolutions. Bearings that may appear to be identical can exhibit considerable life scatter when tested under identical conditions. Thus it is necessary to base life predictions on a statistical evaluation of a large number of bearings operating under similar conditions. the above equations change to the following. the life of an individual bearing is impossible to precisely predetermine. The approach whereby these factors. are considered in the bearing analysis and selection. With increased emphasis on the relationship between the reference conditions and the actual environment in which the bearing operates in the machine. changing the equations as follows. The L10 life also is associated with 90 percent reliability for a single bearing under a certain load. The equivalent dynamic load equations and the life adjustment factors are applicable to all forms of the life equation. L10 = A RATING LIFE Rating life. has been termed Bearing Systems Analysis (BSA). L10 = () ()( ) Ca e (1x106) revolutions Pa Ca e 1x106 hours Pa 60n The Timken expanded bearing life equation is: L10a = a1a2a3da3ha3ka3la3ma3p Where. is the life that 90 percent of a group of apparently identical bearings will complete or exceed before a fatigue spall develops. (L10). L10 = or.2) develops.01 in. the traditional life equations have been expanded to include certain additional variables that affect bearing performance. Since metal fatigue is a statistical phenomenon. a1 = Reliability Life Factor a2 = Material Life Factor a3 = Operating Condition Life Factor (to be specified by the manufacturer) For thrust bearings. a1 a2 a3d a3h a3k a3l a3m a3p e = 3 for ball bearings = 10/3 for roller bearings ( ) C Fr e (1x106) Reliability Life Factor Material Life Factor = Debris Life Factor = Hardness Life Factor = Load Zone Life Factor = Lubrication Life Factor = Misalignment Life Factor = Low Load Life Factor = = TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . rotational precision. (Pr). until a fatigue spall of 6 mm2 (0. This publication deals primarily with bearing life as related to material associated fatigue. ( ( ( ( C90 Pr C90 Pr C90a Pa C90a Pa ) ) ( ) ) ) ( ) 10/3 10/3 10/3 10/3 (90x106) revolutions 90x106 hours 60n (90x106) revolutions 90x106 hours 60n BEARING LIFE EQUATIONS Traditionally. speed capabilities. Tapered roller bearings often use a dynamic load rating based on ninety million cycles. L10 = and L10 = or. power requirements. The ISO/ABMA expanded bearing life equation is: L10a = a1a2a3L10 Where.

DuraSpexx™). DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . which is typical of cleanliness levels found in normal industrial machinery. a1 = 0. for standard Timken bearings manufactured from bearing quality steel is 1.25. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .1 a 1.5 L0. Bearings also are manufactured from premium steels. the fatigue life predictions can be adjusted according to the measured or expected ISO lubricant cleanliness level to more accurately reflect the expected bearing performance. For more information on Debris Signature Analysis or the availability of Debris Resistant bearings for your application. that contact stresses are approximately less than 2400 MPa (350 ksi).175 0. Soft.. Consult your Timken representative for applicability of the material factor. brittle particles. a1 = 1. It is important to note that improvements in material cannot offset poor lubrication in an operating bearing system. The Timken life rating equations were developed based on test data obtained with 40 μm oil filtration.47 0.g. a Debris Signature Analysis™ can be performed for more accurate bearing performance predictions.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS. Application of the material life factor requires that fatigue life is limited by nonmetallic inclusions. Debris within a lubrication system reduces the life of a roller bearing by creating indentations on the contacting surfaces. Surface map of a bearing raceway with debris denting. Hard. The typical way in which this occurs is through measurements of dented/bruised surfaces on actual bearings run in a given application.00 0.37 0.9 Ln L10 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L0. multiply by the a1 factor. below which the probability of bearing damage is negligible. Brittle particles can break down.g.26 • ln The equation for the life adjustment factor for reliability is: Debris Life Factor (ad) ( ) 100 R 2/3 + 0. When more or less debris is present within the system. For a more accurate prediction of bearing lives at high levels of reliability. R (percent) 90 95 96 97 98 99 99. and measured ISO cleanliness levels of approximately 15/12.5 99. and adequate lubrication is provided. consult your Timken representative. zero probability of bearing damage producing a short life).0. For R = 99 (99 percent reliability). ductile particles are typically most detrimental to bearing life. If 90 (90 percent reliability) is substituted for R in the above equation. ductile particles can cause less performance degradation than hard. leading to stress risers. This type of analysis can be beneficial because different types of debris cause differing levels of performance. Extensive bearing fatigue life testing has shown the minimum life.continued Reliability Life Factor (a) a1 = 4.25 0. The following table lists the reliability factor for commonly used reliability values.55 0.05 ln = natural logarithm (base e) To adjust the calculated L10 life for reliability. As opposed to determining the debris life factor based on filtration and ISO cleanliness levels.64 0. containing fewer and smaller inclusion impurities than standard steels and providing the benefit of extending bearing fatigue life (e.. The Debris Signature Analysis is a process for determining the effects of the actual debris present in your system on the bearing performance.093 Note that the equation for reliability adjustment assumes there is a short minimum life below which the probability of bearing damage is minimal (e. Material Life Factor (a) The life adjustment factor for bearing material. even when they are of the same size and amount in the lubricant. (a 2). thus not affecting performance to as large of a degree as hard ductile particles. consult your Timken representative. to be larger than shown above.

11 0.. loads and load zones also play an important role in bearing performance.66 0. consult your Timken representative.53 0. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE .Cg Cg is given for most part numbers in the bearing tables.18 0. If a more accurate assessment of the load zone adjusted life is necessary (e.126 for through hardened bearings. For Timken bearings supplied as a full assembly. The number of stress cycles depends on bearing geometry and. Factors such as bearing geometry.06 Lubrication Life Factor (al) A The influence of lubrication film due to elastohydrodynamic (EHL) lubrication on bearing performance is related to the reduction or prevention of asperity (metal-metal) contact between the bearing surfaces. a3l = Cg· Cl· Cj· Cs· Cv· Cgr Where: Cg = Cl = Cj = Cs = Cv = Cgr = geometry factor load factor load zone factor speed factor viscosity factor grease lubrication factor Note: The a3l maximum is 2.35 0. Bearing Load Zones and Roller-Raceway Contact Loading.14 0.81 0. For more information on our DuraSpexx™ product.09 0.07 0. Note that the geometry factor (Cg) factor is not applicable to our DuraSpexx™ product. Geometry factor . If values for raceway hardness below 45 HRC are required. has the most notable effect on improving bearing performance. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . However. The geometry factor also includes the material effects and load zone considerations for non-tapered roller bearings. If the raceway hardness must be decreased.43 0.00 0.28 0. material.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS. The stresses depend on applied load and on how many rollers support that load. on how many rollers support the load. Using the dynamic equivalent load (Pr) instead of the applied radial load (Fr) in the equation for L10a roughly approximates the load zone factor for combined loading only. less clearance in a bearing results in a larger load zone and subsequently longer bearing life. this factor can be used to estimate performance when the required 58 HRC minimum hardness cannot be achieved. The following equation provides a method to calculate the lubrication factor for a more accurate prediction of the influence of lubrication on bearing life (L10a). Refer to the previous section Load Zone Life Factor (a3k) for more information. either radial or axial depending on the bearing type. including the effects of internal clearance or fitting practice).22 0. Raceway Hardness (HRC) 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 ah 1. The a3l minimum is 0. the hardness life factor will be unity.g. life for a given external load is related to the loaded arc. For bearing applications designed to use the shaft or housing surfaces as raceways. Load Zone Life Factor (ak) The fatigue life of a bearing is a function of the stresses in rollers and raceways and the number of stress cycles that the loaded bearing surfaces experience in one bearing revolution. Neglecting preload. again. The load zone in a bearing is dominated by the internal clearance. The effective raceway hardness affects the life of a bearing application as shown in the following table. it should be noted that the primary effect of the load zone is on roller load distributions and contact stresses within the bearing. these load ratings also will be decreased. Extensive testing has been done at Timken Research to quantify the effects of the lubrication related parameters on bearing life. as these also are inherent to the bearing design.88 for all bearings. which are not quantified within the lubrication factor. of the bearing. consult your Timken representative. Therefore. or load zone. It has been found that the roller and raceway surface finish. A lubricant contamination factor is not included in the lubrication factor because Timken endurance tests are typically run with a 40 μm filter to provide a realistic level of lubricant cleanness for most applications. relative to lubricant film thickness.200 for case carburized bearings and 0.continued Hardness Life Factor (ah) Both the dynamic and static load ratings of Timken bearings are based on a minimum raceway hardness equivalent to 58 on the Rockwell C scale (HRC) [ASTM E-18]. consult your Timken representative.

EQUIVALENT BEARING LOAD (Pr) Spherical Roller & Ball Bearings Tapered.0 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 Pr (newtons) (Fa for single-row tapered roller bearings) Viscosity factor .Cl The Cl factor is obtained from the following figure. Life will be reduced if these limits are exceeded. SPEED FACTOR (Cs) VS. Pr is the equivalent load applied to the bearing in Newtons and is determined in the Equivalent Bearing Loads (Pr) section.0 0. Cgr= 0. Heat and Torque section.8 0.5 The effect of bearing life depends on the magnitude of the angle of misalignment.747 Cj For grease lubrication. Needle & Cylindrical Roller Bearings The lubricant kinematic viscosity [centistokes (cSt)] is taken at the operating temperature of the bearing.7 0.9 0. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE MISALIGNMENTS FOR SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS BASED ON SERIES Bearing Series Maximum Misalignment Speed factor . ROTATIONAL SPEED Spherical Roller & Ball Bearings Tapered. LOAD ZONE FACTOR (Cj) VS. on the internal bearing geometry. The viscosity factor (Cv) can then be determined from the following figure.5 degrees. a3m=1.0° ±1. Consequently.6 0. 241 ±1. 231.5 . The allowable misalignment in a spherical roller bearing is between 1 degree and 2. a reduction factor (Cgr) should be used to adjust for this effect.5° Cs 10 1 1 10 100 1000 10000 Rotational Speed (RPM) A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .5 Cl 10 100 Kinematic Viscosity (cSt) 1000 10000 Load zone factor . the load zone factor can be taken from the graph based on the thrust load applied to that bearing.0° ±2. 249 223.2 0.8 0.1 0.79 Grease lubrication factor – Cgr Misalignment life factor (am) 0 0. the EHL lubrication film becomes depleted of oil over time and is reduced in thickness. KINEMATIC VISCOSITy 10000 Spherical Roller & Ball Bearings Tapered. 240 232. VISCOSITy FACTOR (Cv) VS. The misalignment life factor for spherical bearings is equal to one.3 0.6 0. 239.Cs Cs is determined from the following figure.5 1 Fr Fa K 1.9 0. The operating viscosity can be estimated by using the figure in the Speed.5 2 2. TAPERED BEARING THRUST LOAD (Fa) 1 0.continued Load factor . Needle & Cylindrical Roller Bearings 1000 100 238 222.7 0. For tapered roller bearings.Cj As mentioned previously.4 0. Note that the factor is different based on the type of bearing utilized. due to the self-aligning capabilities of a spherical roller bearing.Cv LOAD FACTOR (Cl) VS. Needle & Cylindrical Roller Bearings 100 Cv 10 1 0.5° ±2. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . 1. depending upon the series of the bearing as detailed in the following table. for all non-tapered roller bearings the load zone factor is unity. where rev/min (RPM) is the rotational speed of the inner ring relative to the outer ring. and on the applied loads. 230.EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS. due to roller-raceway contact truncation.

the following table gives the misalignment limitations based on bearing width. Axial loading of the bearing causes a moment to be generated about the roller center.5 6 5. The base condition for which the load rating of the roller bearings are defined is 0. Performance of all Timken bearings under various levels of misalignment.5 a3l 2 2 2.5 0.Relieved Ends (exaggerated for clarity) For all other bearing types. Misalignment causes even greater roller contact stress.50 C90/Pr=3.00 C90/Pr=1. 1 0. and results in more uniform stress distribution and optimum bearings performance.0015 0. Bearing life tests at the Timken Technology Center have shown greatly extended bearing fatigue life performance is achievable when the bearing contact stresses are low and the lubricant film is sufficient to fully separate the micro-scale textures of the contacting surfaces. Timken engineers have developed a low load factor for use in the catalog to predict the life increase expected when operating under low bearing loads. 6. P Load-Load Life Adjustment Factor for Dynamic Ratings based on 90x10 Revolutions 6.5 3 2.0005 radians misalignment.5 0. Timken engineers can design special bearing contact profiles to accommodate the conditions of radial load.5 5 4.5 3 2.50 C90/Pr=1.5 C90/Pr=1.25 a3p 3.0010 0. A- Comparative Stress Patterns The use of needle rollers with relieved ends helps to reduce stress concentration at the ends of rollers. The life prediction using the method defined in this publication is relatively accurate up to the limits listed within.5 4 3. Fig.5 1. accurate alignment of the shaft relative to the housing is critical for best performance.5 0 0 LOW LOAD FACTOR (a ) VS.5 2. For cylindrical roller bearings.0005 0.EnginEEring BEARING REACTIONS.5 5 4. thus shifting the roller-raceway contact stresses toward the end of the roller.90 C90/Pr=.80 Roller-inner raceway contact stress with high misalignment and special profile.33 a3P C90/Pr=1. the misalignment factor also is a measure of the effect of bearing axial load on life.5 4 .5 2 1. but rather is concentrated towards the ends. axial load and/or bearing misalignment in your application. similar to bearing misalignment. based on bearing type. LUBRICANT LIFE FACTOR (aL) AND C0/PR RATIO.5 1 1 1. Bearing Width mm inches Caged Maximum Slope Full Complement Needle rollers with relieved ends A > 50 25-50 < 25 >2 1-2 <1 0.5 2 1.0005 0.5 3 3 a3L TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .10 C90/Pr=1. radial and axial load can be predicted using sophisticated computer programs. Needle Roller – Cylindrical Needle Roller. Using these programs.0005 0. Low load life factor (ap) Roller-inner raceway contact stress without misalignment. This effect is illustrated below. DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . the contact stress is not uniform along the length of the rollers. Even when non-profiled needle rollers are loaded under conditions of ideal alignment.0010 Needle roller bearing life is affected by the distribution of contact stress between roller and raceways. The following figure shows the low load factor (a3p) as a function of the lubricant life factor (a3l) and the ratio of bearing dynamic rating to the bearing equivalent load.continued For needle roller bearings.5 1 0. Mating the test data with sophisticated computer programs for predicting bearing performance. C90/Pr=2. Consult your Timken representative for more information.50 C90/Pr=2.00 C90/Pr=.75 C90/Pr=1.5 6 5. both under misalignment or ideal alignment.

as previously noted with radial bearings. is the radial roller bearing life equation restated in terms of thrust instead of radial ratings and radial equivalent loads.continued LIFE . DyNAMIC EQUIVALENT LOADS & BEARING LIFE . Consult your Timken representative for assistance with your specific application requirements. the life factor based on application conditions. under certain operating conditions to include an application factor a3 and calculate life according to the formula: L10 = 16667 a3 Ct n [T ] e 10/3 or L10 = 500 a3 (Lf) 10/3 (Hours) a 3 is the factor based on application conditions.THRUST SPHERICAL.03n ] Referring back to the above equation it may be advisable. impact loading and load reversals a3 may be less than 1 and as low as 0. below . Under optimum conditions a3 = 1. [ Ct nf Te 1 ] 3/10 where Nf = [ .EnginEEring A BEARING REACTIONS. CyLINDRICAL AND TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS LIFE . L10 = 16667 n [C ] T t e 3 (Hours) [T ] Ct e 10/3 (Hours) It may be advisable under certain operating conditions to include an application factor a3 and calculate life according to the formula: L10 = 16667 a3 n C [T] t e 3 The calculations of bearing life may also be performed by using logarithmic factors for rotational speed (Nf) and life (Lf) based on the formula: L10 = 500 (Lf)10/3 (Hours) where Lf = (Hours) a3. Depending on lubricant contamination.THRUST BALL BEARINGS L10 = 16667 n The life formula. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . temperatures.05. can be assigned values as described above.

5 . 1 . 1  1  1. radial runout of raceway Inner ring width variation.. 1 .EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. and unusually fine surface finishes. squareness .g.bore to face Axial runout of assembled bearing inner ring. bore tolerance for a basically tapered bore. e. - -3 - -3 - -3 -0 -4 - -4.000 mm +0.5  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.5  2  2.g.5  1. O.  6 0 8 0 8 0 8  10  10 0 12 0 12 0 12  14 0 16 0 20 0 24 0 28  mm in. 0. .5 .5  2. 0. INCH & METRIC TOLERANCES Standards defining practices for ball and roller bearing usage are listed in the following tables. tolerance Kea VCs SD Sea Cs Radial runout of assembled bearing inner ring.5 - -3 - -3. STANDARD ABEC ⁄ RBEC TOLERANCES . 1  1  1. A RADIAL BALL. Timken maintains ball diameter and sphericity tolerances. e.0000" ABEC mm over incl.1987. -1 -. 1 .g.  6 0 8 0 8 0 8  10  10 0 12 0 12 0 12  14 0 16  18 0 20 — —  mm in. 0. 1  2  2 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. 1 . -1 -.5 - -10 -0 -12 - -14 -0 -16 — —  mm in.g. e.5  2  2  2. close control of race contours and internal clearances.  mm in. e. -1 -. 0... 1  1.D.INNER RING All tolerances in number of micrometers (µm) and ten-thousandths inch (. 0.5  5  6 — — — — — — ABEC RBEC  mm in.5 - -3 - -3 -0 -4 -0 -4 - -4.  2.5  1.5 .  1  1  1. 0.5  3  3 0 4 0 4  5  7  7 0 8  10 0 12  14 0 16 — — ABEC RBEC  mm in.5 . parallelism Outside cylindrical surface runout with outer ring reference face. -0 -15 -0 -30 -0 -50 -0 -50 -0 -60 -00 -80 -0 -100 -0 -100 -00 -120 -0 -140 -00 -160 — — — — — — The tolerances in this table are in conformance with ANSI ABMA Standard 20 .5  2 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.5 0 4 0 4  5  6 0 8 — — — — — — ABEC ABEC RBEC RBEC  mm in.5 .5  3  3  3 0 4  5  6 — — — — — —  mm in.5 . 0.. radial runout of raceway Outer ring width variation.D.5 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. 1  2  2 — — — — — — — — — — .g. 0. 1 . -1 - -1. .  mm in.g.5 -0 -4 - -5 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -9 — — — — — —  mm in. parallelism Inner ring reference face runout with bore. - -2 - -2 - -2. e. 1 . lateral (axial) runout of raceway Outer ring width deviation from basic.g.5  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.5  1.. . e. 1 . 0..  3  3  3  3  3  3..  1.  2  2  2  2  2. 1 . width tolerance TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .5 ..g.5 - -6 -0 -8 - -10 - -10 -0 -12 - -14 -0 -16 - -18 -0 -20 - -30 ABEC RBEC RBEC  mm in.0000" +0.5  1. - -1.5  2  2  3  3  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. e.5 - -6 - -7 - -7 - -8.5  2  2  2.5  3  3 0 4  5  6 — — — — — —  mm in. -. e.Outer Ring Dmp Single plane mean outside diameter deviation from basic outside diameter.  3  3  3  3  3  3. 2. 1 .5  1. width tolerance Radial runout of assembled bearing outer ring. accuracy of cage construction.. 0. . ABMA ⁄ ISO Symbols .g.5 10 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 315 400 500 630 10 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 315 400 500 630 800 30-39 00-03 04-06 07-10 11-16 17-24 26-30 32-36 38-50 52-60 64-80 - -3 - -3 -0 -4 - -4.g. . 1 . lateral (axial) runout of raceway Single inner ring width deviation from basic.5  1.5  2.  .g. e.5 .Inner Ring dmp Single plane mean bore diameter deviation from basic bore diameter.5 - -2 - -3 - -3 - -3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. 0. .000 mm +0. 0 4 0 4  5  6 0 8  10 0 12 0 12 0 16 0 20 0 24  26 0 28 0 31  mm in. These standards are provided for use in selecting bearings for general applications in conjunction with the bearing mounting and fitting practices offered in later sections.. squareness O. SPHERICAL AND CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Depending on your specific application requirements.000") Bearing Bore Bore Numbers Reference Bore Diameter dmp Width Variation VBs Raceway Radial Runout Kia Face Runout With Bore Sd Raceway Axial Runout Sia Width Inner & Outer Rings Bs & Cs +0. e.5 0 4 0 4  4. . e.5  2  2  2.. 1 .5 . 1 . -0 -50 -0 -50 -0 -50 -0 -50 -0 -60 -00 -80 -0 -100 -0 -100 -00 -120 -0 -140 -00 -160 -0 -180 -00 -200 -0 -300 mm in.5 - -2 - -2.  1  1  1. 0.5 .5 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. e. dmp refers only to the theoretical small bore end of the bore Kia VBs Sd Sia Bs ABMA ⁄ ISO Symbols .5  2 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.5 ..5 . 0. to face Axial runout of assembled bearing outer ring. 1  1.5 .g. various degrees of bearing accuracy may be required.5 - -1. 1 . 0.5 .

5 . 7. 0.5 .5  5  6  7 0 8  9  10 0 12 — — — —  mm in.0000" ABEC mm over incl. 0.5  1. 0.5  3  3 0 4  4.5  1.  3  3  3 0 4  4.5 - -1.  2  2  2  2.  3  3  3  3  3. RBEC 3 and 5 apply to roller bearings of increased precision as required.5  5  5  6  7 0 8 — — — —  mm in.5 - -2 - -2. 0.) and Dmax (the largest single diameter of an O. 1  1  1.  1. Among the tolerance classes.000 mm +0. -1 - -1.  1  1.5  3  3 0 4 0 4  5 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.  4  4 0 4  5  7 0 8  9  10 0 12  14 0 16 0 20 0 24  30 — — Kea ABEC RBEC  mm in.5  1. 1 .5 .D.5 . . 1 . material and processing specifications.5 . .5  3  3  3 0 4  4. 1 . Dmin (the smallest single diameter of an O. 0.5 - -5 - -6 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. The other classes ABEC 3.5 . 0.5  3  3 0 4  4. ensure that our bearings offer the maximum performance. RBEC 1 applies to roller bearings for normal usage.5 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -10 -0 -12 - -14 -0 -16 - -18 -0 -20 - -30 -00 -40 - -50 VCs ABEC RBEC RBEC  mm in. 0.  6  6 0 8  10  14 0 16  18 0 20 0 24 0 28 0 31 00 39 0 47 0 55 0 63  mm in. 9 apply to ball bearings of increased precision as required. INCH & METRIC .5  2  2  2.000") Bearing O.5  5 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.5 .  2  2. 5. 0 18 18 30 30-39 00-0 9100-9101 200 00-0 9304-9306 9102-9105 300-303 0-0 9307-9312 9106-9110 304-307 0- 9313-9317 9111-9115 308-311 - 9318-9322 9116-9120 312-314 -0 9323-9326 9121-9326 315-317 - 9126-9132 220-228 - 9134-9140 230-234 0- 9144-9152 236-244 0- 9156-9164 246-256 - 9180 260-264 - -3 - -3. - -3 - -3 - -3.5 - -4.5  5  6  7 0 8 — — — —  mm in.5  5  5. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . 1 . ABEC 1 applies to ball bearings for normal usage.5  2  3 — — — — — — — — — — 30 50 -1.5 0 4 0 4  4.D. 1 . -. 1  1.5 - -5 - -6 - -7 -0 -8 - -9 - -11 - -14 — — — —  mm in.5 .5 -0 -4 - -4.5 - -2 - -2 - -3 - -3 - -3 -0 -4 — — — — — — — — — — 50 80 80 120 120 150 150 180 180 250 250 315 315 400 400 500 500 630 800 630 800 1000 1000 1250 The tolerances in this table are in conformance with ANSI ABMA Standard 20 . coupled with proprietary design.  2  2  2  2  2.5  6  7 0 8  9  10 0 12 — — — —  mm in.5  2  2  2  3  3  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. . Ball Bearing Sizes Outside Diameter () Dmp Width Variation Raceway Radial Runout Raceway Axial Runout Sea ABEC RBEC Outside Diameter With Face SD ABEC RBEC +0.5 . 1 .5  2  2  3  3  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. .EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.  mm in. 1 .5 - -5 - -6 - -7 -0 -8 - -10 - -11 - -13 - -15 - -18 -0 -24 — —  mm in.5 - -3 - -3 - -3.5 .1987. 0.5 - -3 - -3. 1 .continued These standards. 0. 0.  6 0 8 0 8  10  10 0 12 0 12 0 12  14 0 16  18 0 20 — — — — — —  mm in.5  2  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in.5  2  2  2  3  3 0 4 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. - -1. STANDARD ABEC ⁄ RBEC TOLERANCES .D. . (1) 2 For further details see ABMA Standard 20.  mm in. 1  1.5  2  2  2  3  3  3 — — — — — — — — — —  mm in. 1  1. 1  1.) may fall outside limits shown Dmin + Dmax must be within outside diameter tabulated.OUTER RING All tolerances in number of micrometers (µm) and ten-thousandths inches (.5 - -4.5 .5 -0 -4 - -4. - -2 - -2.

1. TOLERANCE TERMS. The tolerances given in the following table apply to inner rings of metric series cylindrical roller and needle roller radial bearing types in which their rings are precision finished. Middle of raceway: Point or line on a raceway surface. however. Raceway contact diameter: Diameter of the theoretical circle through the nominal points of contact between the rolling elements and raceway. Axial direction: Direction parallel with the bearing or ring axis. Reference face: Face designated by the manufacturer of the bearings. the nominal point of contact is generally at the middle of the roller. Axial plane: Plane containing the bearing or ring axis. halfway between the two edges of the raceway. SyMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS Axes. Inner ring (or shaft washer) axis: Axis of the cylinder inscribed in a basically cylindrical bore.2 times the maximum (axial direction) ring chamfer.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. only the maximum material limits apply. Vdmp Difference between the largest and smallest of the mean bore diameters in a single radial plane of an individual ring. 0  0 0 0 0 0 0  00 0  0 0 0 0 0 0  00 00  0 0        0  0   0       0  &          0  Vdmp          0     0         Variation Tolerance class P Variation Vdsp *diameter series 0    0        &            Vdmp            Variation       0     Tolerance class P Variation Vdsp *diameter series 0. The inner ring (or shaft washer) axis is also the bearing axis. INCH & METRIC .  &        0    Vdmp           Variation * No values have been established for diameter series 8. It is.continued TOLERANCES OF CyLINDRICAL ROLLER AND NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS A Bore Diameter Vdsp Difference between the largest and the smallest of the single bore diameters in a single radial plane. Radial direction: Direction through the bearing or ring axis in a radial plane. NOTE: The reference face for measurement is generally taken as the unmarked face. nearer the face of a ring than 1. planes etc. In case of symmetrical rings when it is not possible to identify the reference face.2 TIMES THE MAXIMUM ( AXIAL DIRECTION ) RING CHAMFER d D TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Outer ring (or housing washer) axis: Axis of the cylinder circumscribed around a basically cylindrical outside surface. and which may be the datum for measurements. but not both. TABLE  TOLERANCES OF CyLINDRICAL ROLLER AND NEEDLE ROLLER RADIAL BEARINGS – INNER RING – METRIC SERIES Tolerance in micrometers (0. acceptable to consider axial directions referred to in the definitions as being perpendicular to the plane tangential to the reference face of a ring or back face of a thrust bearing washer. however. NOTE: For roller bearings. acceptable to consider radial planes referred to in the definitions as being parallel with the plane tangential to the reference face of a ring or the back face of a thrust bearing washer.00 mm) Tolerance class PO (normal tolerance) Variation Vdsp *diameter series > . It is. Diameter deviation near ring faces: In radial planes.2 TIMES THE MAXIMUM ( AXIAL DIRECTION ) RING CHAMFER ONLY THE MAXIMUM MATERIAL LIMITS APPLY TO SINGLE DIAMETERS IN THESE AREAS Outer ring flange back face: That side of an outer ring flange which is intended to support axial load. The reference face of a shaft and housing washer as a thrust bearing is that face intended to support axial load and is generally opposite the raceway face. ONLY THE MAXIMUM MATERIAL LIMITS APPLY TO SINGLE DIAMETERS IN THESE AREAS 1. the tolerances are deemed to comply relative to either face. Radial plane: Plane perpendicular to the bearing or ring axis.

A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .  &        0     VDmp          0  Variation * No values have been established for diameter series 8.00 mm) Tolerance class PO (normal tolerance) Variation VDsp *diameter series >   0 0 0 0 0 0 0  00  0 0 0 0 0 0 0  00 00  0         0  0          0  &    0      0  VDmp    0      0    0          Variation Tolerance class P **Variation VDsp *diameter series 0            &     0       VDmp    0       Variation      0     0  Tolerance class P Variation VDsp *diameter series 0. ** Applies before inserting and after removal of internal snap ring. TABLE  TOLERANCES OF CyLINDRICAL ROLLER AND NEEDLE ROLLER RADIAL BEARINGS – OUTER RING – METRIC SERIES Tolerance in micrometers (0. INCH & METRIC . Outside Diameter VDmp Difference between the largest and the smallest of the mean outside diameters in a single radial plane of an individual ring.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.continued The tolerances given in the following table apply to outer rings of metric series cylindrical roller and needle roller radial bearing types in which their rings are precision finished. VDsp Difference between the largest and smallest of the single outside diameters in a single radial plane.

. Vdsp Difference between the largest and the smallest of the single bore diameters in a single radial plane.D.continued TOLERANCES OF CyLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST BEARINGS A The tolerances given in the following tables apply to thrust washers used in metric series cylindrical roller thrust bearings of dimension series 811 and 812. TABLE  TOLERANCES OF CyLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST BEARINGS – HOUSING PILOTED WASHER – METRIC SERIES Dimensions in mm Nominal outside diameter > 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  00 0 0 0 0 0  00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dmp Tolerances in micrometers (0.00 mm) Tolerance class PO (normal tolerance) Deviation Variation VDsp - - - - - -0 - -0 - 0       0  0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Tolerance class P Deviation Dmp Tolerance class P Deviation Dmp Variation VDsp - - - - - -0 - -0 - 0       0  0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Variation VDsp - - - - - -0 - -0 - 0       0  ABMA ⁄ ISO Symbols . Single plane mean outside diameter deviation from basic outside diameter. dmp refers only to the theoretical small bore end of the bore. tolerance.00 mm) Tolerance class P Deviation dmp Tolerance class P Wall thickness Variation Si*       0    0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Deviation dmp Variation Vdsp -         0  Wall thickness Variation Si* 0 0 0 0   0  0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Variation Vdsp -         0  Variation Wall thickness Variation Vdsp - -0 - - -0 - -0 - -0 -         0  Si*           -0 - - -0 - -0 - -0 - -0 - - -0 - -0 - -0 - * The values of the wall thickness variation Se. e. O.g.Inner Ring dmp ABMA ⁄ ISO Symbols . TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . for the Housing Piloted washer are identical to Si for the Shaft Piloted washers.g. TABLE  TOLERANCES OF CyLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST BEARINGS – SHAFT PILOTED WASHER – METRIC SERIES Dimensions in mm Tolerance class PO (normal tolerance) Nominal bore diameter >   0 0 0 0 0 0  00 0 0 0 0 0 0  00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Deviation dmp Dimensions in micrometers (0.Outer Ring Dmp Single plane mean bore diameter deviation from basic bore diameter.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. INCH & METRIC .. bore tolerance for a basically tapered bore. e. VDsp Difference between the largest and smallest of the single outside diameters in a single radial plane. Vdmp Difference between the largest and smallest of the mean bore diameters in a single radial plane of an individual ring.

030 Bore Inspection Procedure for Assembly The bore diameter (Dc1) of the assembly should be checked with “go” and “no go” plug gages.0023 +0.000 35.0012 -0.0025 +0.0200 -0. THRUST CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS TyPE TP TyPES TPS over Bore Bearing Bore incl. Certain applications for Timken cylindrical roller bearings may require special precision tolerances. The assembly.0000 0.0000 .000 0. 0.5000 .012 +0.0 -0. 0.0000 Tolerance +0.0019 +0.0 -0.0781 0.0000 mm in.00 27. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .010 inch low -0.00 3.0000 0.0 -0.5000 .0020 +0.0 -0.002 high +0.000 5.24 5.007 +0. The “no go” plug gage must not enter the bore. -0. If your application requires precision beyond ABMA tolerances.0 +0.0000 .0 12.0000 mm in.25 low +0.24 2. . 0.0000 . -0.00 18.00 6.0000 .00 3.00 27.00 22. TRB ETC.0021 +0. must fall freely from the “go” plug gage.0 +0.0015 -0.0 +0.00 18.0010 -0.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.00 3.2.0000 0.0015 +0.0030 over O.0000 . The “no go” plug gage size is the maximum bore diameter of the assembly.0 -0.continued TOLERANCES FOR NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE THRUST ASSEMBLIES TOLERANCES FOR THRUST WASHERS Tolerances for the bore diameters and outside diameters of inch thrust assemblies are given in Table 9.0000 .000 10.0150 -0.0000 mm in.0025 -0.00 2.0025 +0.000 30.00 3.00 6. 0.0 -0.0 -0. Deviations inch > 0.0000 0. -0. +0.) THRUST WASHERS.00 17.00 -0.0 mm in.0018 -0.0 +0.000 10. mm in.00 3.00 26. Where the “no go” plug gage can be forced through the bore.0 mm in.00 2.0010 -0.000 30.00 18. THRUST BEARINGS The tolerances in this table conform to ANSI ⁄ ABMA Standard 21.0000 0.000 10.0 +0.0030 over O.00 18.D.0 -0.00 12.0000 mm in.0000 .25 high -0.017 TABLE  TOLERANCES FOR OUTSIDE DIAMETER (d) OF NOMINAL INCH (TRA.0000 .010 -0.002 +0.00 18. Nominal bore diameter Deviations inch > 0.7500 .0000 .0000 .00 10.00 17.0000 .00 3.00 18.0000 .000 10.00 18.0250 -0.0000 .000 30.0 -0.00 9.00 3.0000 . .1250 inch low +0.) THRUST WASHERS.0000 . 0. mm in.0030 +0.5000 .0000 .0000 . Bearing O.0000 .00 18. mm in.020 -0. 0.0000 .00 3. The “go” plug gage size is the minimum bore diameter of the assembly. -0. -0.0000 .00 2.D.00 2.0 -0.0080 -0. Bearing O.0000 .010 high -0.00 6.0000 .0 -0.0 -0.010 inch low -0. Nominal O. -0.0020 -0.000 10.00 2.0000 Tolerance -0 mm in.0000 .7500 .25 2. +0.25 5.0000 0.0000 mm in.000 30. +0.0 mm in.0 +0.0000 Tolerance -0 mm in.00 6.0000 .00 12.00 44.0018 -0.00 9. -0.D.0 +0.0000 . -0.00 22. the assembly must not fall from the gage under its own weight.0000 0.00 18. -0.0 +0.0000 mm in.0000 .00 3. mm in.D.000 5. -0.0000 .0000 0. .00 22.0000 .0 12.0000 .0060 -0.0 +0.5000 .00 12.00 22.0000 .0000 . consult your Timken representative about extraprecision and ultraprecision tolerances.0000 The tolerances in this table conform to ANSI ⁄ ABMA Standard 21.0000 .0000 .D.0040 over Height Bearing Bore Tolerance incl. incl.0 -0.0000 Tolerance +0. -0. -0.0250 over Bore Bearing Bore incl.0000 . TABLE 0 TOLERANCES FOR BORE DIAMETER (d) OF NOMINAL INCH (TRA. TRB.0 -0.0 -0.00 3. INCH & METRIC .5000 . TABLE  TOLERANCES FOR BORE (DC) AND OUTSIDE (DC) DIAMETERS OF NOMINAL INCH (NTA) NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE THRUST ASSEMBLIES Deviations Outside Diameter (Dc) Needle roller Bore Diameter (Dc) Diameter (Dw) (nominal) inch 0.0200 -0.0000 .00 9.0000 .0000 .0 mm in.0012 -0. .000 0.002 +0.00 34. Timken has for many years offered two high-precision tolerance standards which augment the ABMA tolerance system.002 inch high +0.00 34.00 10.0000 .0025 -0. ETC.00 18.00 3.0100 -0.00 -0.00 3.0150 -0.00 12.025 Tolerances for the outside diameters and bore diameters of nominal inch thrust washers are given in Tables 10 and 11.00 9.0000 .0000 .0 -0.0000 . .0015 -0. incl.000 10.0300 mm in.00 2.0080 -0.0030 over Height Bearing Bore Tolerance incl.00 26.0000 mm in.0020 -0.2. .5000 .0000 .0000 .0000 . +0.0100 -0. under its own free weight.0 +0.

0 1.2126 00.7480 00.000 0.0000 0.2126 -0. -0.0100 -0. 5.0008 -0. -0.000 9.000 15.0000 23. +0.7244 0.0026 0.6850 0. -0.3750 incl.0 mm in.0 -0.0000 0.0866 0.000 24.00 -0.6850 Tolerance plus mm in.0000 70.0067 0.000 31.0000 The tolerances in this table conform to ANSI ⁄ ABMA Standard 2.9055 0.0030 -0.0866 0.3701 0.0 -0.000 19.000 9.000 12.0018 0. incl.0 -0.0 -0.8425 .0 -0.8125 0.0000 Radial Runout Bore Diameter over mm in. 5.0 -0. 17.000 49.0100 +0.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES.0000 .0000 .0050 0. Bore Bearing Bore over mm in.000 15.000 24.0000 incl. 19.7480 00.4016 00.0000 Tolerance -0 mm in. 0.7500 0.000 . over mm in.00 -0.0030 -0.0047 0.0010 -0.0040 -0.0050 Bore Bearing Bore over mm in.000 7.000 0.6850 and up minus mm in.0 0.7500 incl.8031 00.7244 0.0150 -0.0189 0.000 9. 0.3701 Tolerance +0.4961 000.000 9.0080 over mm in. -0.0016 0.0 0.D.0 -0. -0.0 0.0 0.8031 00.7244 0.8425 .D.8425 . .6850 0.1496 0.000 4.000 49. +0.3701 0.0012 0.0018 -0.0150 +0.0030 -0.4016 00.0866 0.8031 00.000 0.000 15.0000 .0207 0.0010 0.0012 -0. 0.000 39.4016 00. 0.0024 0. +0.0 -0. +0.0 -0. 0.000 15. 0.3750 000.0866 0.7244 0.000 62.0 0. 0.000 15.8425 .000 mm +0. Bearing O.0 -0.0 -0.0018 -0.0 6.1496 0. 0.000 24.8750 incl. mm in.000 4. 19.0065 -0.00 -0.0040 -0.0051 0.0037 0. 0. 0.000 0.000 19.0080 -0.9921 000.0 0.7244 0.000 78.0 0.000 20.0050 +0. -0.0073 0.0 6.0 -0. -0.0 0.000 49.000 19.00 12.0030 -0. -0.0012 -0. THRUST SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Inner Ring Tolerance Bore Outer Ring Tolerance O.00 0.4016 00.000 4.0076 0. -0.0080 -0.8031 00.0050 mm in.0028 0.000 0.0 0.0040 0. -0.0035 0.D. 0.000 .000 23.0000 incl. mm in.0 0.0 mm in.0061 0.0020 -0.0040 Height Bearing Bore Tolerance over mm in.0050 -0. 0.0 0. Radial Runout Bore incl.6850 0. . 17.000 39.0 -0.0 -0.000 12. mm in.7480 00. mm in.0020 -0.000 7.0 0.000 62. mm in.00 12. mm in.0043 0. 0.000 12.0 -0.7480 00.000 39.000 5.0000 .0100 0.000 19.7480 00.000 9.0070 O.0016 -0. Bearing O.000 60.000 20.0050 Height Bearing Bore Tolerance mm in.000 3.0000 O.8425 .0020 -0.0144 0.000 7.0 0.0055 0.000 31.0 0.0150 0.8750 .000 12. -0. +0.000 19.0 0.000 mm +0.3701 00.0118 0.0020 0.0050 +0.0 0. 0.4961 000.D. 0.continued THRUST BALL BEARINGS TyPE TVB TyPES TVL & DTVL A Tolerance -0 mm in.3701 incl.9055 0. over mm in.009 mm in.00 0.6850 0.0171 0.0030 -0.0 1.7480 00. 0.4016 00. 0. -0. 0. INCH & METRIC .8125 0. ±.000 7.00 -0.0 0.0 0.000 4.7402 Height O. 0.0032 0.0866 0.0040 0. 0.0 0.000 15.0230 mm in.000 7. All Sizes ±.D.3125 .2126 -0. mm in.000 5. Min. 0.000 39.0 -0. Tolerance +0. mm in.0064 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . over mm in.8425 .0 0.0014 -0.000 12.0016 0. 0.000 31.0024 0.0866 0.4961 000. . mm in.000 24.0 -0.0014 -0.3125 . +0. mm in.000 4.000 9.0 -0.000 31.D. 0.0 0. -0.0000 Max.000 7.0 -0.0020 0.000 39.0028 0. 0.4016 00. 0.000 19.0 -0. 0.000 12.0 0.0 0.000 3.4961 000.9921 mm in.0032 0.0010 -0.0016 -0.

bore diameter and needle roller diameter for the FNT and AXK Series of needle roller and cage thrust assemblies and also the nominal outside diameter and bore diameter of the series AS. Tolerances for the outside and bore diameters of series FNT and AXK needle roller and cage thrust assemblies are given in Table 12. Bore inspection procedure for series AS and LS thrust washers If an inspection of the thrust washer bore diameter (d) is desired. outside dia. outside dia. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . it should be checked with “go” and “no go” plug gages. max. TABLE  TOLERANCES FOR BORE DIAMETER (DC) AND OUTSIDE DIAMETER (DC) OF SERIES FNT AND AXK NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE THRUST ASSEMBLIES Deviations of Dc Deviations of Dc min. The “no go” plug gage size is the maximum bore diameter of the thrust washer. the thrust washer must not fall from the gage under its own weight. must fall freely from the “go” plug gage.05 mm. bore dia. The “go” plug gage size is the minimum bore diameter of the assembly.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES. Deviations of d Deviations of d min. The assembly. the bore diameter (Dc1) of the assembly should be checked with “go” and “no go” plug gages. bore dia. The “no go” plug gage must not enter the bore. Where the “no go” plug gage can be forced through the bore. mm (E) mm (c) µm µm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 high +95 +115 +142 +170 +210 +250 +292 > 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 high -110 -120 -130 -140 -150 -170 -180 -200 low -320 -370 -380 -440 -450 -520 -530 -600 Tolerances for the outside and bore diameters of series AS thrust washers are given in Table 13. INCH & METRIC . The “no go” plug gage must not enter the bore. max. WS and GS thrust washers. outside dia. max. LS.continued TOLERANCES FOR NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE THRUST ASSEMBLIES Tolerances for thrust washers Pages C234 to C237 list the nominal outside diameter. Thickness tolerances for series LS heavy thrust washers are given in tabular pages. Thickness tolerances for the AS and LS thrust washers are also included. Thickness tolerance for series AS thrust washers is +0. mm (E) mm (e) µm µm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 high +140 +175 +212 +250 +300 +360 +422 +485 > 18 30 50 80 120 180 30 50 80 120 180 250 high -40 -50 -60 -72 -85 -100 low -370 -440 -520 -612 -715 -820 Tolerances for the outside and bore diameters of series LS heavy thrust washers are given in Table 14. The needle rollers in any one assembly have a group tolerance of 2 μm. TABLE  TOLERANCES FOR BORE DIAMETER (d) AND OUTSIDE DIAMETER (d) OF SERIES LS HEAVy THRUST WASHERS. The “go” plug gage size is the minimum bore diameter of the thrust washer. the assembly must not fall from the gage under its own weight. The thrust washer. under its own weight. Where the “no go” plug gage can be forced through the bore. must fall freely from the “go” plug gage. under its own weight. bore dia. The “no go” plug gage size is the maximum bore diameter of the assembly. TABLE  TOLERANCES FOR BORE DIAMETER (d) AND OUTSIDE DIAMETER (d) OF SERIES AS THRUST WASHERS. Deviations of d Deviations of d min. mm (E) mm (a) µm µm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 high +140 +175 +212 +250 +300 +360 +422 +485 > 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 high -300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 low -510 -560 -570 -640 -660 -730 -760 -860 -920 -980 -1120 Bore inspection procedure for assembly If an inspection of the bore diameter is desired.

please consult your Timken representative. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – – A Min. INCH & METRIC . -7 -8 -10 -12 -15 -18 -22 -22 -22 -25 -25 -30 -40 -50 -60 -80 – – Max. -5 -6 -8 -9 -10 -13 -15 -15 -15 – – – – – – – – – Max. For the exact comparison. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – (1)SR assemblies are manufactured to tolerance class N only. Class N has more closely controlled bearing width tolerances than K. mm TS TSF SR() incl.. Classes K and N are often referred to as standard classes. The following table illustrates the current ISO bearing class that corresponds approximately to each of The Timken Company metric bearing classes. These tolerances lie within those currently specified in ISO 492 with the exception of a small number of dimensions indicated in the tables. tolerances. O. -5 -6 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 – – – – – – – – – Max. BEARING CLASS Metric Inch K  N  C  B 0 A 00 AA 000 A Metric system bearings (ISO and “J” prefix parts) ISO/DIN Normal X P P P – Timken manufactures metric system bearings to six tolerance classes. B. width and runout. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Min. -12 -12 -12 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -35 -40 -45 -50 -80 -100 -130 -150 -200 -250 Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – – B Min. The Timken Company produces bearings to both inch and metric systems.D. 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 265 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – Min.continued TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS Timken tapered roller bearings are manufactured to a number of specifications or “classes” that define tolerances on dimensions such as bore. METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class Standard CONE BORE Bearing types K over 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 265 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 Precision N C Min. whereas metric bearings have been manufactured to negative tolerances.D. -12 -12 -12 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -35 -40 -45 – – – – – – – Max. The boundary dimension tolerances applicable to these two categories of bearings differ. Classes C.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. A and AA are “precision” classes. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – – AA Min. -5 -6 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 – – – – – – – – – Bore. The major difference between the two tolerance systems is that inch bearings have historically been manufactured to positive bore and O. The differences normally have an insignificant effect on the mounting and performance of tapered roller bearings.

0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – A Min. – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – Min. INCH & METRIC . 50 120 180 250 265 315 500 630 1200 1600 Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – AA Min. METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class Standard CONE WIDTH Bearing types K over 10 50 120 180 250 265 315 500 630 1200 1600 Precision N C Min. – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – (1)SR assemblies are manufactured to tolerance class N only. -200 -300 -300 -350 -350 -350 – – – – – Max. -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 – – – – Max. -100 -150 -200 -200 -200 -200 -250 -250 -300 -350 -350 Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – – A Min.continued METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class Standard CUP O. -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 – – – – – – – – – Max. – -12 -14 -16 -18 -20 -25 -30 -35 -35 -40 -45 -50 – – – – – – Max. D. -200 -300 -300 -350 -350 -350 – – – – – Bore. mm TS TSF incl.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . -200 -300 -300 -350 -350 -350 -350 -350 -350 -350 – Max. – -12 -14 -16 -18 -20 -25 -30 -35 -35 -40 -45 -50 -80 -100 -130 -165 -200 -250 Max..D. 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 265 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – B Min. -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 – – – – – – – – – O. – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Min. – -6 -7 -9 -10 -11 -13 -15 -18 -18 -18 – – – – – – – – Max. mm TS TSF SR() incl. – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – B Min. -200 -300 -300 -350 -350 -350 – – – – – Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – – AA Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – Min. Bearing types K over 10 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 265 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 Precision N C Min. – -8 -9 -11 -13 -15 -18 -20 -25 -25 -28 -30 -35 -40 -50 -60 -80 – – Max.

* * * * * – – – Bore. -150 -200 -250 -250 -300 -300 -300 – – – – – Max. 0 0 -100 -100 -100 -200 * Max. INCH & METRIC . -100 -100 -100 -150 -150 -150 * Max. * * * * – – – AA Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * Max. -150 -200 -250 -250 -300 -300 – – – – – – Max. 0 -100 -150 -150 -150 -150 -200 * Max. METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class Standard CUP STAND Bearing types K over 10 18 80 120 265 315 400 Precision N C Min. Cone stand is a measure of the variation in cone raceway size and taper and roller diameter and taper which is checked by measuring the axial location of the reference surface of a master cup or other type gage with respect to the reference face of the cone. -150 -200 -200 -250 -250 -250 -250 -300 -300 -350 -400 -400 Max.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. These differences normally have an insignificant effect on the mounting and performance of tapered roller bearings. +100 +100 +100 +200 +200 +200 * Min. -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 -100 – – – Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 * Max. * * * * * – – – A Min. Cup stand is a measure of the variation in cup I. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – C Min. 80 150 180 250 265 315 400 500 800 1200 1600 Max. (1)Stand for flanged cup is measured from flange backface (seating face). * * * * – – – Bore. * * * * * – – Max. mm TS TSF() incl. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – B Min. * * * * * – – B Min. * * * * * * – – Max. 80 120 180 250 265 315 400 Max. -150 -200 -250 -250 -300 -300 – – – – – – TS TSF sThese differ slightly from tolerances in ISO 492. * * * * * – – – AA Min. The 30000 series ISO bearings are also available with the above parameter according to ISO 492. -150 -200 -250 -250 -300 -300 -300 -350 -350 -400 -400 – Max. mm over 10 80 150 180 250 265 315 400 500 800 1200 1600 incl. * * * * * – – – Max. * * * * – – – A Min. mm TS TSF incl. D. * * * * – – – Max.. +100 +100 +100 +100 +100 +100 * Min. +50 +50 +50 +100 +100 +100 * * These sizes manufactured as matched assemblies only. 18 80 120 265 315 400 Max. Cone Stand. +100 +100 +150 +150 +150 +150 +200 * Min. +100 +100 +100 +100 +100 +100 +150 * Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – AA Min. +50 +50 +50 +50 +100 +100 +100 * * These sizes manufactured as matched assemblies only. size and taper which is checked by measuring the axial location of the reference surface of a master plug or other type gage with respect to the reference face of the cup. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – A Min.D. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 s N Min. * * * * * * – – B Min. METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class Standard CONE STAND Bearing types K over 10 80 120 180 250 265 315 400 Precision N C Min.continued A Precision METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class Standard CUP WIDTH Bearing types K O. -100 -100 -100 -150 -150 -150 -150 * Max. Cup Stand. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – Min.

+100 +100 +150 +150 +200 +200 +200 – – – – – 0 Precision N Min. +200 +200 +200 +200 +200 +200 – – – – – – – AA Min. +200 +200 +200 +200 +200 +200 – – – – – – – A Min.9 1. 0 -200 -250 -250 -250 -250 -400 -400 -450 -450 -450 -450 – Max. METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class ASSEMBLED BEARING MAXIMUM RADIAL RUNOUT Bearing types O.9 – – – – – – – – – AA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 – – – – – – – – – TS TSF SR() (1)SR assemblies are manufactured to tolerance class N only.9 1.9 1.9 1. INCH & METRIC ..9 1. -200 -200 -250 -250 -300 -300 -300 -400 -400 -450 -500 – – Max. -200 -200 -250 -300 -300 -300 – – – – – – – Max.continued METRIC BEARING TOLERANCES (µm) Bearing Class OVERALL BEARING WIDTH Bearing Bore. +200 +200 +350 +350 +350 +350 +350 +350 +350 +350 +350 – – C Min.9 1. +200 +200 +200 +200 +200 +200 – – – – – – – B Min. -200 -200 -250 -300 -300 -300 – – – – – – – TS TSF() SR() (2) (3)SR For bearing type TSF the tolerance applies to the dimension T1. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . mm over 10 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 265 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 incl.9 1. 18 30 50 80 120 150 180 250 265 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 Standard Precision K – 18 20 25 35 40 45 50 60 60 70 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 200 N – 18 20 25 35 40 45 50 60 60 70 80 – – – – – – – C – 5 6 6 6 7 8 10 11 11 13 18 25 35 50 60 80 – – B – 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 – – – – – – – – A 1. -200 -200 -250 -300 -300 -300 – – – – – – – Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – -150 Max. types 10 80 120 180 250 265 315 500 800 1000 1200 1600 10 80 120 180 250 265 315 500 800 1000 1200 1600 500 Standard K Max.9 1.D. mm over incl.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES. assemblies are manufactured to tolerance class N only.9 1. +200 +200 +350 +350 +350 +350 +400 +400 +450 +450 +450 +450 – Min.

This should not have any effect on the performance of the bearing.0000 . + +10 + +20 + +30 +0 +40 + +50 Min. 00 and 000 are “precision” classes.0000 0. Max. Class 2 has certain tolerances more closely controlled than class 4 and thus may be required for specific applications.0000 SS TDI 0. 0 0 – – – – – – – – Max.00 3. 0 0 0 0 – – 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. + +3 – – – – – – – – 00 Min.) types over incl.00 0. + +5 + +10 – – + +30 +0 +40 + +50 Min.00 0.0000 . 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – Max. + +3 + +3 – – – – – – – – 000 Min. + +3 – – – – – – – – 000 Min.0000 36. 0 0 .000 INCH) Bearing Class Standard CUP O. 0 0 – – – – – – – – Bore.00 36. 0. INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0. + +5 + +5 + +10 + +15 + +20 + +30 Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – Max.00 48.00 3.0000 0.00 48. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – Max.00 24. mm (in.0000 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. + +3 + +3 – – – – – – – – 00 Min. 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – Max. bore size can be slightly reduced at large end due to tight fit assembly of the seal on the rib.00 12.00 TDO 36. Bearing types  over Precision   Min.0000 (1) For TSL bearings these are the normal tolerances of cone bore. 0 0 0 0 – – – – – – – – TS TSF TSL() SS TDI TDIT TDO TNA . + +5 + +5 – – – – – – – –  Max. + +5 + +10 + +20 – – – – – – 0 Min.00 48.00 .000 INCH) Bearing Class Standard CONE BORE Bearing Bore.continued INCH SySTEM BEARINGS A Inch system bearings are manufactured to a number of tolerance classes.00 12. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. However.0000 TDIT . 0 0 – – – – – – – – Max.00 24.00 24. INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0.00 36. + +5 – – – – – – – – 0 Min.0000 0.00 12. Classes 4 and 2 are often referred to as “standard” classes.0000 24. INCH & METRIC . + +5 + +10 + +15 + +20 + +30 Min. mm (in.D.0000 .0000 TNA TNASW .00 .0000 Precision   Min.0000 TNASWE 0. + +10 + +20 + +30 – – – – TS 0 TSF 0 TSL 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max.0000 .0000 12.) incl.0000 48. Classes 3.

000 Min. O...00 24. 0 0 – – – – – – O.) incl. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max.. 00 Min.D.00 12. + +20 – – – – – – 0 Min. Precision  Min. - -100 Max. Max. 0 Min.00 36.  Bearing types over Standard  Min. mm (in. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. Max. + +20 – – – – – – 000 Min.D.00 . + +20 + +30 +0 +40 – – Min. INCH & METRIC . - -100 Max.0000 24.00 0. Max. + +20 Min. + +20 + +30 +0 +40 + +50 Precision  Min.0000 0.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.000 INCH) Bearing Class INNER RACE WIDTH  Bearing types TS TSF TSL SS TDI TDIT TDO over Standard  Min. - -100 Max. All Sizes + +30 - -100 + +30 - -100 + +30 - -100 + +30 - -100 + +30 - -100 + +30 - -100 INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0. 0 0 – – – – – – Max. mm (in.0000 .D. + +20 000 Min. Max. + +20 00 Min. Max.0000 36. 0 0 – – – – – – Max. Max.D. + +20 Precision  Min. - -100 O.000 INCH) Bearing Class OUTER RACE WIDTH  Bearing types All Types over Standard  Min. + +20 All Sizes A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . Max. mm (in. + +20 – – – – – – 00 Min.) incl. + +20 0 Min. - -100 Max.continued INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0. Min.0000 INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0. - -100 Max.) incl.000 INCH) Bearing Class OUTER RACE FLANGE O. Max. + +20 + +30 +0 +40 + +40 TSF 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 – – Max.

0000 10. * * * * – – – – – – 00 Min.600 to 304.0000 Precision   Min. * * * * * * – – – – Max.00 .00 12.0000 0.0000 * These sizes manufactured as matched assemblies only.00 10. INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0.5000 . * * * * – – – – – – Cone Stand.0000 0. INCH & METRIC .00 . +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +40 * * Min.0000 16. mm (in. * * * * – – – – – – 00 Min.5000 .00 4.) types over incl.800 mm (4 in. * * * * – – – – – – 000 Min.continued A INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0. mm (in. * * * * – – – – – – Max.D.00 16. TS TSF() TSL SS TDI TDIT 0.5000 12. * * * * * * – – – –  Max. * * * * – – – – – – Max. 0 0 - -60 - -60 – – * * Max.0000 0.00 4.00 10. (1) For class 2.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES.. +0 +40 +0 +80 +0 +80 – – * * Min. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . * * * * – – – – – – Cup Stand. 0 0 0.0000 16. * * * * * * – – – – Max.000 INCH) Bearing Class Standard CUP STAND Bearing Bore. * * * * * * – – – –  Max.00 12. size and taper which is checked by measuring the axial location of the reference surface of a master plug or other type gage with respect to the reference face of the cup.00 4.0000 Precision   Min. * * * * – – – – – – 000 Min. (1) Stand for flanged cup is measured from flange backface (seating face).) types over incl. 0 0 -0 -40 -0 -40 – – * * Max.00 4.00 0.). +0 +40 + +60 + +60 – – * * Min. +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +80 * * 0 Min.00 0.5000 12. Cup stand is a measure of the variation in cup I.00 16.D. +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +40 * * Min.00 0. +0 +40 +0 +40 +0 +40 + +70 * * 0 Min. the cone stand is ±102 (±40).000 INCH) Bearing Class Standard CONE STAND Bearing O.0000 * These sizes manufactured as matched assemblies only. -0 -40 -0 -40 -0 -40 -0 -40 * * Max.0000 10.00 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -70 * * Max. 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 -80 * * Max. 0 0 0.0000 0. TS TSL SS TDI() TDIT() TDO 0. Cone stand is a measure of the variation in cone raceway size and taper and roller diameter and taper which is checked by measuring the axial location of the reference surface of a master cup or other type gage with respect to the reference face of the cone. TDI and TDIT bearings with cone bore of 101. to 12 in. -0 -40 -0 -40 -0 -40 -0 -40 * * Max.

+0 +80 Min.000 TNASWE 5.0000 – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00 12.00 0.0000 + -0 +280 -200 – – – – – – – – +0 -0 +160 -80 + - +300 -300 + - +300 -300 – – + +180 – – - -20 – – – – + - +300 -300 + +180 - -20 SS (1) 0 0 0.0000 + - +140 -100 – – – – – – – – + - +150 -150 + - +150 -150 – – + +100 + +300 +0 +160 – – 0 0 0 0 0 0 + - +150 -150 – – – – +0 +160 – – – – 0 0 TNA 0 TNASW .000 INCH) OVERALL BEARING WIDTH Bearing Bore.0000 .0000 0.  0. Min.00 0. mm (in.0000 0.00 36.00 0.0000 Standard  Max.00 0.5000 12.0000 – – +0 -0 +160 -160 +0 -0 +160 -160 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – TDI TDIT TDO 0.0000 0. INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0. mm (in. 0 0 0. +0 +80 +0 +80 TS TSF() TSL 0.00 10.0000 24.0000 24. INCH & METRIC .00 0.00 12.00 4.0000 24.0000 Bearing Class Standard   over – – – – 0 0 0.  20  20  20  30  30 Min.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.D. 00 Min. TS TSF TSL SS TDI TDIT TDO TNA TNASW TNASWE 0 0 .40 – – – – – – A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .D.0000 – – For bearing type TSF the tolerance applies to the dimension T1.0000 12.00 4.0000 0 0 0 . Min.) types over incl.continued INCH BEARING TOLERANCES (µm AND 0.0000 24. mm (in.00 4.0000 – – – – 0 0 0.75  0.0000 0.) types over incl.0000 0.0000 24.00 0. – – – – 0. Max.  0.0000 0.00 0.00 4. 0 +0 -0 +0 -0 +0 -0 +0 -0 0 +80 -80 +80 -80 +80 -80 +80 -80 0 0 +0 +80 +0 +80 + +150 + +150 + +100 + +300 +0 +160 +0 +160 +0 +160 + +300 + +300 – – -0 -80 -0 –80 - -150 - -150 0 0 0 0 -0 -160 -0 -160 -0 -160 - -300 - -300 – – +0 -0 +80 -80 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – +0 +80 – – – – – – – – – – +0 +160 +0 +160 – – – – – – – – -0 -80 – – – – – – – – – – -0 -160 -0 -160 – – – – – – – – +0 +80 – – – – – – – – – – +0 +160 +0 +160 – – – – – – – – -0 -80 – – – – – – – – – – -0 -160 -0 -160 – – – – – – – – O. 0 Min. Max.75 – – – – – – Max. Max. Max.0000 Max. 0 0 Max. Max.  1.0000 – – – – 0.) incl. Max.000 20.0000 0.  3  3  7  20  30  Min.000 5.00 12.0000 0..00 12.00 12. Min.00 4.5 – – – – – – Max.000 20. Max. 000 Min.00 0.00 24.. Min.40  0.000 20.  15  15  15  20 – – Precision  Min.0000 36.00 24.00 24.0000 Precision  0 00 000 Min.00 .000 20.5  1.000 INCH) Bearing Class ASSEMBLED BEARING MAXIMUM RADIAL RUNOUT Bearing O.0000 12.

0000 .0000 .00 48. + +5 + +10 + +15 + +20 + +30 Precision  Min.) over 0 0 0.00 48.00 24.00 36.0000 .0000 incl. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WIDTH Standard  All sizes Max. + +5 + +10 + +15 + +20 + +30 Precision  Min.00 12. + +10 + +20 + +30 +0 +40 + +50 A BEARING CLASS Standard  Min.00 24. 0.0000 Max.00 36. mm (in.00 12.) BORE Range.0000 incl.00 24.00 48.0000 0.0000 .0000 . INCH & METRIC .0000 .00 24.00 36. -0 -80 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OUTSIDE DIAMETER Range.00 12.0000 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max. + +150 BEARING CLASS Precision  Min.0000 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max.0000 . +0 +80 Min.00 12. - -150 Max.) over 0 0 0. TTVS) TOLERANCES (µm AND 0.000in.continued THRUST TAPERED ROLLER BEARING (TTHD. 0.0000 0. + +10 + +20 + +30 +0 +40 + +50 BEARING CLASS Standard  Min. TTVF. mm (in.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES.0000 Max.0000 0.00 36.00 48.

0000 0.000 5.) over 0 0 . . TTSP – CLASS ) TOLERANCES (µm AND 0.) over 0 0 . - -30 -0 -40 - -50 DEVIATION OUTSIDE DIAMETER Range.00 3. + +100 + +150 +0 +200 DEVIATION Min.0000 incl.00 1.0000 Max.00 8.000 5. - -100 - -150 -0 -200 A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . 0 0 0 0 0 0 WIDTH Range.continued THRUST TAPERED ROLLER BEARING (TTC.0000 . mm (in. mm (in. . + +100 + +150 +0 +200 DEVIATION Min. INCH & METRIC .00 3.0000 Max.0000 .0000 incl. + +30 +0 +40 + +50 Min.000 5. .000 inch) BORE Range.00 1.000 5.0000 0.0000 incl.0000 Max.00 8. mm (in.EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.00 3.0000 .00 3.) over 0 0 .0000 .

continued The following tables provide standard ISO tolerance information. ISO TOLERANCES FOR HOLES – METRIC Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 high +188 +208 +220 +244 +270 +280 +310 +320 +360 +380 +420 +440 +470 +525 +565 +605 +690 +750 +830 +910 +1010 +1090 B0 low +140 +150 +150 +160 +170 +180 +190 +200 +220 +240 +260 +280 +310 +340 +380 +420 +480 +540 +600 +680 +760 +840 high +215 +240 +260 +290 +330 +340 +380 +390 +440 +460 +510 +530 +560 +630 +670 +710 +800 +860 +960 +1040 +1160 +1240 B low +140 +150 +150 +160 +170 +180 +190 +200 +220 +240 +260 +280 +310 +340 +380 +420 +480 +540 +600 +680 +760 +840 high +260 +300 +330 +370 +420 +430 +490 +500 +570 +590 +660 +680 +710 +800 +840 +880 +1000 +1060 +1170 +1250 +1390 +1470 B low +140 +150 +150 +160 +170 +180 +190 +200 +220 +240 +260 +280 +310 +340 +380 +420 +480 +540 +600 +680 +760 +840 high +100 +116 +138 +162 +182 +192 +214 +224 +257 +267 +300 +310 +330 +355 +375 +395 +430 +460 +500 +540 +595 +635 C low +70 +80 +95 +110 +120 +130 +140 +150 +170 +180 +200 +210 +230 +240 +260 +280 +300 +330 +360 +400 +440 +480 high +118 +138 +165 +194 +220 +230 +260 +270 +310 +320 +360 +370 +390 +425 +445 +465 +510 +540 +590 +630 +690 +730 Deviations in µm C0 low +70 +80 +95 +110 +120 +130 +140 +150 +170 +180 +200 +210 +230 +240 +260 +280 +300 +330 +360 +400 +440 +480 high +145 +170 +205 +240 +280 +290 +330 +340 +390 +400 +450 +460 +480 +530 +550 +570 +620 +650 +720 +760 +840 +880 C low +70 +80 +95 +110 +120 +130 +140 +150 +170 +180 +200 +210 +230 +240 +260 +280 +300 +330 +360 +400 +440 +480 A Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high +50 +61 +75 +92 +112 +134 +159 +185 +215 +240 +265 +290 E low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 high +68 +83 +102 +124 +150 +180 +212 +245 +285 +320 +355 +385 E0 low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 high +95 +115 +142 +170 +210 +250 +292 +335 +390 +430 +485 +535 E low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 high +140 +175 +212 +250 +300 +360 +422 +485 +560 +630 +695 +765 E low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 high +200 +245 +302 +370 +440 +520 +612 +715 +820 +920 +1015 +1105 E low +20 +25 +32 +40 +50 +60 +72 +85 +100 +110 +125 +135 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high +15 +19 +24 +29 +36 +43 +51 +61 +70 +79 +87 +95 F low +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 high +18 +22 +27 +33 +41 +49 +58 +68 +79 +88 +98 +108 F low +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 high +22 +28 +34 +41 +50 +60 +71 +83 +96 +108 +119 +131 F low +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 high +28 +35 +43 +53 +64 +76 +90 +106 +122 +137 +151 +165 F low +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 +68 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . INCH & METRIC . They are provided for general use and are referenced throughout this catalog.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES.

EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.continued ISO TOLERANCES FOR HOLES – METRIC Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high +9 +11 +14 +16 +20 +23 +27 +32 +35 +40 +43 +47 G low +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15 +17 +18 +20 high +12 +14 +17 +20 +25 +29 +34 +39 +44 +49 +54 +60 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high +4 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +10 +12 +14 +16 +18 +20 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +5 +6 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +18 +20 +23 +25 +27 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +8 +9 +11 +13 +16 +19 +22 +25 +29 +32 +36 +40 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +30 +35 +40 +46 +52 +57 +63 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +18 +22 +27 +33 +39 +46 +54 +63 +72 +81 +89 +97 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 G low +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15 +17 +18 +20 high +16 +20 +24 +28 +34 +40 +47 +54 +61 +69 +75 +83 G low +4 +5 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +14 +15 +17 +18 +20 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high +30 +36 +43 +52 +62 +74 +87 +100 +115 +130 +140 +155 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +48 +58 +70 +84 +100 +120 +140 +160 +185 +210 +230 +250 H0 low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +75 +90 +110 +130 +160 +190 +220 +250 +290 +320 +360 +400 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +120 +150 +180 +210 +250 +300 +350 +400 +460 +520 +570 +630 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . INCH & METRIC .

continued A Deviations in µm J K low -8 -10 -12 -13 -15 -18 -20 -22 -25 -26 -29 -31 high +2 +2 +2 +2 +3 +4 +4 +4 +5 +5 +7 +8 low -6 -7 -9 -11 -13 -15 -18 -21 -24 -27 -29 -32 high +3 +5 +6 +6 +7 +9 +10 +12 +13 +16 +17 +18 K low -9 -10 -12 -15 -18 -21 -25 -28 -33 -36 -40 -45 Deviations in µm M N low -12 -15 -18 -21 -25 -30 -35 -40 -46 -52 -57 -63 high -5 -7 -9 -11 -12 -14 -16 -20 -22 -25 -26 -27 low -13 -16 -20 -24 -28 -33 -38 -45 -51 -57 -62 -67 high -4 -4 -5 -7 -8 -9 -10 -12 -14 -14 -16 -17 Deviations in µm N low -16 -19 -23 -28 -33 -39 -45 -52 -60 -66 -73 -80 high -2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -4 -4 -4 -5 -5 -5 -6 N low -20 -25 -30 -36 -42 -50 -58 -67 -77 -86 -94 -103 high +5 +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +16 +20 +22 +25 +28 +29 K low -13 -16 -19 -23 -27 -32 -38 -43 -50 -56 -61 -68 ISO TOLERANCES FOR HOLES – METRIC Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high +5 +5 +6 +8 +10 +13 +16 +18 +22 +25 +29 +33 J low -3 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6 -6 -7 -7 -7 -7 -7 high +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +18 +22 +26 +30 +36 +39 +43 J low -6 -7 -8 -9 -11 -12 -13 -14 -16 -16 -18 -20 high +10 +12 +15 +20 +24 +28 +34 +41 +47 +55 +60 +66 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 500 high -3 -4 -4 -5 -5 -6 -8 -9 -11 -13 -14 -16 M low -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -19 -23 -27 -31 -36 -39 -43 high -1 -3 -4 -4 -4 -5 -6 -8 -8 -9 -10 -10 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 6 10 18 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 high -9 -12 -15 -18 -21 -26 -26 -30 -30 -37 -36 -36 -41 -41 -41 -47 -47 -51 -51 -55 -55 P low -17 -21 -26 -31 -37 -45 -45 -52 -52 -61 -61 -61 -70 -70 -70 -79 -79 -87 -87 -95 -95 high -8 -9 -11 -14 -17 -21 -21 -24 -24 -28 -28 -28 -33 -33 -33 -36 -36 -41 -41 -45 -45 P low -20 -24 -29 -35 -42 -51 -51 -59 -59 -68 -68 -68 -79 -79 -79 -88 -88 -98 -98 -108 -108 high -12 -16 -20 -24 -29 -35 -37 -44 -47 -56 -58 -61 -68 -71 -75 -85 -89 -97 -103 -113 -119 R low -20 -25 -31 -37 -45 -54 -56 -66 -69 -81 -83 -86 -97 -100 -104 -117 -121 -133 -139 -153 -159 high -11 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -32 -38 -41 -48 -50 -53 -60 -63 -67 -74 -78 -87 -93 -103 -109 M low -9 -12 -15 -17 -20 -24 -28 -33 -37 -41 -46 -50 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R low -23 -28 -34 -41 -50 -60 -62 -73 -76 -88 -90 -93 -106 -109 -113 -126 -130 -144 -150 -166 -172 high -15 -19 -23 -28 -34 -41 -43 -51 -54 -63 -65 -68 -77 -80 -84 -94 -98 -108 -114 -126 -132 R low -33 -41 -50 -61 -73 -87 -89 -105 -108 -126 -128 -131 -149 -152 -156 -175 -179 -197 -203 -223 -229 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. INCH & METRIC .

EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.continued ISO TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS – METRIC Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 high -270 -270 -280 -290 -300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 -740 -820 -920 -1050 -1200 -1350 a0 low -310 -318 -338 -360 -384 -410 -420 -460 -480 -520 -550 -620 -680 -740 -845 -925 -1005 -1130 -1260 -1430 -1580 high -270 -270 -280 -290 -300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 -740 -820 -920 -1050 -1200 -1350 a low -330 -345 -370 -400 -430 -470 -480 -530 -550 -600 -630 -710 -770 -830 -950 -1030 -1110 -1240 -1370 -1560 -1710 high -270 -270 -280 -290 -300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 -740 -820 -920 -1050 -1200 -1350 a low -370 -390 -430 -470 -510 -560 -570 -640 -660 -730 -760 -860 -920 -980 -1120 -1200 -1280 -1440 -1570 -1770 -1920 high -270 -270 -280 -290 -300 -310 -320 -340 -360 -380 -410 -460 -520 -580 -660 -740 -820 -920 -1050 -1200 -1350 a low -410 -450 -500 -560 -630 -700 -710 -800 -820 -920 -950 -1090 -1150 -1210 -1380 -1460 -1540 -1730 -1860 -2090 -2240 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 3 6 10 18 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 high -60 -70 -80 -95 -110 -120 -130 -140 -150 -170 -180 -200 -210 -230 -240 -260 -280 -300 -330 -360 c low -120 -145 -170 -205 -240 -280 -290 -330 -340 -390 -400 -450 -460 -480 -530 -550 -570 -620 -650 -720 high -60 -70 -80 -95 -110 -120 -130 -140 -150 -170 -180 -200 -210 -230 -240 -260 -280 -300 -330 -360 c low -160 -190 -230 -275 -320 -370 -380 -440 -450 -520 -530 -600 -610 -630 -700 -720 -740 -820 -850 -930 high -60 -70 -80 -95 -110 -120 -130 -140 -150 -170 -180 -200 -210 -230 -240 -260 -280 -300 -330 -360 c low -200 -250 -300 -365 -440 -510 -520 -600 -610 -710 -720 -830 -840 -860 -960 -980 -1000 -1110 -1140 -1250 high -14 -20 -25 -32 -40 -50 -50 -60 -60 -72 -72 -85 -85 -85 -100 -100 -100 -110 -110 -125 e low -74 -95 -115 -142 -170 -210 -210 -250 -250 -292 -292 -335 -335 -335 -390 -390 -390 -430 -430 -485 Deviations in µm e high -14 -20 -25 -32 -40 -50 -50 -60 -60 -72 -72 -85 -85 -85 -100 -100 -100 -110 -110 -125 low -114 -140 -175 -212 -250 -300 -300 -360 -360 -422 -422 -485 -485 -485 -560 -560 -560 -630 -630 -695 high -14 -20 -25 -32 -40 -50 -50 -60 -60 -72 -72 -85 -85 -85 -100 -100 -100 -110 -110 -125 e low -154 -200 -245 -302 -370 -440 -440 -520 -520 -612 -612 -715 -715 -715 -820 -820 -820 -920 -920 -1015 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . INCH & METRIC .

continued A Deviations in µm f g low -16 -22 -28 -34 -41 -50 -60 -71 -83 -96 -108 -119 high -2 -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 low -6 -9 -11 -14 -16 -20 -23 -27 -32 -35 -40 -43 high -2 -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 g low -8 -12 -14 -17 -20 -25 -29 -34 -39 -44 -49 -54 high -2 -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 g low -12 -16 -20 -24 -28 -34 -40 -47 -54 -61 -69 -75 ISO TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS – METRIC Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 high -6 -10 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -36 -43 -50 -56 -62 f low -10 -15 -19 -24 -29 -36 -43 -51 -61 -70 -79 -87 high -6 -10 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -36 -43 -50 -56 -62 f low -12 -18 -22 -27 -33 -41 -49 -58 -68 -79 -88 -98 high -6 -10 -13 -16 -20 -25 -30 -36 -43 -50 -56 -62 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -3 -4 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -18 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -4 -5 -6 -8 -9 -11 -13 -15 -18 -20 -23 -25 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -6 -8 -9 -11 -13 -16 -19 -22 -25 -29 -32 -36 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -10 -12 -15 -18 -21 -25 -30 -35 -40 -46 -52 -57 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -14 -18 -22 -27 -33 -39 -46 -54 -63 -72 -81 -89 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -25 -30 -36 -43 -52 -62 -74 -87 -100 -115 -130 -140 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h0 low -40 -48 -58 -70 -84 -100 -120 -140 -160 -185 -210 -230 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -60 -75 -90 -110 -130 -160 -190 -220 -250 -290 -320 -360 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -100 -120 -150 -180 -210 -250 -300 -350 -400 -460 -520 -570 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -140 -180 -220 -270 -330 -390 -460 -540 -630 -720 -810 -890 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES. INCH & METRIC .

INCH & METRIC .continued ISO TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS – METRIC Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 high +2 +3 +4 +5 +5 +6 +6 +6 +7 +7 +7 +7 j low -2 -2 -2 -3 -4 -5 -7 -9 -11 -13 -16 -18 high +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +12 +13 +14 +16 +16 +18 j low -2 -2 -2 -3 -4 -5 -7 -9 -11 -13 -16 -18 high +6 +8 +10 +12 +13 +15 +18 +20 +22 +25 +26 +29 j low -4 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -15 -18 -21 -26 -28 high +4 +6 +7 +9 +11 +13 +15 +18 +21 +24 +27 +29 k low 0 +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 +4 high +6 +9 +10 +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +28 +33 +36 +40 Deviations in µm k low 0 +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 +4 high +10 +13 +16 +19 +23 +27 +32 +38 +43 +50 +56 +61 k low 0 +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 +4 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > — 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 high +6 +9 +12 +15 +17 +20 +24 +28 +33 +37 +43 +46 m low +2 +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17 +20 +21 high +8 +12 +15 +18 +21 +25 +30 +35 +40 +46 +52 +57 m low +2 +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17 +20 +21 high +12 +16 +21 +25 +29 +34 +41 +48 +55 +63 +72 +78 m low +2 +4 +6 +7 +8 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17 +20 +21 high +8 +13 +16 +20 +24 +28 +33 +38 +45 +51 +57 +62 n low +4 +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23 +27 +31 +34 +37 Deviations in µm n high +10 +16 +19 +23 +28 +33 +39 +45 +52 +60 +66 +73 low +4 +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23 +27 +31 +34 +37 high +14 +20 +25 +30 +36 +42 +50 +58 +67 +77 +86 +94 n low +4 +8 +10 +12 +15 +17 +20 +23 +27 +31 +34 +37 Deviations in µm Diameters mm > 3 6 10 18 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 6 10 18 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 high +59 +59 +68 +68 +68 +79 +79 +79 +88 +88 +98 +98 +108 +108 p low +37 +37 +43 +43 +43 +50 +50 +50 +56 +56 +62 +62 +68 +68 high +90 +90 +90 +106 +109 +113 +126 +130 +144 +150 +166 +172 r low +65 +65 +65 +77 +80 +84 +94 +98 +108 +114 +126 +132 high +126 +130 +146 +150 +165 +171 +189 +195 r low +80 +84 +94 +98 +108 +114 +126 +132 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .EnginEEring A BEARING TOLERANCES.

0378 +0.7244 7.0213 +0.71654 0.0049 +0.0067 +0.0075 +0.0236 12.0024 +0.0177 +0.1811 1.8425 12.0119 +0.0006 +0.0012 +0.0173 +0.0156 +0.0134 +0.1181 0.9685 3.0102 +0.0157 +0.0866 9.0079 +0.0327 +0.0075 +0.0049 +0.0059 +0.0067 +0.1496 3.0052 F low +0.0154 +0.0175 +0.0110 +0.7244 7.0087 +0.0020 +0.2992 7.0004 +0.0114 +0.0213 +0.0007 +0.0331 +0.0079 +0.0087 +0.0014 +0.0069 +0.0248 +0.0435 E low +0.0087 +0.0019 +0.0114 E low +0.0016 +0.0008 +0.0146 +0.0126 +0.0224 +0.0034 +0.0043 +0.0059 +0.8425 12.0059 +0.0008 +0.0236 +0.0022 +0.0154 +0.0866 7.8425 12.0067 +0.0014 +0.0118 +0.0030 +0.0079 +0.0146 +0.0035 +0.0220 +0.0169 +0.0047 +0.0114 +0.0096 +0.0016 +0.4016 13.0037 +0.0134 +0.0268 +0.0008 +0.0020 +0.0030 +0.0055 +0.0106 +0.0075 +0.0118 +0.0084 +0.0008 +0.0083 +0.0087 +0.0094 +0.0173 +0.0173 +0.0181 +0.3937 0.0547 +0.7165 19.0013 +0.0043 +0.0014 +0.0072 +0.0165 +0.0012 +0.0017 +0.0043 +0.0457 +0.0067 +0.0024 +0.0274 +0.0053 Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.7087 1.0020 +0.0094 +0.0014 +0.0033 +0.0053 high +0.0010 +0.0248 +0.0033 +0.0039 +0.0110 +0.0037 +0.0115 +0.0189 high +0.0488 B low +0.0331 high +0.0053 high +0.0152 E0 low +0.0008 +0.0102 +0.0059 +0.0134 +0.0189 +0.0071 +0.0071 +0.0197 +0.0244 +0.0006 +0.0059 +0.0020 +0.0012 +0.0398 +0.0014 +0.0064 +0.0008 +0.0256 +0.0157 +0.0013 +0.0150 +0.2992 7.4016 15.0181 +0.0323 +0.6850 high +0.0130 +0.0191 +0.0122 +0.0461 +0.0189 +0.0065 +0.0130 +0.8425 12.9370 4.0045 +0.0028 +0.0027 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .0065 F low +0.1496 4.0027 high +0.0094 +0.0008 +0.0023 +0.0039 +0.5748 1.0272 +0.0028 +0.0081 +0.0102 +0.9685 2.0005 +0.0024 +0.0048 +0.0059 +0.0055 +0.0866 9.0024 +0.0007 +0.0017 +0.0020 +0.0209 +0.7480 17.0076 +0.0053 high +0.0017 +0.0299 +0.0272 +0.1496 4.7244 5.0006 +0.0150 +0.0193 +0.0033 +0.0102 +0.0110 +0.0083 +0.0094 +0.0071 +0.0091 +0.0025 +0.0209 +0.0059 +0.2362 0.4016 15.0165 +0.0331 +0.0096 +0.0020 +0.0087 +0.0492 +0.0063 +0.0036 +0.0028 +0.0157 +0.0022 +0.3937 0.0063 +0.0071 +0.0248 +0.0005 +0.0224 +0.0014 +0.0154 +0.0013 +0.0079 +0.0220 +0.0039 +0.0102 +0.0211 E low +0.0183 +0.4016 15.8583 9.1181 0.0071 +0.0011 +0.0280 +0.0167 +0.0027 +0.0028 +0.9685 2.0079 +0. INCH & METRIC .0024 +0.0154 +0.0104 +0.0394 +0.0039 +0.0205 +0.0132 +0.0028 +0.0008 +0.0232 +0.0067 +0.0055 +0.0191 +0.7480 19.1496 4.6850 high +0.2362 0.0299 +0.0039 +0.0006 +0.0331 high +0.0150 +0.0232 +0.0358 +0.4016 15.0071 +0.0098 +0.0268 +0.0140 +0.0005 +0.0079 +0.0085 +0.0094 +0.6850 high +0.0126 +0.0299 +0.0142 +0.0028 +0.5118 6.0037 +0.0046 +0.7480 0.0071 +0.0142 +0.0055 +0.0013 +0.0016 +0.0264 +0.8425 11.0016 +0.0027 high +0.0055 +0.0166 +0.0148 +0.0017 +0.0054 +0.0082 +0.0339 +0.2362 0.0142 +0.0409 +0.0122 +0.0009 +0.8583 9.0054 +0.0010 +0.0165 +0.0201 +0.0067 +0.3937 0.0031 +0.7087 1.0268 +0.3937 0.2362 0.0024 +0.0122 +0.0189 high +0.0083 +0.1811 1.0024 +0.0110 +0.0866 7.0299 +0.0051 +0.0118 +0.0020 +0.0049 +0.0049 +0.0010 +0.0024 +0.0013 +0.0009 +0.1496 4.0056 +0.0031 +0.0037 F low +0.0027 high +0.3937 0.0074 +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0016 +0.0091 +0.0059 +0.7244 7.0010 +0.0362 +0.0004 +0.0038 +0.0016 +0.0091 +0.0024 +0.0169 +0.0201 +0.0866 9.0031 +0.0346 +0.0055 +0.0031 +0.0094 +0.0146 +0.7087 1.0281 +0.0083 +0.0213 +0.0315 +0.0047 +0.0134 +0.0234 +0.0091 +0.0157 +0.0017 +0.0043 +0.0429 B0 low +0.0189 ISO TOLERANCES FOR HOLES – INCH Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.0020 +0.0039 +0.0118 +0.0110 +0.0033 +0.0105 +0.0122 +0.0037 +0.1811 1.7087 1.0006 +0.0011 +0.0331 high +0.0287 C0 low +0.0118 +0.0020 +0.0083 +0.0054 +0.0022 +0.0049 +0.0217 +0.0283 +0.0059 +0.0346 C low +0.0102 +0.0866 9.0067 +0.0028 +0.0016 +0.9685 3.0140 +0.0130 +0.3937 0.0024 +0.0049 +0.5591 3.continued A Deviations in inches B C low +0.5591 3.0010 +0.0020 +0.2362 0.0118 +0.0013 +0.0047 +0.0079 +0.1496 3.0142 +0.0165 +0.0020 +0.0112 +0.0110 +0.8740 8.5118 6.0088 +0.0213 +0.0130 +0.0181 +0.0238 +0.0222 +0.0010 +0.0094 +0.0213 +0.0110 +0.0008 +0.0017 +0.0024 +0.0094 +0.0043 +0.9685 3.0011 +0.0236 12.0039 +0.0400 +0.0130 +0.0102 +0.0579 Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.0122 +0.0046 +0.0053 +0.0011 +0.0005 +0.1181 0.0021 +0.0110 +0.0165 +0.0043 +0.0417 +0.0189 +0.0044 +0.0028 +0.0043 +0.0101 +0.0173 +0.0301 E low +0.0098 +0.0295 +0.0043 F low +0.0010 +0.8425 11.0102 +0.7480 0.0059 +0.1811 1.0236 +0.0076 +0.0010 +0.0033 +0.0055 +0.0122 +0.0189 +0.0250 low +0.0010 +0.7244 7.7480 19.0102 +0.0134 +0.2362 0.0035 +0.0073 +0.0085 +0.0130 +0.0022 +0.0142 +0.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES.0126 +0.0063 +0.0057 +0.0120 +0.0043 +0.0173 +0.0063 +0.5748 1.0009 +0.8740 8.0028 +0.7087 1.0142 +0.0040 +0.1811 1.0241 +0.7087 1.0033 +0.0012 +0.0150 +0.9764 15.0150 +0.0033 +0.0047 +0.0043 +0.0236 +0.0096 +0.0031 +0.0067 +0.0268 +0.0094 +0.0042 +0.7480 17.9685 3.0028 +0.0169 +0.0053 high +0.0024 +0.0197 +0.1811 1.0280 +0.0106 +0.7244 5.0020 +0.0083 +0.0027 +0.0051 +0.0013 +0.0173 +0.0059 +0.4016 13.0051 +0.0207 +0.9764 15.0185 +0.0260 +0.0315 +0.9370 4.

EnginEEring

A

BEARING TOLERANCES, INCH & METRIC - continued

ISO TOLERANCES FOR HOLES – INCH
Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 19.6850 high +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0006 +0.0006 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0014 +0.0016 +0.0017 +0.0019 G low +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0007 +0.0008 high +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 +0.0010 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0015 +0.0017 +0.0019 +0.0021 +0.0024 G low +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0007 +0.0008 high +0.0006 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0016 +0.0019 +0.0021 +0.0024 +0.0027 +0.0030 +0.0033 G low +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0007 +0.0008

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 19.6850 high +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0002 +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0010 +0.0011 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0009 +0.0010 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0014 +0.0016 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 +0.0010 +0.0012 +0.0014 +0.0016 +0.0018 +0.0020 +0.0022 +0.0025 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0007 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0015 +0.0018 +0.0021 +0.0025 +0.0028 +0.0032 +0.0035 +0.0038 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 19.6850 high +0.0012 +0.0014 +0.0017 +0.0020 +0.0024 +0.0029 +0.0034 +0.0039 +0.0045 +0.0051 +0.0055 +0.0061 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0019 +0.0023 +0.0028 +0.0033 +0.0039 +0.0047 +0.0055 +0.0063 +0.0073 +0.0083 +0.0091 +0.0098 H0 low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0030 +0.0035 +0.0043 +0.0051 +0.0063 +0.0075 +0.0087 +0.0098 +0.0114 +0.0126 +0.0142 +0.0157 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 high +0.0047 +0.0059 +0.0071 +0.0083 +0.0098 +0.0118 +0.0138 +0.0157 +0.0181 +0.0205 +0.0224 +0.0248 H low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

EnginEEring
BEARING TOLERANCES, INCH & METRIC - continued

A
Deviations in inches J K low -0.00031 -0.00039 -0.00047 -0.00051 -0.00059 -0.00071 -0.00079 -0.00087 -0.00098 -0.00102 -0.00114 -0.00122 high +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00012 +0.00016 +0.00016 +0.00016 +0.00020 +0.00020 +0.00028 +0.00031 low -0.00024 -0.00028 -0.00035 -0.00043 -0.00051 -0.00059 -0.00071 -0.00083 -0.00094 -0.00106 -0.00114 -0.00126 high +0.00012 +0.00020 +0.00024 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00035 +0.00039 +0.00047 +0.00051 +0.00063 +0.00067 +0.00071 K low -0.00035 -0.00039 -0.00047 -0.00059 -0.00071 -0.00083 -0.00098 -0.00110 -0.00130 -0.00142 -0.00157 -0.00177 high +0.00020 +0.00024 +0.00031 +0.00039 +0.00047 +0.00055 +0.00063 +0.00079 +0.00087 +0.00098 +0.00110 +0.00114 K low -0.00051 -0.00063 -0.00075 -0.00091 -0.00106 -0.00126 -0.00150 -0.00169 -0.00197 -0.00220 -0.00240 -0.00268

ISO TOLERANCES FOR HOLES – INCH
Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 19.6850 high +0.00020 +0.00020 +0.00024 +0.00031 +0.00039 +0.00051 +0.00063 +0.00071 +0.00087 +0.00098 +0.00114 +0.00130 J low -0.00012 -0.00016 -0.00020 -0.00020 -0.00024 -0.00024 -0.00024 -0.00028 -0.00028 -0.00028 -0.00028 -0.00028 high +0.00024 +0.00031 +0.00039 +0.00047 +0.00055 +0.00071 +0.00087 +0.00102 +0.00118 +0.00142 +0.00154 +0.00169 J low -0.00024 -0.00028 -0.00031 -0.00035 -0.00043 -0.00047 -0.00051 -0.00055 -0.00063 -0.00063 -0.00071 -0.00079 high +0.00039 +0.00047 +0.00059 +0.00079 +0.00094 +0.00110 +0.00134 +0.00161 +0.00185 +0.00217 +0.00236 +0.00259

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 19.6850 high -0.00012 -0.00016 -0.00016 -0.00020 -0.00020 -0.00024 -0.00031 -0.00035 -0.00043 -0.00051 -0.00055 -0.00063 M low -0.00031 -0.00039 -0.00047 -0.00055 -0.00063 -0.00075 -0.00091 -0.00106 -0.00122 -0.00142 -0.00154 -0.00169 high -0.00004 -0.00012 -0.00016 -0.00016 -0.00016 -0.00020 -0.00024 -0.00031 -0.00031 -0.00035 -0.00039 -0.00039 M low -0.00035 -0.00047 -0.00059 -0.00067 -0.00079 -0.00094 -0.00110 -0.00130 -0.00146 -0.00161 -0.00181 -0.00197 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M low -0.00047 -0.00059 -0.00071 -0.00083 -0.00098 -0.00118 -0.00138 -0.00157 -0.00181 -0.00205 -0.00224 -0.00248 high -0.0002 -0.0003 -0.0004 -0.0004 -0.0005 -0.0006 -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0009 -0.0000 -0.0010 -0.0011 N low -0.0005 -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0013 -0.0015 -0.0018 -0.0020 -0.0022 -0.0024 -0.0026

Deviations in inches N high -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0003 -0.0003 -0.0004 -0.0004 -0.0005 -0.0006 -0.0006 -0.0006 -0.0007 low -0.0006 -0.0007 -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0013 -0.0015 -0.0018 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0026 -0.0029 -0.0031 high -0.0001 -0.0001 -0.0001 -0.0001 -0.0001 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0002 N low -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0012 -0.0014 -0.0017 -0.0020 -0.0023 -0.0026 -0.0030 -0.0034 -0.0037 -0.0041

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 15.7480 17.7165 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 15.7480 17.7165 19.6850 high -0.0004 -0.0005 -0.0006 -0.0007 -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0010 -0.0012 -0.0012 -0.0014 -0.0014 -0.0014 -0.0016 -0.0016 -0.0016 -0.0019 -0.0019 -0.0020 -0.0020 -0.0022 -0.0022 P low -0.0007 -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0012 -0.0015 -0.0018 -0.0018 -0.0020 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0028 -0.0028 -0.0031 -0.0031 -0.0034 -0.0034 -0.0037 -0.0037 high -0.0003 -0.0004 -0.0004 -0.0006 -0.0007 -0.0008 -0.0008 -0.0009 -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0011 -0.0011 -0.0013 -0.0013 -0.0013 -0.0014 -0.0014 -0.0016 -0.0016 -0.0018 -0.0018 P low -0.0008 -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0014 -0.0017 -0.0020 -0.0020 -0.0023 -0.0023 -0.0027 -0.0027 -0.0027 -0.0031 -0.0031 -0.0031 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0043 -0.0043 high -0.0005 -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0014 -0.0015 -0.0017 -0.0019 -0.0022 -0.0023 0.0024 -0.0027 0.0028 -0.0030 -0.0033 -0.0035 -0.0038 -0.0041 -0.0044 -0.0047 R low -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0012 -0.0015 -0.0018 -0.0021 -0.0022 -0.0026 -0.0027 -0.0032 -0.0033 -0.0034 -0.0038 -0.0039 -0.0041 -0.0046 -0.0048 -0.0052 -0.0055 -0.0060 -0.0063

Deviations in inches R high -0.0004 -0.0005 -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0012 -0.0013 -0.0015 -0.0016 -0.0019 -0.0020 -0.0021 -0.0024 -0.0025 -0.0026 -0.0029 -0.0031 -0.0034 -0.0037 -0.0041 -0.0043 low -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0013 -0.0016 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0029 -0.0030 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0037 -0.0042 -0.0043 -0.0044 -0.0050 -0.0051 -0.0057 -0.0059 -0.0065 -0.0068 high -0.0006 -0.0007 -0.0009 -0.0011 -0.0013 -0.0016 -0.0017 -0.0020 -0.0021 -0.0025 -0.0026 -0.0027 -0.0030 -0.0031 -0.0033 -0.0037 -0.0039 -0.0043 -0.0045 -0.0050 -0.0052 R low -0.0013 -0.0016 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0029 -0.0034 -0.0035 -0.0041 -0.0043 -0.0050 -0.0050 -0.0052 -0.0059 -0.0060 -0.0061 -0.0069 -0.0070 -0.0078 -0.0080 -0.0088 -0.0090

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

EnginEEring

A

BEARING TOLERANCES, INCH & METRIC - continued

ISO TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS – INCH
Deviations in inches Diameters inches > – 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.5748 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.5748 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 15.7480 high -0.0106 -0.0106 -0.0110 -0.0114 -0.0118 -0.0122 -0.0126 -0.0134 -0.0142 -0.0150 -0.0161 -0.0181 -0.0205 -0.0228 -0.0260 -0.0291 -0.0323 -0.0362 -0.0413 -0.0472 -0.0531 a0 low -0.0122 -0.0125 -0.0133 -0.0142 -0.0151 -0.0161 -0.0165 -0.0181 -0.0189 -0.0205 -0.0217 -0.0244 -0.0268 -0.0291 -0.0333 -0.0364 -0.0396 -0.0445 -0.0496 -0.0563 -0.0622 high -0.0106 -0.0106 -0.0110 -0.0114 -0.0118 -0.0122 -0.0126 -0.0134 -0.0142 -0.0150 -0.0161 -0.0181 -0.0205 -0.0228 -0.0260 -0.0291 -0.0323 -0.0362 -0.0413 -0.0472 -0.0531 a low -0.0130 -0.0136 -0.0146 -0.0157 -0.0169 -0.0185 -0.0189 -0.0209 -0.0217 -0.0236 -0.0248 -0.0280 -0.0303 -0.0327 -0.0374 -0.0406 -0.0437 -0.0488 -0.0539 -0.0614 -0.0673 high -0.0106 -0.0106 -0.0110 -0.0114 -0.0118 -0.0122 -0.0126 -0.0134 -0.0142 -0.0150 -0.0161 -0.0181 -0.0205 -0.0228 -0.0260 -0.0291 -0.0323 -0.0362 -0.0413 -0.0472 -0.0531 a low -0.0146 -0.0154 -0.0169 -0.0185 -0.0201 -0.0220 -0.0224 -0.0252 -0.0260 -0.0287 -0.0299 -0.0339 -0.0362 -0.0386 -0.0441 -0.0472 -0.0504 -0.0567 -0.0618 -0.0697 -0.0756 high -0.0106 -0.0106 -0.0110 -0.0114 -0.0118 -0.0122 -0.0126 -0.0134 -0.0142 -0.0150 -0.0161 -0.0181 -0.0205 -0.0228 -0.0260 -0.0291 -0.0323 -0.0362 -0.0413 -0.0472 -0.0531 a low -0.0161 -0.0177 -0.0197 -0.0220 -0.0248 -0.0276 -0.0280 -0.0315 -0.0323 -0.0362 -0.0374 -0.0429 -0.0453 -0.0476 -0.0543 -0.0575 -0.0606 -0.0681 -0.0732 -0.0823 -0.0882

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > — 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.5748 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.5748 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 15.7480 high -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0031 -0.0037 -0.0043 -0.0047 -0.0051 -0.0055 -0.0059 -0.0067 -0.0071 -0.0079 -0.0083 -0.0091 -0.0094 -0.0102 -0.0110 -0.0118 -0.0130 -0.0142 -0.0157 c low -0.0047 -0.0057 -0.0067 -0.0081 -0.0094 -0.0110 -0.0114 -0.0130 -0.0134 -0.0154 -0.0157 -0.0177 -0.0181 -0.0189 -0.0209 -0.0217 -0.0224 -0.0244 -0.0256 -0.0283 -0.0299 high -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0031 -0.0037 -0.0043 -0.0047 -0.0051 -0.0055 -0.0059 -0.0067 -0.0071 -0.0079 -0.0083 -0.0091 -0.0094 -0.0102 -0.0110 -0.0118 -0.0130 -0.0142 -0.0157 c low -0.0063 -0.0075 -0.0091 -0.0108 -0.0126 -0.0146 -0.0150 -0.0173 -0.0177 -0.0205 -0.0209 -0.0236 -0.0240 -0.0248 -0.0276 -0.0283 -0.0291 -0.0323 -0.0335 -0.0366 -0.0382 high -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0031 -0.0037 -0.0043 -0.0047 -0.0051 -0.0055 -0.0059 -0.0067 -0.0071 -0.0079 -0.0083 -0.0091 -0.0094 -0.0102 -0.0110 -0.0118 -0.0130 -0.0142 -0.0157 c low -0.0079 -0.0098 -0.0118 -0.0144 -0.0173 -0.0201 -0.0205 -0.0236 -0.0240 -0.0280 -0.0283 -0.0327 -0.0331 -0.0339 -0.0378 -0.0386 -0.0394 -0.0437 -0.0449 -0.0492 -0.0508 high -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0013 -0.0016 -0.0020 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0028 -0.0033 -0.0033 -0.0033 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0043 -0.0043 -0.0049 -0.0049 e low -0.0029 -0.0037 -0.0045 -0.0056 -0.0067 -0.0083 -0.0083 -0.0098 -0.0098 -0.0115 -0.0115 -0.0132 -0.0132 -0.0132 -0.0154 -0.0154 -0.0154 -0.0169 -0.0169 -0.0191 -0.0191

Deviations in inches e high -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0013 -0.0016 -0.0020 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0028 -0.0033 -0.0033 -0.0033 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0043 -0.0043 -0.0049 -0.0049 low -0.0045 -0.0055 -0.0069 -0.0083 -0.0098 -0.0118 -0.0118 -0.0142 -0.0142 -0.0166 -0.0166 -0.0191 -0.0191 -0.0191 -0.0220 -0.0220 -0.0220 -0.0248 -0.0248 -0.0274 -0.0274 high -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0010 -0.0013 -0.0016 -0.0020 -0.0020 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0028 -0.0028 -0.0033 -0.0033 -0.0033 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0039 -0.0043 -0.0043 -0.0049 -0.0049 e low -0.0061 -0.0079 -0.0096 -0.0119 -0.0146 -0.0173 -0.0173 -0.0205 -0.0205 -0.0241 -0.0241 -0.0281 -0.0281 -0.0281 -0.0323 -0.0323 -0.0323 -0.0362 -0.0362 -0.0400 -0.0400

A0

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

9685 3.0018 -0.0020 -0.0006 -0.0011 -0.0118 -0.0010 -0.0020 -0.9685 3.0009 -0.0007 -0.1496 4.0024 -0.0013 -0.0004 -0.0055 -0.0205 -0.0087 -0.00031 -0.1811 1.0006 -0.0098 -0.0866 9.0011 -0.2362 0.2362 0.0005 -0.0002 -0.0010 -0.0009 -0.0038 -0.0030 -0.0039 -0.0001 -0.continued A Deviations in inches f g low -0.0016 -0.0002 -0.0028 -0.0009 -0.0010 -0.0013 -0.0063 -0.0005 -0.0019 -0.0028 -0.0006 -0.0018 -0.0017 -0.0004 -0.0025 -0.0098 -0.0003 -0.0071 -0.0126 -0.0002 -0.1181 0.0014 -0.0008 -0.0007 low -0.EnginEEring BEARING TOLERANCES.7480 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.7087 1.0142 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.3937 0.0023 -0.0006 -0.0033 -0.0006 -0.0017 -0.7480 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.0016 -0.0006 -0.00024 -0.0181 -0.0008 -0.4016 0.0009 -0.0022 -0.0008 -0.0001 -0.0016 -0.0010 -0.0005 -0.0021 -0.0020 -0.0034 high -0.0130 -0.9685 3.0106 -0.0010 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.0007 -0.1181 0.00016 -0.0007 g low -0.4016 0.0021 high -0.0024 low -0.0083 -0.0004 -0.1181 0.0087 -0.0012 -0.0012 -0.8425 12.0014 -0.0004 -0.0011 -0.0021 -0.0248 -0.0014 -0.0004 -0.0012 -0.0015 -0.0029 -0.0866 9.1496 4.0004 -0.0027 -0.0006 -0.4016 0.0043 -0.0035 -0.0866 9.0055 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h0 low -0.00012 -0.0027 -0.0028 -0.0157 -0.0002 -0.0002 -0.0006 -0.1496 4.0009 -0.0866 9.0022 -0.0039 -0.0003 -0.3937 0.0010 -0.7087 1.0020 -0.0012 -0.0319 -0.0006 -0.0008 -0.0039 high -0.8425 12.0012 -0.0004 -0.7244 7.2362 0.0039 -0.0007 -0.0003 -0.7244 7.8425 12.0063 -0.0014 -0.0022 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.7244 7.8425 12.0004 -0.2362 0.0004 -0.0006 -0.0019 -0.7087 1.0020 -0.0004 -0.0004 -0.0004 -0.0181 -0.0002 -0.0006 -0.0014 -0.0009 -0.0014 -0.0004 -0.0007 -0.1181 0.1496 4.0224 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.3937 0.0010 -0.0004 -0.0016 -0.0059 -0.0013 -0.0283 -0.7244 7.0001 -0.0007 -0.0017 -0.0014 -0.8425 12.00020 -0.0007 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.0005 -0.0024 -0.0002 -0.0007 -0.0055 -0.1181 0.0002 -0.0043 -0.4016 15.0002 -0.0028 -0.0006 -0.0051 -0.0051 -0.0009 -0.0004 -0.1811 1.2362 0.3937 0.0019 -0.0011 -0.0002 -0.0031 -0.00024 -0.0073 -0.3937 0.0005 -0.0047 -0.1496 4.0003 -0.0010 -0.0007 -0.0013 -0.0024 -0.0024 -0.0002 -0.0005 -0.0024 Deviations in inches Diameters inches > — 0.0015 -0.7244 7.7244 7.0003 -0.0006 -0.0013 -0.0024 f low -0.0866 9.1811 1.0091 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.0011 -0.0350 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .9685 3.0006 -0.0005 -0.9685 3.0047 high -0.0213 -0.0075 -0.0017 -0.0047 -0.0024 -0.0008 -0.0008 -0.1811 1.0007 -0.8425 12.3937 0.7087 1.0006 -0.0002 -0.0035 Deviations in inches Diameters inches > — 0.0005 -0.0007 -0.0006 -0.0114 -0.0004 -0.9685 3.2362 0.0011 -0.7087 1.4016 15.0013 -0.7087 1.0004 -0.0017 -0.7480 f high -0.0138 -0.0007 -0.0009 -0.0002 -0.1496 4.0020 -0.0011 -0.0017 high -0.0023 -0.0006 -0. INCH & METRIC .0022 -0.0017 -0.0008 -0.0866 9.1811 1.0005 -0.0030 ISO TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS – INCH Deviations in inches Diameters inches > — 0.0006 -0.0004 -0.00016 -0.0006 -0.0003 -0.0005 -0.0020 -0.0031 -0.0011 -0.0008 -0.0016 -0.0032 -0.0071 -0.0002 -0.0016 -0.0007 g low -0.0033 -0.0035 -0.0002 -0.0013 -0.1811 1.0083 -0.0034 -0.4016 15.0002 -0.00031 -0.1181 0.0019 -0.0006 -0.0006 -0.0045 -0.0005 -0.0005 -0.0154 -0.0014 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h low -0.0005 -0.

EnginEEring

A

BEARING TOLERANCES, INCH & METRIC - continued

ISO TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS – INCH
Deviations in inches Diameters inches > — 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 high +0.00008 +0.00012 +0.00016 +0.00020 +0.00020 +0.00024 +0.00024 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00028 +0.00028 +0.00028 j low -0.00008 -0.00008 -0.00008 -0.00012 -0.00016 -0.00020 -0.00028 -0.00035 -0.00043 -0.00051 -0.00063 -0.00071 high +0.00016 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00031 +0.00035 +0.00043 +0.00047 +0.00051 +0.00055 +0.00063 +0.00063 +0.00071 j low -0.00008 -0.00008 -0.00008 -0.00012 -0.00016 -0.00020 -0.00028 -0.00035 -0.00043 -0.00051 -0.00063 -0.00071 high +0.00024 +0.00031 +0.00039 +0.00047 +0.00051 +0.00059 +0.00071 +0.00079 +0.00087 +0.00098 +0.00102 +0.00114 j low -0.00016 -0.00016 -0.00020 -0.00024 -0.00031 -0.00039 -0.00047 -0.00059 -0.00071 -0.00083 -0.00102 -0.00110 high +0.00016 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00035 +0.00043 +0.00051 +0.00059 +0.00071 +0.00083 +0.00094 +0.00106 +0.00114 k low 0 +0.00004 +0.00004 +0.00004 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00012 +0.00012 +0.00016 +0.00016 +0.00016 high +0.00024 +0.00035 +0.00039 +0.00047 +0.00059 +0.00071 +0.00083 +0.00098 +0.00110 +0.00130 +0.00142 +0.00157 Deviations in inches k low 0 +0.00004 +0.00004 +0.00004 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00012 +0.00012 +0.00016 +0.00016 +0.00016 high +0.00039 +0.00051 +0.00063 +0.00075 +0.00091 +0.00106 +0.00126 +0.00150 +0.00169 +0.00197 +0.00220 +0.00240 k low 0 +0.00004 +0.00004 +0.00004 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00008 +0.00012 +0.00012 +0.00016 +0.00016 +0.00016

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > — 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 3.1496 4.7244 7.0866 9.8425 12.4016 15.7480 high +0.00024 +0.00035 +0.00047 +0.00059 +0.00067 +0.00079 +0.00094 +0.00110 +0.00130 +0.00146 +0.00169 +0.00181 m low +0.00008 +0.00016 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00031 +0.00035 +0.00043 +0.00051 +0.00059 +0.00067 +0.00079 +0.00083 high +0.00031 +0.00047 +0.00059 +0.00071 +0.00083 +0.00098 +0.00118 +0.00138 +0.00157 +0.00181 +0.00205 +0.00224 m low +0.00008 +0.00016 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00031 +0.00035 +0.00043 +0.00051 +0.00059 +0.00067 +0.00079 +0.00083 high +0.00047 +0.00063 +0.00083 +0.00098 +0.00114 +0.00134 +0.00161 +0.00189 +0.00217 +0.00248 +0.00283 +0.00307 m low +0.00008 +0.00016 +0.00024 +0.00028 +0.00031 +0.00035 +0.00043 +0.00051 +0.00059 +0.00067 +0.00079 +0.00083 high +0.0003 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0015 +0.0018 +0.0020 +0.0022 +0.0024 n low +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0012 +0.0013 +0.0015

Deviations in inches n high +0.0004 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0013 +0.0015 +0.0018 +0.0020 +0.0024 +0.0026 +0.0029 low +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0012 +0.0013 +0.0015 high +0.0006 +0.0008 +0.0010 +0.0012 +0.0014 +0.0017 +0.0020 +0.0023 +0.0026 +0.0030 +0.0034 +0.0037 n low +0.0002 +0.0003 +0.0004 +0.0005 +0.0006 +0.0007 +0.0008 +0.0009 +0.0011 +0.0012 +0.0013 +0.0015

Deviations in inches Diameters inches > 0.1181 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 15.7480 17.7165 0.2362 0.3937 0.7087 1.1811 1.9685 2.5591 3.1496 3.9370 4.7244 5.5118 6.2992 7.0866 7.8740 8.8583 9.8425 11.0236 12.4016 13.9764 15.7480 17.7165 19.6850 high +0.0023 +0.0023 +0.0027 +0.0027 +0.0027 +0.0031 +0.0031 +0.0031 +0.0035 +0.0035 +0.0039 +0.0039 +0.0043 +0.0043 p low +0.0015 +0.0015 +0.0017 +0.0017 +0.0017 +0.0020 +0.0020 +0.0020 +0.0022 +0.0022 +0.0024 +0.0024 +0.0027 +0.0027 high +0.0035 +0.0035 +0.0035 +0.0042 +0.0043 +0.0044 +0.0050 +0.0051 +0.0057 +0.0059 +0.0065 +0.0068 r low +0.0026 +0.0026 +0.0026 +0.0030 +0.0031 +0.0033 +0.0037 +0.0039 +0.0043 +0.0045 +0.0050 +0.0052 high +0.0050 +0.0051 +0.0057 +0.0059 +0.0065 +0.0067 +0.0074 +0.0077 r low +0.0031 +0.0033 +0.0037 +0.0039 +0.0043 +0.0045 +0.0050 +0.0052

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

EnginEEring

MOUNTING DESIGNS
Correct bearing mounting and fitting practices are key components of proper bearing setting. Setting is the amount of clearance or interference within a mounted bearing. Bearing internal clearance is affected by the tightness of the fit to the inner and outer races. Proper bearing setting is crucial to bearing life and performance. Although clearance is required for most mounted bearings, application dependant factors include load, speed, bearing position, installation method, materials of construction, runout accuracy, thermal considerations, hoop stress, and shaft and housing design. This section provides tables and discussion to aid in selection of the proper bearing mounting and fitting procedures to optimize performance in general applications. For special applications, please consult your Timken representative for review. The Timken Company radial clearance designations correlate with ABMA symbols as follows:
Bearing Number Prefix ABMA Symbol

A

Description

H R

2 0

Snug; slight internal clearance; sometimes used to achieve a minimum of radial or axial play in an assembly, Example: H204K Medium; internal clearance generally satisfactory with suggested shaft and housing fits. Example: RMM204K. Loose; considerable internal clearance required for applications involving press fits on both inner and outer rings, extra interference fits or temperature differentials. Example: P204K. Extra Loose; large amount of internal clearance for applications involving large interference fits or temperature differentials. Example: J204K. Extra-Extra Loose; extra large amount of internal clearance for applications with large temperature differential and interference fits on both rings.

P

3

J

4

RADIAL BALL BEARINGS
In the manufacture of rolling element bearings, it is standard practice to assemble rings and rolling elements with a specified internal clearance. This characteristic is necessary to absorb the effect of press fitting the bearing rings at mounting. Internal clearance is sometimes utilized to compensate for thermal expansion of bearings, shafts and housings or to provide a contact angle in the bearing after mounting. Internal clearance can be measured either by gaging radially or axially. Radial measurement is accepted as the more significant characteristic for most bearing types because it is more directly related to shaft and housing fits. It also is the method prescribed by the American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA). However, tapered roller bearings and duplex sets of angular contact ball bearings are usually set axially. The radial internal clearance (RIC) of a radial contact ball bearing can be defined as the average outer ring raceway diameter minus the average inner ring raceway diameter minus twice the ball diameter. (RIC) can be measured mechanically by moving the outer ring, horizontally as pictured in Figure A-12. The total movement of the outer ring when the balls are properly seated in the raceways determines the (RIC). Several readings should be taken using different circumferential orientations of the rings in order to get a comprehensive average reading.
A B
JJ 5

ENDPLAy

Endplay is an alternate method of measuring internal clearance and is rarely used except for certain special applications. Endplay is determined by mounting the bearing, as shown in Figure A-13, with one of its rings clamped to prevent axial movement. A reversing measuring load is applied to the unclamped ring so that the resultant movement of that ring is parallel to the bearing axis. Endplay is the total movement of the unclamped ring when the load is applied first in one direction and then in the other.

Fig. A-

When the inner and outer ring raceway curvatures are accurately known, the free endplay can readily be calculated from the values of no load radial clearance by the following formula: E = 4dRD(KO + Ki - 1) - RD2 or 4dRD(KO + Ki - 1) Where RD2 is generally a very small value and can be omitted for most calculations without introducing undue inaccuracy. E = Free endplay where KO = outer race contour radius expressed as a decimal fraction of the ball diameter. K¡ = inner race contour radius expressed as a decimal fraction of the ball diameter RD = radial clearance (no load) d = ball diameter

(

)

Fig. A-

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

EnginEEring

A

MOUNTING DESIGNS - continued

RADIAL BALL BEARINGS
LIMITS FOR RADIAL INTERNAL CLEARANCE OF SINGLE-ROW, RADIAL CONTACT BALL BEARINGS UNDER NO LOAD (APPLIES TO BEARINGS OF ABEC , ABEC , ABEC , ABEC , AND ABEC  TOLERANCES)
Timken® Prefix (ABMA designation) Basic Bore Diameter MM
over incl. low mm in. 0 0 0 0 0 0  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5  0.5  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  2  2  3 0 4 0 4  5 0 8 0 8  11 high mm in.  3  3.5 0 4  4.5  4.5  4.5  6  6  7 0 8  9  9  10 0 12  14  16  19  21  25  29  32  36  45 0 55  83 low mm in.  1  1  2  2  2  2.5  3.5 0 4  4.5  6  7  7 0 8  10 0 12  13  16  18  22  26  29  33 0 42 0 51 0 79 high mm in.  5  7 0 8 0 8 0 8  9  11 0 12  14  16  19  21  24  28  32  38  45  50  58 0 67  76  85  94  106  139 low mm in.  3  4  5  5  6  7  9  10 0 12  14  16  18  21  25  29  34 0 41  46  54 0 63  72 0 81  90  102  136 high mm in.  9  10  11  11  13  14  17  20  23  26  32  36 0 40  46  54  62 0 71 0 82  95  110  125  140  155  175  231 low mm in.  6  7 0 8  9  11 0 12  15  18  21  24  28  32  36 0 42  50  58 0 67  78  91  106 0 121  136  151  171  227 high mm in.  11  13  14  16  18  20  24  28  33  38  45 0 51  58  64  76  88  101  116 0 134  156 0 177 0 199  222 0 248  328 low mm in. 0 8  10  11 0 12 0 16  18  22  26  30 0 35 0 41 0 47  53 0 59  72  84  97  112 0 130  152  173  195  218 0 244  324 high mm in.  15  18  19  21  25  29 0 35 0 41 0 47 0 55 0 63 0 71 00 79 0 91  105 0 122  139 0 161  187  217 0 248 0 278 0 307  346  452

All tolerances in number of micrometers (µm) and ten-thousandths inches (.000") H (C) R (C0) P (C) J (C) Acceptance Limits Acceptance Limits Acceptance Limits Acceptance Limits

JJ (C) Acceptance Limit 

. 0   0 0 0  0 00 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 

0   0 0 0  0 00 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 00

: Standard fits for Timken radial ball bearings. P(C3) for bearing O.D. greater than 52 mm.

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

) and by measuring the number of revolutions (Nc) of the ball and cage assembly relative to rotation (Ni) of the inner ring under a light thrust load. (Nc) = 0.5Ni ) The accuracy of this method of measurement depends greatly upon the care taken in set up.D.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . slow turning.d cos ) dm cos = dm d ( 1- Nc 0.1 )d ( ) The contact angle ( ) may also be accurately determined in a production bearing from its pitch diameter (P.5Ni(1 . Balanced weight for thrust loading. minimum lubricant of low viscosity and pre-rotation are all essential for instance.continued CONTACT ANGLE A The contact angle ( ) is related to internal clearance as follows: = sin-1 E 2 (Ko + Ki . TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . many turns. The races should not be radially restrained during the contact angle measurement. vertical turning.

SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING ENDPLAy In certain applications such as vane pumps. rubber mill rotor shafts or where it is necessary to take up axial expansion within the bearing. consult your local Timken representative. The total endplay would be approximately . Clearance after mounting is computed: 0.). RIC 8.0025 in. Each single column represents a boundary between adjacent RICs.4 4.0 5.178 . The locknut should be tightened until RIC reaches 0.).007 in.3 4.8 4. knowledge of the bearing endplay relationship to mounted radial internal clearance may be required. The effect of this greater interference fit is a reduction of RIC. values for each RIC are shown in the two adjacent columns directly beneath the selected RIC.continued RADIAL SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Timken bearing RIC allows a tight fit. For RIC reduction on hollow shafts or non-steel materials.2 3.004 in. By feeler gaging. The desired RIC code must be added to the bearing number. with sufficient internal clearance after installation for normal operating conditions. Several factors influence RIC reduction.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS .007 in. (± . Min.). The chart indicates that the proper fit will be obtained when RIC is reduced by 0.5 5. = 0.004 in.0035 in. the minimum values shown for C5 are also the maximum values for C4.076 = 0. it is critical to select the RIC that allows for this reduction.064 to 0.102 mm (0. etc.002. For example.0086 in.003 in. Example: 22320CJW33C3 bearing has a radial internal clearance after installation of .9 39 30 22 31 40 32 23 41 33 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .7 7.178 mm (0.0. Spherical roller bearings with tapered bore (K) require a slightly greater interference fit on the shaft than would a cylindrical bore bearing./max.102 mm (0. FOLLOWING ALL OTHER SUFFIXES.0.). minimum values for C4 are also the maximum values for C3.0043 from center) Series E.089 mm (0. Timken bearings are supplied with NORMAL RIC. For example. .0 4. Outer rings pressed into steel or cast iron housings reduce RIC by about 60 percent of the interference fit. RIC is found to be 0.P. unless otherwise specified. Inner rings pressed into solid steel shafts expand approximately 80 percent of the interference fit. The following table showing the ratio of approximate endplay to radial internal clearance in spherical roller bearings can be used to calculate approximate endplay in the bearing. to 0. bearing number 22328K C3 (140 mm bore with C3 clearance) is to be mounted on a tapered shaft. For tapered bore bearings.

0205 0.0248 0.0 0.0 0.0130 0.0193 C Max.0047 0.0006 0.0018 0. Suggested Reduction of RIC Due to Installation Suggested RIC after Installation() Min.0 0.0 0. mm inch 0.0173 0.0035 0.0 0.0037 0.0055 0.0386 .0075 0.0 0.0030 0.0022 0.0 0. Max.0010 0.0 0.0080 0. RADIAL INTERNAL CLEARANCE LIMITS – RADIAL SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Cylindrical Bore Bore (nominal) Normal C0 Min.00 0.0031 0.0 0.0 0.0071 0.0 0.0 0.0012 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0010 0.0 0.0031 0.0126 0.0358 .00 0.0055 0.0205 0.0037 0.0138 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0. Min.0 0.0193 0.0118 0.0047 0.0665 .0248 0.0 0.0 0.0008 0.0154 0.0169 0. 0. values for each RIC are shown in the two adjacent columns directly beneath the selected RIC.0 0.0041 0. Max.0 0.0 0.0224 0.00 0.0 0.0311 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0102 0.00 0.0150 0. mm inch 0.0 0.0008 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.0067 0.0047 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0173 0.0047 0.0030 0.0039 0.0 0.0 0.0075 0.0169 0.0030 0.0126 0.0140 0.0020 0. mm inch 0.0 0.0 0.0 0. 0.0 0.0173 0.0 0.0040 0.00 0.00 0.0018 0.0014 0.0 0. 0.0055 0.0 0.00 0.0059 0.0539 .0022 0.0022 0. mm inch 0.0 0. 0.0087 0.0421 .0 0.00 0.0398 .0224 0.0154 0.0 0.0 0.0122 0. the minimum values shown for C5 are also the maximum values for C4.0126 0.0 0.0 0.0177 0.0010 0.0295 0.0075 0.00 0.0 0.0303 0.00 0.0 0.0053 0.0 0.0232 0.0 0. 0.0087 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0272 0.0339 0.0094 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0394 .0 0.0102 Max.0138 0.00 0.0480 .00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0335 0.0 0.0 0. 0.0295 0.0047 0.0154 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0618 Min.0031 0.0 0.0484 .0071 0.0060 0. : For bearings with normal initial clearance.0010 0.0 0.0037 .0 0.0079 0.0429 . 0.0299 0.0063 0. mm inch 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0102 0.0138 0.0512 .0012 0.0 0.0008 0.0 0.0217 0.0051 0.0020 0.0 0.0016 0. mm inch 0. 0.0028 0.00 0.0224 0.0043 0. mm inch 0.00 0.0065 0.0102 0. 0.0 0.000 0.00 0.0102 0.0094 0.0 0.00 0.0535 ..00 0.0 0.0197 0.0033 0. mm inch 0.0045 0.0 0.0236 0.0441 .0051 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0268 0.0057 0.0 0.0090 0.0 0.0362 .0 0.0118 0.0 0.0020 0.0 0.0035 0.0323 0.0 0.0091 0.0024 0.0 0. mm inch 0. 0.0 0. 0.0079 0.0 0.0189 Min.0012 0.0283 0.0 0.0026 0.00 0.0 0.0026 0.0 0.0169 0.0 0.0094 0.0 0.0087 0.0 0.0236 0.0050 0.0 0.0 0.0154 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.0060 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0378 .0 0.0067 0.0197 0.00 0.0 0.0045 0.0067 0.00 0.0 0.0110 C mm over 24 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 incl.0 0.0060 0. 0.0366 Min.0138 0.0 0. minimum values for C4 are also the maximum values for C3.0 0. 0.0 0.0090 0.0567 .0110 0. 0.0 0.0035 0.0 0.0020 0.0 0.0134 0.0071 0.0114 0.0075 0.0130 0.0169 0.0433 .0 0.0 0.0071 0.0063 0.0 0. Each single column represents a boundary between adjacent RICs. C Max.0 0.0335 0.0 0.0025 0.0100 0.0 0.0 0.0026 0.0244 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0142 0.0 0.0071 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0100 0.0140 Max.0 0.00 0.0080 0.0024 0.0 0.0 0.0022 0. 0.0 0. are in millimeters/inches Tapered Bore C Min.0015 0.0193 0.0323 0.0 0.continued A All data on this page.0051 0.0 0. * Special clearances can be provided (C6.0010 0.0087 0.0 0.0039 0. 0.0138 0.0256 0.0 0.) TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .0020 0.0118 0.0091 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0161 0.0 0.0181 0.0 0.0031 0.0469 .0024 0.0080 0.0047 0.0 0.0028 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0083 0.0114 0.0 0.0085 0.00 0.0016 0. 0.00 0.0394 .0016 0.0 0.0 0.0598 C Max.0067 0.0 0.00 0.0057 0.0025 0.0049 0.0051 0.0035 0.00 0.0087 0.0732 Min.00 0.0 0.0 0.0100 0.0070 0.0 0. 0.00 0.000 0.0469 Min.00 0.0050 0.0030 0. 0.0071 0.0098 0.0114 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0030 0.0165 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0. 0.0055 0.0091 0.0 0.0 0.0050 0.0020 0.0030 0.0016 0.0059 0.0157 0.0 0.00 0.0280 Mmin.0 0.0213 0.0 0./Max.0591 .0 0.0 0.0037 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0055 0.0094 0.0185 0.0 0. 0.0205 0.00 0.0016 0.0118 0.0043 0.0055 0.0 0.0217 0.0012 0.0134 0.0 0.0110 0.0 0.0 0. mm inch 0.0 0.0 0. etc.0260 0.00 0.0146 0.0 0.0252 0. 0.0 0.0161 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0059 0.0120 0.0 0.0 0.00 0. mm inch 0.0043 0.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . Max.0 0.0256 0.0024 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0161 0.0 0. mm inch 0.0043 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0037 0. 0. 0.0039 0. mm inch 0.0 0.0110 0.0 0.0 0.0268 0.0 0. 0. C7.0 0.0170 (1)For bearings with normal initial clearance.0022 0.0043 0. 0.0006 0.0 0.0055 0.0110 0.0083 0.0040 0.00 0.0264 0.0134 0. etc. except Bore I.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0201 0.0 0.0059 0.0030 0. 0.0343 0.0150 0.0053 0.0 0.0 0.0307 0.0015 0. 0.0102 0.0256 0.00 0.0035 0.0075 0.0 0.0018 0.0010 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0031 0.0110 0.0130 0.0087 0.0 0.0110 0.0 0.0026 0.0014 0.0 0.00 0.0040 0. mm inch 0.00 0. 0.0 0.0090 0.0 0.0106 0.0 0.0276 0.0008 0.0063 0.0 0.0433 .0 0. Min.00 0.00 0.0079 0.00 0.0070 0.0 0.0 0.0024 0.0008 0.0 0.0030 0.0189 0.0022 0.0 0.0102 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0236 0.0 0.0 0.0122 0.0 0.0185 0.0177 0.0039 0.0006 0.00 0.0006 0.0 0.0022 0.0070 0.0012 0.0059 0.0008 0.0083 0.0047 0.0161 0.0006 0.0106 0.0020 0.0 0.0039 0. Normal C0 Min.0480 C Max.0040 0.0 0.0080 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0224 0.0 0.0079 0. 0.0291 0. mm inch 0.0047 0.0283 0. 30 40 50 65 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 1000 Min.0 0.0146 0.0 0.0014 0.0 0.0 0.0181 0.0354 .D.0079 0.0331 0.0039 0.0 0.0228 0.00 0.0102 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0122 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0120 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0280 C Max. For example.0 0.00 0.0039 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.0012 0.0045 0.0089 0.0055 0.0 0. 0.0030 0.0094 0.0213 0.0 0.0079 0.0065 0.0063 0.0 0.0366 C Max.0 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0146 0.0 0.0045 0.0146 0.0067 0.0 0.0014 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0185 0.0 0. 0.0035 0.0065 0.0091 0.0 0.00 0.0028 0.0 0. 0.0150 0.0209 0.00 0.00 0.0028 0.0 0.

0 0 271.7 0 228.  18  18  18 0 20 0 24 0 28  30  33 0 35 0 41 0 47  49  57  65  69  77 0 81  89 0 110 0 122 0 130 0 141.0 00 196.  14  14  14  18 0 20 0 24  26  30  33 00 39  45 0 47 0 55 0 63 0 67 0 75 00 79  89 0 110 0 122 0 130 0 141.1  478.3 mm in.1 0 277. Timken suggests that customers consult with our engineers to evaluate unique applications or requirements for special operating conditions. Min. 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 24 0 28 0 31 0 35 0 41  49  57  65 0 67  77 0 87  93 0 102  108 0 120 0 146 0 161 0 173 0 189. 0 24 0 24 0 24 0 28 0 31 0 35 00 39 0 43  49  57  65 0 67  77 0 87  93 0 102  108 0 120 0 146 0 161 0 173 0 189. mm in.7 0 303.3 00 395.7 0 149.9 0 431. 0  0 0 0  0 00 0 0 0 0 00  0 0   00 0 00 0 0 0 00 00 0  0 0 0  0 00 0 0 0 0 00  0 0   00 0 00 0 0 0 00 00 000 0 0 0 0 0 0  2  2 0 4 0 4  6  6  6 0 8  10  14  18  18  22  22  26 00 39 0 43 0 43 0 47. 0 35  37 0 41  49 0 55  65 0 75 0 87  96  108 00 118 0 130  144  156 0 173  191  211 00 236  262  289 0 318.1  340.5 0 102.  30  30  30  33 00 39 0 43  49 0 55  65 0 75  85 0 87 0 98 0 110 00 118 0 130 0 138  152 0 181 0 201 0 217 00 236.6 0 378.3 C Min.2 0 244.3 0 185.0 0 271.1 0 59.8 0 153.000 inch and µm) C Max.” Non-standard values are also available by special request. Min.7 0 303.0 00 196.5 0 102. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .0 0 553.0 0 338.9  222.0 0 137.6  383.5 R.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . mm in.  26 0 28 0 31  37 0 43 0 51  61 0 71 00 79  89 0 98  108 0 120 0 130 0 146 0 161  179 0 201  222  246 0 271.6  167. and the fitting practice used. mm in.C. mm in. mm in. mm in.9 00 78. Max. (0. rotational speed of the bearing.1 C Max.7 C0 Max. mm in.8 0 153.I.9  498.1 mm in. mm in. CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING RADIAL INTERNAL CLEARANCE LIMITS Bore.9 00 354.7 0 307.7  446.7 0 228.1  57.6  167.2 0 55. 0 8 0 8 0 8  10 0 12 0 16 0 16 0 20 0 20 0 24 0 28  30 0 35 0 41 0 43  49 0 51  57 0 75 0 83 0 87 0 94.0 Min.1 0 70. Most applications use a normal or C0 clearance.5 Min.9  222. mm C over incl.continued CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Cylindrical roller bearings are available with Radial Internal Clearance designations per either of the following tables: “Timken ‘R’ Clearance” or “ISO/ABMA ‘C’ Clearance.4 0 248.4  112. Standard radial internal clearance values are listed in the following tables based on bore size.3 Max.3 0 185.4 0 248. Typically.2 0 122.1 These values indicate the expected range of mounted RIC following suggested push up values.0 0 204.  10  10  10 0 12  14 0 16  18 0 20  22 0 24 0 28  30 0 35 0 41 0 43  49 0 51  57 0 75 0 83 0 87 0 94.0 0 137.6 0 311. The clearance required for a given application depends on the desired operating precision. increases the maximum roller load and reduces the bearing’s expected life.4  112.0 0 204.2 0 122. larger clearance reduces the operating zone of the bearing.7 0 149.

0158 0. 0.0 0.4961 R Max. 0.0150 0.0334 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .0060 0. 0.0182 Min.0190 0. 0. 0.7480 0 17.0200 0. 0.2992 0 7. R Max. 0.7165 00 19. 0. 0.0 0.0200 0.0085 R Max. 0.0005 0. 0.0 0.0040 0./Max.0075 0. 0. 0.9370 0 4.8740 0 8.0090 0. 0.0 0. 0.00 0.0 0.0032 0.0093 0. 0. 0.0250 0. mm in 0. mm in. etc. 0. 0.8031 0 27.0132 0.7244 0 5. 0.0 0.0130 0.0294 0.0 0.0042 0. 0. 0. 0.0034 0. 0.7244 0 5. Each single column represents a boundary between adjacent RICs.0112 0. Min.0077 0.8740 0 8.0163 0. mm in.0115 0. etc. 0.0016 0. FOLLOWING ALL OTHER SUFFIXES.6850 0 22.0866 00 7.0 0. 0.8110 0 13. 0 3.0041 0. 0.5118 0 6.0125 0.0026 0. values for each RIC are shown in the two adjacent columns directly beneath the selected RIC. 0. RADIAL INTERNAL CLEARANCE LIMITS All data on this chart are in millimeters/inches.0118 0.0205 0.0304 0. mm in. 0 13.0027 0. 0. Min. mm in. 0.2362 A Min. 0.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS .0 0. 0. Min. 0.0 0.0 0.7795 00 15.0060 0. 0.0070 0. 0.0 0.0100 0.0264 0.0 0. mm in 0.0018 0.9528 00 31. 0.0065 0. 0. 0. 0.0068 0.0 0.0110 0. mm in.0080 0.0138 0.0016 0. 0.9370 0 4.0180 0.0254 0.0062 0.0032 0. 0. 0.0089 0.0014 0. minimum values for R4 are also the maximum values for R3. 0. R2.0 0. 0.0082 0.0085 0.0032 0.9528 Incl.0094 0.0 0.0009 0.2362 00 11.0 0. 0. 0. mm in. 0.0051 0.0110 0.6614 0 10. Min.7795 00 15.0142 0.0022 0.0042 Over mm in.0 0.0 0.0052 0.0 0. 0.2300 R Max.0078 0.0011 0.0 0.0190 0.8031 0 27. 0.0102 R Max.0472 0 24.0107 0.0024 R Max.0210 0.0180 0.5118 0 6. 0.0 0. 0.0160 0. Min. 00 11.0 0.0036 0. 0. 0.0866 00 7.0 0.8110 R Max.0150 0.0067 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.0 0. 0.0130 R Max.0092 0.0 0.6850 0 22.0 0.0101 0.0148 0. 0.0005 0. Min.0172 0.0 0. 0.0 0. mm in.0120 0.0 0.0222 0. 0.0060 0. the minimum values shown for R5 are also the maximum values for R4.0 0.0280 Incl.0472 0 24. 0.0 0.0174 0. 0.0065 0.0070 Min. 0.0139 0. The desired RIC code (R1.0010 0.0151 0.0 0.7165 00 19. For example.0100 0.7480 0 17. R Max. 0.0049 0.0050 0.6614 0 10. 0.2992 0 7.) must be added to the bearing number.0110 0. 0.0077 0.continued RADIAL CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Min. 0.0140 Bore (nominal) R Max.0240 0. 0. mm in. Bore (nominal) Over mm in.0122 0.0 0. 0.0 0. mm in.0055 0. 0. mm in. mm in. 00 3.0 0.0 0. 0. 0.0180 Min. 0.0022 0. mm in.0140 0.1496 00 3.

3750 inch.016 15.013 12.030 The “go” plug gage is the same size as the minimum needle roller complement bore diameter and the “no go” plug gage size is .EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . INCH ring gage diameter under needle rollers.976 20.016 13.020 30.031 10.976 22.016 14. 3. 2.041 30.3775 * The ring gage sizes are in accordance with ISO N6 lower limit.976 23.060 INCH ring gage plug gage.984 8.980 12.976 31.016 18. .013 8. Therefore the correct ring and plug gage dimensions are: Max. Table 15 lists the “go” gage size for metric bearings which is the minimum needle roller complement bore diameter.980 17.972 51.031 8. The “no go” gage size is larger than the maximum needle roller complement bore diameter by 0.034 15.050 50.028 5.034 16.967 67. Since the letter H appears in the bearing designation.984 10.020 25. min. When the bearing is pressed into a true round housing or ring gage.050 40.006 4.976 27.024 4.980 18.980 13.050 60. “no go” These same gage dimensions also apply to JH-68.041 28.041 25. The correct method for inspecting the bearing size is to: 1.967 Needle roller complement bore diameter (Fws min) Min.002 mm.972 41.3765 .028 7.984 9.980 11.016 17.010 5.020 22.034 18.3765 .980 15.3774 HK METRIC SERIES BEARINGS Nominal bore diameter mm 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 25 28 30 35 40 45 50 60 Dimensions – mm Ring gage * 6.016 20. Press the bearing into a ring gage of proper size.020 28.041 22. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .6255 .028 6.976 25.6255 . .016 12.972 34. the following information will be found opposite H6 .016 16. it becomes round and is sized properly.034 17. of correct size and wall thickness.025 40.967 57. “go” plug gage.010 7. diameter under needle rollers.013 10. 3. TABLE  Inspection procedures Table 15-B provides the correct ring and plug gage diameters for inspecting inch drawn cup needle roller bearings.025 50.972 36. the gage sizes listed are for the larger cross section bearings which include H in their bearing designation prefix. Plug the bearing bore with the appropriate “go” and “no go” gages or measure it with a tapered arbor (lathe mandrel).484 7.025 45.050 45. it may go out of round during heat treatment.031 12.041 35.976 19.034 12. it is incorrect to inspect an unmounted drawn cup bearing by measuring the outside diameter. When the letter H appears in the columns headed “Bearing Bore Designation” and “Nominal Shaft Diameter”. The nominal bore diameter (Fw) for this bearing.00001 inch larger than the maximum bore diameter.025 60.034 20.013 9.034 14.972 46.034 13.3750 in Table 15-B. as shown in the table of dimensions is . max.010 6.976 21. For this reason. Example Find the ring gage and plug gage dimensions for a BH-68 bearing.031 9.020 35.continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS INSPECTION OF DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS Although the bearing cup is accurately drawn from strip steel because of its fairly thin section.

6881 0.3075 1.2515 .3120 1.2817 .7500 3.3750 .7508 1.1245 2.3135 0.4381 0.1245 3.3765 .1200 1.6245 2.6203 0.1825 1.0008 2.5015 .5578 0.4381 0.1264 1.3750 1.8132 0.0628 1.2500 1.1257 1.4385 0.0625 1.1883 .8132 0.8130 .3140 .8078 0.4375 .8764 .2503 1.3140 1.2506 0.7510 3.6885 0.4950 1.8755 .2495 1.6256 0.8078 0.0630 1.2514 1.8125 . except that the ring gage diameters and diameters inside the needle rollers must be drawn from the table on this page.1880 1.8755 .6255 .8700 1.6245 1.8750 .1885 0.7507 0.3390 0.8764 .5029 H 5⁄16 3⁄8 H 3⁄8 7⁄16 H 7⁄16 1⁄2 H 1⁄2 9⁄16 H 9⁄16 5⁄8 H 5⁄8 11⁄16 H 11⁄16 3⁄4 H 3⁄4 13⁄16 H 13⁄16 7⁄8 H 7⁄8 15⁄16 1 H1 1 1⁄16 1 1⁄8 H 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 H 1 1⁄4 1 5⁄16 1 3⁄8 H1 3⁄8 1 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 7⁄8 2 H 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 2 5⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 .8755 .1250 .5024 .7514 .2520 2.1200 2.2500 .8755 .5016 1.3765 1.4399 .5003 1.6881 0.5578 0.3765 1.3132 1.5008 1.7503 1.3745 2.5006 0.7500 1.2505 .5000 5.1889 1. larger than the maximum diameter inside the needle rollers.1571 . H 0.8757 0.1878 1.3756 0.3700 2.3753 1.6200 1.1257 1.7505 .1256 2.3149 .9995 2.3131 0.8745 1.5010 5.6265 .1875 .8753 2.6255 .7505 .4950 1.0625 2.3700 1.0005 1.1870 1.1881 0.8703 0.5000 .7503 0.1258 2.9380 1.7517 1.6203 0.0632 1.1200 1.5635 0.5010 0.8130 .5000 1. .6890 .3437 .8125 .1270 2.4375 .1264 1.9950 Diameter inside needle rollers (Fws min) Max.6899 .3140 .0649 2.3750 1.0018 2.5005 .0575 1.3774 .4390 .6253 1.6245 1.7450 1.2508 2.6200 1.3130 1.0001 in.6250 .1870 1.5024 .7495 1.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS .5625 .2505 1.5024 5.6260 2.0005 1.5005 1.1875 1.3760 0.5631 0.6266 1.6880 .5625 .3755 1.1258 .0006 2.continued TABLE -B INCH SERIES EXTRA-PRECISION BEARINGS Bearing bore designation inch 2 2 1⁄2 3 4 5 H5 6 H6 7 H7 8 H8 9 H9 10 H 10 11 H 11 12 H 12 13 H 13 14 H14 15 16 H 16 17 18 H 18 19 20 H 20 21 22 H 22 24 26 28 30 32 H 33 34 36 42 44 56 88 1⁄8 5⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄4 5⁄16 Nominal shaft diameter Nominal bore diameter Ring gage Dimensions – inch Needle roller complement bore diameter Min.6265 .5630 .6885 0.5649 .8703 0.5004 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .2503 2.6250 .6274 .5262 2.5640 .8750 .0003 1.1245 1.6899 .4950 1.6250 1.0001 inch.6255 1.9990 Inspection dimensions for the extra-precision bearings are given in the table below.9328 0.4950 2.5640 .3753 1.2450 1.5015 .8755 2.9380 .2495 2.0000 1.6875 .1267 .3120 1.3125 .1825 1.1892 .6256 0.0639 1.2510 0.2500 2.0007 1.2506 2.3750 .8130 .9382 1.7504 3. Max.6274 2.4995 2.9389 1.7524 3.6254 2.8758 2.3125 1.8128 0.6245 1.5630 .6260 0.5649 .7505 .1882 1.1250 1.7503 0.0000 2.0620 1.3135 0.3125 .2514 1.1255 1.9995 1.1250 2.5000 .6828 0.9378 1.0007 1.2505 1.7453 0.2507 1.3774 .9375 1.6260 0.7505 1.0633 2.4385 0.3131 0.4995 1.5000 .4953 0.3745 1.6828 0. GAGING Nominal shaft diameter inch 1⁄8 5⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄4 5⁄16 A Ring gage Min.0635 2.9995 5. The “no go” gage size is 0.0014 1.2450 2.9950 3.7505 .3757 1.5010 .7510 3.9995 3.1580 . Bearing bores are checked with “go” and “no go” plug gages.1253 1. The “go” gage size is the minimum diameter inside the needle rollers.4390 .2785 0.3075 1.5307 2.5010 H H H H H H H H H H 5⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄16 7⁄16 1⁄2 1⁄2 9⁄16 9⁄16 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 11⁄16 3⁄4 3⁄4 13⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 7⁄8 15⁄16 H 1 1 1 1⁄16 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 1 5⁄16 1 3⁄8 1 3⁄8 1 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 7⁄8 2 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 2 5⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 H H H Bearing bore should be checked with “go” and “no go” plug gages.3765 .6258 1.8139 .6260 2.4995 1. 0.0620 1.8130 .4328 0. Note that these bearings must be inspected while mounted in the specified ring gage.1200 3.1573 0.6250 2.3756 0.1562 .6200 2.1569 0.1256 0.0003 2.1250 1.8139 .6274 .0628 2.9950 1. 0.2524 .4399 .1260 0.8750 2.6890 .8753 0.1255 1.0000 1.3757 1.5635 0.2507 1.2473 0.8128 0.8757 0.5010 0. Procedures for selecting ring and plug gage dimensions are the same as for those involving precision needle bearings.0003 1.0014 1.1253 2. The “no go” gage size is larger than the maximum needle roller complement bore diameter by 0.3149 .6880 .7500 .1253 1.5631 0.9950 2.5006 0.3128 1. The “go” gage size is the minimum needle roller complement bore diameter.8767 2.3760 0.7507 0.4380 .8753 0.0575 1.3755 1.2503 1.4995 1.7500 .6875 .7453 0.1245 1.7514 .2500 1.6200 1.

0001 inch. Bearings to more precise tolerance classes P6 and P5 may be obtained upon request. Such bearings meet the quality requirements in accordance with ISO standards. The group limits of the needle rollers are indicated on the package. The tolerance of the overall width of these assemblies is given on the tabular pages of this section. The needle roller and cage assemblies of one shipment usually contain needle rollers with group limits of between 0 to -2. Within any one assembly. Whenever the shaft can be used as the inner raceway. and -5 to -7 μm (colors red. • For inner and outer ring tolerances the metric series bearings follow the normal tolerance class in ISO Standard 492 covering radial bearings. In the case of needle roller bearings of series RNAO. The limit to precision of the radial clearance of mounted needle roller and cage assemblies is the capability of the user to hold close tolerances on the inner and outer raceways. Information on needle roller and cage assemblies with needle rollers of different group limits will be supplied on request. without flanges and without inner rings. • Inner ring and outer ring chamfer dimensions meet the requirements of ISO Standard 582. they follow the normal (C0) radial clearance group although bearings to clearance groups C2. Labels of identifying colors show the group limits of the needle rollers. blue and white). • The metric series bearings may be obtained with radial internal clearance in accordance with ISO Standard 5753 also specified for cylindrical roller bearings. WJ and WJC. Mostly. Tolerance class F6 is the normal specification for the metric series needle roller complement bore diameter of an unmounted bearing as shown in the following table. the needle rollers have a total diameter tolerance of . the outer rings and needle roller and cage assemblies are not interchangeable. standard needle roller bearings with inner rings (forming complete bearings) will have to be used. Fws min µm low +10 +13 +16 +20 +25 +30 +36 +43 +50 +56 +62 The nominal inch assemblies. P identifies zero (0) or plus (+). needle roller bearings without inner rings provide advantages of economy and close control of radial internal clearance in operation. METRIC SERIES NEEDLE ROLLER COMPLEMENT BORE DIAMETER FOR BEARINGS WITHOUT INNER RINGS Fw mm > ≤ 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 400 Marking P0M2 M1M3 M2M4 M3M5 M4M6 M5M7 M6M8 M7M9 M8M10 M9M11 Identifying color of label or on package red blue white (gray) green yellow In the marking of the gages. The groups are at Timken’s option if nothing to the contrary is agreed upon at the time of ordering. TABLE  NEEDLE ROLLER GROUP LIMITS (GRADE G) Group Tolerance µm 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 It may be impractical to finish the shaft to meet desired raceway design requirements. and C4 may be made available on request. M identifies minus (-). C3. In this case.continued NEEDLE ROLLER CAGE ASSEMBLIES Metric series needle roller and cage radial assemblies are supplied with needle roller complements subdivided into groups (gages) shown in Table 16. This is in accordance with Grade G2 specified in ISO 3096 standard. 3 6 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 high +18 +22 +27 +33 +41 +49 +58 +68 +79 +88 +98 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . contain needle rollers manufactured to only one diameter grade.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS .

0011 +0.0008 -0.005 -0.0032 “The smallest single diameter of the roller complement bore” is defined as the diameter of the cylinder which.0023 +0.0019 +0.6250 1. Fws min inch low 0.0000 3.0010 +0.5000 6.0000 4.0024 +0.0017 +0.0014 +0.005 -0.2500 10. results in zero radial internal clearance in the bearing on at least one diameter.0005 -0.005 -0.0000 3.5000 7. HJ BEARINGS Fw Nominal Roller Complement Bore Diameter inch > 0.8750 2.0029 +0.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS .0006 -0.0000 4.5000 7.7500 (1) Deviations from Nominal of the Smallest Single Diameter() of the Roller Complement Bore.7500 2.7500 7.2500 4.6250 1.0009 +0. C inch low -0.7500 9.0013 +0.2500 (1)“Single Deviations from Nominal of Single Mean Outside Diameter. TABLE  A OUTSIDE DIAMETER AND WIDTH TOLERANCES.0021 +0.1250 1.0000 4.6250 1. HJ BEARINGS D Nominal Outside Diameter inch > 0.0000 4.0013 +0.2500 12. when used as a bearing inner ring.1250 1.0030 +0. D mp() inch high low -0.5000 0.005 -0.0027 +0.8750 2.0000 6.005 inch 2.0012 +0.2500 10.7500 3.7500 3.0026 +0.0018 +0.0012 -0. TABLE  ROLLER COMPLEMENT BORE TOLERANCE.0014 high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 of Width. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .5000 mean diameter” is defined as the mean diameter in a single radial plane.0012 +0.6250 1.0010 +0.0014 high +0.0011 +0.0000 6.7500 7.001 -0.0020 +0.5000 6.2500 +0. for inch designs the tolerances for the HJ bearings are given in Tables 17 and 18 and tolerances for the IR inner rings are given in Table 19 and 20.2500 4.continued Alternatively.005 -0.0008 +0.

2500 9.015 +0.2500 4.1250 1.7500 7.0009 -0.0016 -0.0000 3.010 +0.0019 -0.005 +0.continued TABLE  BORE AND WIDTH TOLERANCES.0000 1. TABLE 0 OUTSIDE DIAMETER TOLERANCE.005 +0.010 inch 0.3750 1.0020 low -0.0015 -0.001 -0.0032 mean diameter” is defined as the mean diameter in a single radial plane.0012 high +0.0017 -0.0000 1.015 of Width.0015 -0.0008 -0.5000 5.0009 -0.0004 -0.0005 -0.6250 1.005 +0.5000 8.5000 0.2500 high -0.3750 1.7500 4.0000 3.7500 2.7500 2.0027 -0.8750 3.0024 -0.010 +0.0011 -0.8750 3. IR INNER RINGS d Nominal Outside Diameter inch > 0.010 +0.0000 mean diameter” is defined as the mean diameter in a single radial plane.0000 3.0008 -0.0022 -0.0005 -0.010 +0.0009 -0. B inch low +0.0000 8. Fmp () inch 0. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .7500 7.010 +0.0013 -0.7500 4.2500 4.0018 -0.0014 -0.0012 -0. d mp() inch high 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 low -0.0007 -0.2500 4.5000 6.0025 -0.6250 1.015 +0.2500 (1)“Single Deviations from Nominal of Single Mean Outside Diameter.5000 6.0006 -0.0015 -0.005 +0.0031 -0.3125 0. IR INNER RINGS F Nominal Outside Diameter inch > 0.0010 -0.1250 1.5000 8.2500 4.015 +0.5000 5.0000 3.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS .0000 (1)“Single Deviations from Nominal of Single Mean Outside Diameter.

.0001 inches) for diameters up to and including 25 mm (1.008 mm (0. Metallurgy – either case hardening or through hardening grades of good bearing quality steel are satisfactory for raceways. . . to the 50 HRC hardness level.0001 inch) multiplied by a factor of the raceway diameter divided by 25 for mm (1. BEARINGS WITH INNER RINGS When it is undesirable or impractical to prepare the shaft to be used as a raceway. Note – The effective case is defined as the distance from the surface.0 inches) the allowable radial deviation should not exceed 0. End chamfer – for the most effective assembly of the shaft into a bearing. depends on the applied load.. Steels which are modified for free machining.4 μm (15 microinches) peak-to-valley is defined as chatter. . For raceways greater than 25 mm (1. from extending into the raceway area.continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS BEARINGS WITHOUT INNER RINGS When the shaft is used as the inner raceway for needle roller bearings it must have a hardness between 58 and 64 HRC and a wave-free finish in order to realize the full load-carrying capability of the bearing. the diameter of the rolling elements and the core strength of the steel used. particular attention should be paid to the pattern of the shaft finish. . If the shaft is not used directly as a raceway.0 inches).015 inches). If the raceway is of lesser hardness.0 for inches). Such a “lead” may pump lubricant past the seal. Sealing surface – in some instances bearings have integral or immediately adjacent seals that operate on the surface ground for the bearing raceway. etc. The minimum effective case depth of hardened and ground raceways. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Variation of mean shaft raceway diameter and deviation from circular form of the raceway – should not exceed one-half the shaft diameter tolerance.2 μm (8. A . Tolerance – the suggested shaft diameter tolerances for each type of needle roller bearing are indicated in the appropriate section of this catalog. Tolerance – the suggested shaft diameter tolerances for each type of needle roller bearing are indicated in the appropriate section of the catalog. Care must also be taken to prevent grind reliefs. If the rollers overhang a grind relief or step on the shaft. the following design specifications must be met: . Chatter usually causes undesirable noise and reduces fatigue life. as often occurs with through feed centerless grinding. In no instance should there be a “lead” or spiral effect. This should help in preventing damage to the roller complement. see the modification factors shown on pages A39 and A34. . High frequency lobing – the lobing which occurs 10 or more times around the circumference of a shaft and exceeds 0. Oil holes are permissible in the raceway area but care must be taken to blend the edges gently into the raceway. . after final grind. Strength – the shaft must be of sufficient size to keep the operating deflections within the limits outlined. . It is preferred that the case depth be not less than 0.0 microinches) must be maintained for the bearing to utilize its full load rating.12) • Dw Dw is the diameter of the rolling element. To calculate the approximate case depth the following formula may be used: Min case depth = (0.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . or one-half the diameter tolerance. whichever is smaller. To realize full bearing capacity. Deviation from circular form – the radial deviation from true circular form of the raceway should not exceed 0. Locating shoulders or steps – locating shoulders or steps in the shaft must be held to close concentricity with the bearing seat to prevent imbalance and resultant vibrations. . Here.0025 mm (0. scratching of the raceway surface and nicking of the shaft end. scratches and dents. Variation of mean shaft diameter – within the length of the bearing raceway should not exceed 0. fillets. . such as those high in sulfur content and particularly those containing lead. The high value should apply to a low core strength material and/or heavy loads. the hole should be located in the unloaded zone of the raceway. are seldom satisfactory for raceways. Surface finish – In addition to a wave-free finish the raceway surface roughness of Ra 0.07 to 0.0025 mm (0.6 μm (63 microinches). burrs. Surface finish – the surface finish should not exceed Ra 1. Strength – the shaft must be of sufficient size to keep the operating deflections within the limits outlined. there will be high stress concentration with resultant early damage. the end of the shaft should have a large chamfer or rounding. for use with all types of needle roller bearings. and if possible. inner rings are available as listed in the tabular pages.42 mm (0. . the raceway area must be at least surface hard with a reasonable core strength. . The preferred surface hardness is equivalent to 58 HRC. The raceway area must also be free of nicks.0003 inches).

it is desirable to have the housing bore serve as the outer raceway for radial needle roller and cage assemblies or loose needle roller complements. such as with gear bores. Metallurgical – material selection. Housing bores in low tensile strength materials such as aluminum.0 microinches). . the bearing should be located far enough from the shoulder to avoid the danger of crushing the end of the drawn cup during installation. Thin section cast iron and steel housings may also require reduced bores. and if possible.. Dowels should be used to maintain proper register of the housing sections. a split housing may be used if desired. so that the full load carrying capacity of the bearing is realized.2 μm (8. The following specifications must be met: . For proper mounting it must always be pressed into the housing.2 μm (8. Surface finish – In addition to a wave-free finish. The housing should be of sufficient tensile strength and section to round and size the bearing. the hole should be located in the unloaded zone of the raceway. but the edges must be blended smoothly with the raceway. do not extend to the raceway.0005 inches). which will be placed on the bearings.008 mm (0. the bore diameter must never be smaller at both ends than in the center [sway-back]. the end of the housing should have a generous chamfer. The outer ring may be a clearance fit in the housing when it is stationary relative to the load in either case. . Variation of mean housing raceway diameter and deviation from circular form of the raceway – the raceway out-ofroundness and taper should not exceed 0. When the drawn cup bearing is mounted close to the housing face. etc. . A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . hardness and case depth should be consistent with the requirements for inner raceways given in the shaft design. magnesium. Surface finish – The surface finish should not exceed Ra 1. . . etc. Grind reliefs – care must be exercised to ensure that grind reliefs. locate the bearings by shoulders. . the function of the housing is to locate and support the outer ring. Since the needle roller bearing does not require an interference fit in the housing to round and size it properly. In those instances. burrs. phenolics. .0 microinches) must be maintained for the bearing to utilize its full load rating. The outer ring should be a transition fit in the housing when it rotates relative to the load. will cause a minimum of deflection or distortion of the housing.continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS BEARINGS WITH OUTER RINGS For bearings with outer rings. the bearing should first be mounted in a cylindrical sleeve. Steel or cast iron housings are preferred. The housing should be through-bored if possible. Variation of mean housing diameter – within the length of the outer ring should not exceed 0. Oil holes in the raceway area are permissible. In addition. line bore housings which are common to one shaft to obtain parallelism of the housing bores and the shaft axis. whichever is smaller. care should be taken to mount the bearing at least 0. BEARINGS WITHOUT OUTER RINGS In many cases. When shouldered housing bores are unavoidable.010 inches) within the housing face to protect the bearing lip.6 μm (63 microinches). or other locating devices. The raceway area must also be free of nicks. the housing bore must have a hardness between 58 and 64 HRC and a roughness Ra 0.0003 inches) or one-half the bore tolerance. It must be designed for minimum distortion under load. Deviation from circular form – the housing bore should be round within one-half the housing bore tolerance. scratches and dents. Strength – the housing must be of sufficient cross section to maintain proper roundness and running clearance under maximum load. Consult your Timken representative for suggestions when working with these lower strength housings. Strength – housings should be designed so that the radial loads. End chamfer – to permit easy introduction of the bearing into the housing. Needle roller bearings can be installed into housings with a transition fit or a clearance fit.013 mm (0. Drawn cup bearings have a thin case-hardened outer ring which is out-of-round from the hardening operation. Split housings will not round and size a drawn cup bearing. to prevent axial movement. Parallelism – when possible. . should be reduced to provide more interference fit. . as for shafts used as a raceway. fillets.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . When split housings must be used. the raceway surface roughness of Ra 0. .25 mm (0.

[shaft diameter tolerance h6 (h5)].continued A Inch drawn cup needle roller bearings utilize the standard tolerance scheme outlined in the following figure. exceeds the required raceway diameter for the matching drawn cup bearing. The total radial clearance for an installed drawn cup bearing results from the build up of manufacturing tolerances of the housing bore. To maintain normal radial internal clearance the inner raceway diameter tolerance should be h5 (h6). A- TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . they should be mounted with a loose transition fit on the shaft using g6 (g5) shaft diameter tolerance. Fig. The inner ring should be endclamped against a shoulder. ADDITIONAL DETAILS ABOUT DRAWN CUP NEEDLE BEARINGS Drawn cup bearings are manufactured to a degree of precision that will satisfy the radial clearance requirements of most applications. the inner ring outside diameter. Metric series drawn cup bearing applications involving oscillating motion may require reduced radial internal clearances.) outlined in this section. In case the outside diameter of the inner ring. must not exceed the raceway diameter required by the drawn cup bearing for the particular application. the inner raceway diameter and the bearing. For metric series drawn cup bearing applications where the outer ring rotates with respect to the load. For metric series drawn cup bearings requiring close control of radial internal clearance the suggested housing bore tolerance is N6 and h5 tolerance for the inner raceway diameter. to keep the inner ring from rotating relative to the shaft. When it becomes impractical to meet the shaft raceway design requirements (hardness. If a tight transition fit must be used.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . surface finish etc. the user may select N7 housing bore and h6 inner raceway diameter tolerances. It is suggested that when metric series inner rings are used with metric series drawn cup bearings. it should be ground to proper diameter while mounted on the shaft. This reduction may be accomplished by increasing the inner raceway diameter using j6 tolerance. as mounted. it is suggested that both the housing bore and the inner raceway diameter be reduced using R6 (R7) and f5 (f6) tolerance practice respectively. standard inner rings may be used with metric series drawn cup bearings. when mounted on the shaft. When such exacting close control of radial internal clearance is not required. case depth. For metric series drawn cup bearings used in housings made from materials of low rigidity or steel housings of small section the suggested housing bore tolerance is R6 (R7). as well as the minimum radial clearance required for the application.

TABLE  EXTRA-PRECISION INCH DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS MOUNTING Basic Bore Designation Nominal Nominal Bore O.8125 .3126 1. 0.6200 0.8125 .0000 1.4998 * Check for availability – not every size may be in production.8750 2.2500 1.7495 3.2500 2.6876 0.3075 1.6825 0.6203 0.9997 2.3123 1.0623 1.) standard inner rings for inch drawn cup bearings are available.6203 0.2473 0.3079 1.8075 0.4998 0.0012 .5575 0.2812 .5578 0.4373 0.4950 1.0006 Where it becomes impractical to meet the shaft raceway design requirements (hardness.5000 1.8748 0.8751 0.8126 0.1203 1.6828 0.2500 .8075 0.4995 Min.0000 0.1248 1.7453 0. the inner raceway diameter tolerance given in the tabular pages should be used.6205 2.6251 0.6245 2.2454 1. it is suggested that for initial trial the housing bore diameters given in the tabular pages be reduced by the amounts shown in Table 21.3387 0.5625 .5267 2.0005 .2498 0. 0.1200 3.7500 1. Inch Shaft Raceway Diameter Housing Bore Max.0001 1.1250 .3750 .2450 1. This reduction is accomplished by increasing the shaft raceway diameters as shown in Table 22.6205 1.6250 1.1564 0.9325 0.3705 2.2500 1.6828 0.5000 1.8705 1.0014 Subtract Inch For applications where the outer ring rotates with respect to the load.0010 .1873 1.D.6250 .3390 0.8078 0. 0.0621 2.3750 1.5000 .6205 1.1251 0.5000 .5000 2.6250 1.9375 1.6825 0.0625 2.6873 0.0000 1.1248 0. TABLE  NOMINAL INCH BEARING OSCILLATING SHAFT SIZE Shaft Size inch .5000 1.0625 1.8748 0.1875 .6250 2.3750 1.1200 2. it is suggested that both the housing bore and inner raceway diameter be reduced.3751 0.0578 1. Applications involving oscillating motion often require reduced radial clearances.4998 0.3704 1.0000 2.5578 0.8700 1.00 2.4955 1.9998 1.2501 0.38 1.9950 1.9373 0.0005”.1246 2.5000 .3747 1.9956 3.5623 0.3700 2.8750 2.3075 1.7500 .2455 2.5312 2.3748 0.2498 1.6248 2.8750 .continued For housing materials of low rigidity or steel housings of small section.1248 1.5001 0.2785 0.9376 1.6250 1.3750 1.2499 2.7450 0.1250 2.6200 1.9998 0.8700 0. the inner ring O.9950 Max.1251 1.3123 0.2450 2.4325 0.6248 0.3747 1.8703 0.875 2 to 5.0003 .3125 1.5625 .3079 1.1829 1. Bearings of nominal inch dimensions should have the housing bore and inner raceway diameters reduced by .3750 .7498 3.3750 2.7450 0.4373 0.6873 0.5625 .8078 0. GB-2 GB-2 1⁄2 GB-3 GB-4 GB-5 GBH-5 GB-6 GBH-6 GB-7 GBH-7 GB-8 GBH-8 GB-9 GBH-9 GB-10 GBH-10 GB-11 GBH-11 GB-12 GBH-12 GB-13 GBH-13 GB-14 GBH-14 GB-15 GB-16 GBH-16 GB-17 GB-18 GBH-18 GB-19 GB-20 GBH-20 GB-21 GB-22 GBH-22 GB-24 GB-26 GB-28 GB-30 GB-32 GBH-33 GB-34 GB-36 GB-42 GB-44 GB-56 .4376 0.6250 3.00 .1205 2.5623 0.1200 1.6875 .5575 0.7450 1.1825 1.0625 1.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS .1875 1.3748 0.7500 .6205 1.4953 0.8747 1. See the previous discussion on internal clearances and fits for further details on inner raceway diameter choice.6250 1.7501 0.0000 3.0575 1.1875 1. as mounted.2498 1.7498 0.8751 0.6875 .6876 0.9953 1.0000 2.094 to .7500 . surface finish.1203 1.5626 0.0006 .4955 1.8123 0.8123 0.4997 1.0624 2.5000 1.6200 0.6250 .8750 .1206 3.1250 4.5001 0.6247 1.1250 1.0575 1.8703 0.3750 1.9950 3.1250 2.5262 2.6200 2.5000 1.4950 0.9328 0.8125 .2496 2.0000 2.1200 1.4955 2.2501 1.1825 1.1250 1.3438 .5625 .0004 .1562 .3700 1.0578 1.0000 1.4955 1.0626 1.188 . must not exceed the raceway diameters required by the drawn cup bearing for the particular application.0001 1.2470 0.6250 1. Housing Bore Inch over 0 .4950 2.1250 1.1561 0.3126 0.00 3.3125 1.00 incl.1873 0.2501 1.1876 1.6250 .3126 0.1249 2.8700 0.8750 .7500 3.4375 .8126 0. Min. etc. .4328 0.0625 1.4950 1.7500 1.7500 1.3125 .3751 0.2500 . Inner rings for inch drawn cup bearings are designed to be a loose transition fit on the shaft and should be clamped against a shoulder.1251 1.2500 2.6200 1.9375 1.4376 0.5000 .4950 1.9956 LOW RIGIDITy HOUSING BORE Nom.6250 .7497 1.9950 2.5626 0.00 6. If a tight transition fit must be used to keep the inner ring from rotating relative to the shaft.3125 .9955 2.00 2.25 to 1.3125 1.6248 0.7498 0.6200 1. To maintain normal radial internal clearance.4375 .8750 .2782 0.7455 1.1829 1.6875 ..3750 1.8750 2.6875 .5 Add inch .7453 0.2500 1.1876 0. case depth.38 1.7500 .4375 .8125 .7501 0.D.1250 1.3123 0.1875 1.6251 0. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .00 3.

even in conjunction with the proper assembly mandrel.8 mm E – approximately 1⁄2 D TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .4 mm less than housing bore B – 0. E – approximately 1⁄2 D Stamped end of bearing C o 15 A Generous chamfer or rounding for easy bearing installation D E B METRIC BEARINGS A – 0. The installation tool must be co-axial with the housing bore. INSTALLATION OF OPEN END BEARINGS It is advisable to utilize a positive stop on the press tool to locate the bearing properly in the housing. similar to the ones shown.continued INSTALLATION OF DRAWN CUP BEARINGS General installation requirements A • • • • • • A drawn cup bearing must be pressed into its housing. The bearing must not be pressed tightly against a shoulder in the housing. less than housing bore B – . less than shaft diameter C – distance bearing will be inset into housing. The bearing must not be hammered into its housing.2 mm D – pilot length should be length of bearing less 0. A caged type drawn cup bearing does not require a ball detent to align its rollers. An installation tool. INCH BEARINGS A – 1⁄64 in. must be used in conjunction with a standard press. the depth of the housing bore must be sufficient to ensure the housing shoulder fillet. D – pilot length should be length of bearing less 1⁄32 in.08 mm less than shaft diameter C – distance bearing will be inset into housing. to aid in starting the bearing true in the housing. minimum of 0. The bearing should be installed with the stamped end (the end with identification markings) against the angled shoulder of the pressing tool. The assembly tool should have a leader or a pilot. clears the bearing. as well as the shoulder face.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . minimum of .008 in. The ball detent shown on the drawing is used to assist in aligning the rollers of a full complement bearing during installation and to hold the bearing on the installation tool.003 in. as shown. The ball detent may still be used to hold the bearing on the installation tool or an “O” ring may be used. If it is necessary to use a shouldered housing.

continued DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS – INCH Installation of closed end bearings The installation tool combines all the features of the tool used to install open end bearings. less than shaft diameter C – distance bearing will be inset into housing. To avoid damage to the bearing. pressure should be applied against the stamped end of the bearing. Extraction from a straight housing When it is necessary to extract a drawn cup bearing from a straight housing. the drawn cup bearing should not be reused. The angled shoulder of the pressing tool should bear against the closed end with the bearing held on the pilot to aid in starting the bearing true in the housing. but the pilot is spring-loaded and is part of the press bed. less than housing bore B – .EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . Standard extractor tools may be purchased from a reputable manufacturer. but without the stop. A – 1⁄64 in. Customers may produce the special extraction tools at their own facilities. just as it is done at installation. A C B A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . After extraction.008 in. a similar tool to the installation tool. Extraction of drawn cup bearings The need to extract a drawn cup bearing does not arise often. minimum of .003 in. may be used.

EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS .continued DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS Extraction from a shouldered or dead-end housing (with space between the bearing and the housing shoulder) Extraction from a shouldered housing (with bearing pressed up close to the shoulder) A Bearings may be extracted from shouldered or dead-end housings with a common bearing puller tool as shown. as shown. The jaws should bear on the lip as near as possible to the cup bore. This type of tool is slotted in two places at right angles to form four prongs. is of a similar type described for a shouldered or dead-end housing. The cup is then pressed out from the top. The prongs are forced outward by inserting the expansion rod. The four segment puller jaws are collapsed and slipped into the empty cup. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . The jaws are then forced outward into the cup bore by means of the tapered expansion rod. Do not reuse the bearing after extraction. The tool to be used. The four puller prongs are pressed together and inserted into the space between the end of the bearing and the shoulder. and then the bearing is extracted. but the rollers must first be removed from the bearing.

or it may be case hardened. Shaft design Timing Motor Freewheels Washing Machine Transmission The clutch or bearing assembly operates directly on the shaft whose specifications of dimensions. Low strength housings (non-steel. For long fatigue life.) Taper within the length of the raceway should not exceed 0.continued DRAWN CUP ROLLER CLUTCHES Housing design Rack Indexing Drive Motor Backstops 2-Speed Gearbox with Reversing Input Drawn cup clutches and clutch and bearing assemblies are mounted with a simple press fit in their housings.013 mm or 0. Adhesive compounds can be used to prevent creeping rotation of the clutch in plastic housings with low friction properties. The housing bore should be round within one-half of the diameter tolerance. are seldom satisfactory for raceways. (arithmetic average) or 0. and ground to the suggested diameter shown in the tables of dimensions. Steel housings are preferred and must be used for applications involving high torque loads to prevent radial expansion of the clutch cups.0 inch the allowable radial deviation may be greater than 0. mm (0.a.0003 inch).0 or a factor of raceway diameter (in mm) divided by 25. or one-half the diameter tolerance. Surface finish on the raceway should not exceed 16 microinches a. The suggested minimum housing outside diameters in the tables of dimensions are for steel. The case hardened cups must be properly supported. must have a hardness equivalent to 58 HRC (ref. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . The surface finish of the housing bore should not exceed 63 microinches. hardness and surface finish are well within standard manufacturing limits. the shaft raceway.4. Provisions for axial location.0025 mm (. thoroughly test designs. ASTM E-18).EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . (arithmetic average) or 1.0025 mm (. For raceways greater than 25 mm or 1. Steels which are modified for free machining.6 μm (on the Ra scale). such as shoulders or snap rings.a.0001 inch) for diameters up to and including 25.4 μm (on the Ra scale). When using adhesives. The taper within the length of the outer ring should not exceed 0. whichever is smaller.0001 inch) by a factor of raceway diameter (in inches) divided by 1. Adhesives will not provide proper support in oversized metallic housings. When using non-steel housings. The radial deviation from true circular form of the raceway should not exceed 0. are not required.4 mm (1 inch). sintered metals and some plastics) may be entirely satisfactory in lightly loaded applications. a. such as those high in sulfur content and particularly those containing lead. Through bored and chamfered housings are preferred.008 mm (0. It may be through hardened. care must be taken to keep the adhesive out of the clutches and bearings. with an effective case depth of 0.015 inch) (Effective case depth is defined as the distance from the surface inward to the equivalent of 50 HRC hardness level after grinding. Either case hardening or through hardening grades of good bearing quality steel are satisfactory for raceways.0005 inch. Deviations will reduce the load capacity and fatigue life of the shaft.

If clutch is straddled by needle roller bearings. Shaft Dia. Through bored housings are always preferred.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . 15o "O" Ring holds unit on Pilot during installation Amount of Recess Use an installation tool as shown in the diagram above. Chamfer Make sure that the housing bore is chamfered to permit easy introduction of the clutch and bearing or the clutch unit. Amount of Recess Use "O" Ring on Pilot Long Lead on Pilot Use an arbor press or hydraulic ram press which will exert steady pressure. Never use a hammer or other tool requiring pounding to drive the clutch into its housing. screws or snap rings are required. splines. The end of the shaft should have a large chamfer or rounding.02 in. it should be rotated during insertion. press units into position in proper sequence and preferably leave a small clearance between units. is 0.continued Installation A Simplicity of installation promotes additional cost savings. The unit is pressed into the bore of a gear hub or pulley hub or housing of the proper size and no shoulders. Make sure that the unit is oriented properly before pressing it into its housing. Installation procedures are summarized in the following sketches: IMPORTANT: The mounted clutch or clutch and bearing assembly engages when the housing is rotated relative to the shaft in the direction of the arrow and LOCK marking ( LOCK) stamped on the cup. If the housing has a shoulder. never seat the clutch against the shoulder. Pilot Dia. The drawn cup roller clutch or the clutch and bearing assembly must be pressed into its housing. Press unit slightly beyond the chamfer in the housing bore to assure full seating. keys. When assembling the shaft. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . (0.5mm) less than nom.

Wrist pin end will get the most effective axial guidance between the piston bosses..008 inch axial clearance. Only in engines with sparse lubrication should consideration be given to provide lubricating slots in the connecting rod bores as with crank pin end guidance. brass or hardened steel washers may be used for end guidance of the connecting rod. TABLE  SUGGESTED SHAFT TOLERANCES FOR METRIC BEARINGS USING HOUSING BORES MACHINED TO G AS OUTER RACEWAyS Nominal shaft diameter in mm Radial clearance Smaller than normal Normal Larger than normal 80 > 80 Shaft tolerance j5 h5 h5 g5 g6 f6 With crank pin end guidance. Guidance at the wrist pin end is controlled by a small clearance between the piston bosses. Metric length tolerance H11 is suggested.. grooves in the connecting rod end faces or slots in the connecting rod bore aligned with the incoming lubrication path should be provided.continued RADIAL NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE ASSEMBLIES – METRIC Crank pin end guidance Radial needle roller and cage radial assemblies use the housing bore as the outer raceway and the shaft as the inner raceway. The only limit to precision of the radial clearance of a mounted assembly is the capability of the user to hold close tolerances on the inner and outer raceways. Connecting rod guidance is achieved at the crank pin end using a small clearance between the crank webs.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS .. It may be both economical and effective to machine the connecting rod at the wrist pin end and at the crank pin end to the same width. For this purpose. In order to realize full bearing load rating.5. The length of the needle roller and cage radial assembly and the connecting rod width at the crank pin end should be identical to ensure best possible radial piloting of cage in the bore of the connecting rod. 5. the needle roller and cage radial assembly is located axially between the piston bosses. Otherwise the load rating of the needle roller and cage assembly will be reduced. Wrist pin end guidance Needle roller and cage radial assembly must be axially guided by shoulders or other suitable means. The crank webs are recessed to allow proper axial alignment of the connecting rod. Occasionally.7.. can improve the oil flow to the needle roller and cage radial assembly and its guiding surfaces.. Inch cage and roller assemblies list shaft tolerances in the bearing data tables based on h5 tolerances and housings to G6 tolerances.1 6.03/100 0.. Grooves in the bottom of the piston bosses and a chamfer of small angle on each side of the upper portion of the connecting rod small end. 0.. Inch bearings are designed for minimum 0. The suggested shaft tolerances listed in Table 23 are based on housing bore tolerance G6 and apply to metric series needle roller and cage radial assemblies with needle rollers of group limits between P0M2 and M5M7. the housing bore and the shaft raceways must have the correct geometric and metallurgical characteristics. At the wrist pin end. The housing should be of sufficient cross section to maintain adequate roundness and running clearance under load.2 Bc Bc h8 B11 End guidance of a connecting rod can be provided either at the crank pin or at the wrist pin end. The end guiding surfaces should be hardened to minimize wear and must provide sufficient axial clearance to prevent end locking of the assembly. It is suggested that at the wrist pin end.10 Bc h8 Bc +2 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .10 Connecting rod guidance arrangements 1.03/100 Bc H11 Bc H11 Guidance in the housing Guidance on the shaft Bc Bc Needle roller and cage radial assemblies which are mounted side by side must have needle rollers of the same group limits to ensure uniform load distribution. If end guidance is provided by a housing shoulder at one end and by a shaft shoulder at the other end the shaft must be axially positioned to prevent end locking of needle roller and cage assembly. the needle roller length does not overhang the connecting rod width.. As a rule it is not necessary to have additional supply of lubricant. The housing and shaft shoulder heights should be 70 to 90 percent of the needle roller diameter to provide proper axial guidance. care must be taken to ensure that an adequate amount of lubricant is supplied to the crank pin bearing and the surfaces which guide the connecting rod. Crank Pin End Guidance BcB11 b1 Wrist Pin End Guidance BcC10 Bc h8 Bc Bc 0.

Table 25 lists the suggested shaft tolerances for the above two mounting conditions when the metric series bearings are used with inner rings.7 5 Load stationary relative to housing all diameters H7 J6 all diameters h6 h5 General work with larger clearance Load rotates relative to housing all diameters K7 — all diameters g6 — all diameters N7 M6 all diameters f6 g5 NOTE: Care should be taken that the selected bearing internal clearance is appropriate for the operating conditions. 0. r ra r h t r ra2 r h r h r F ra D1 F t r b r h ra2 D1 TABLE  FILLETS. Similarly. the maximum shaft or housing fillet ras max should be no greater than the minimum bearing chamfer rs min as shown in Table 26. The tables of dimensions for inch bearings list the suggested ISO H7 tolerances for the housing bore and the suggested ISO h6 tolerances for the shaft raceway when the outer ring is to be mounted with a clearance fit. TABLE  MOUNTING TOLERANCES FOR METRIC SERIES BEARINGS WITHOUT INNER RING ISO Tolerance Zone for Shaft g6 40 100 140 k6 m6 m6 n6 NOTE: Care should be taken that the selected bearing internal clearance is appropriate for the operating conditions.6 1 1 1.2 0.6 1 1. Regardless of the fit of the bearing outer ring in the housing.4 0.5 t ras Min. the unmarked end of the outer ring should be assembled against the housing shoulder to assure clearing the maximum housing fillet. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .1 1.2 4 4. Other mounting dimensions may be required for special operating conditions such as: 1.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . the outer ring should be axially located by housing shoulders or other positive means.15 0.3 0.5 3 3.15 0.6 1 2 2. b h Min. please consult your Timken representative. mm 0. the maximum diameter D1 in Table 27 must not be exceeded. In fact. They also list the suggested ISO N7 tolerances for the housing bore and the suggested ISO f6 tolerances for the shaft raceway when the outer ring is to be mounted with a tight transition fit. 0.3 0.continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS Heavy-duty needle roller bearings TABLE  SHAFT TOLERANCES FOR METRIC SERIES BEARINGS WITH INNER RINGS (USE HOUSING TOLERANCE SHOWN IN TABLE ) Rotation Conditions load rotates relative to housing load stationary relative to housing > 40 100 140 A Nominal Shaft Diameter d. UNDERCUTS.5 0. mm all diameters It is suggested that needle roller bearings are mounted in their housings with a clearance fit if the load is stationary relative to the housing or with a tight transition fit if the load rotates relative to the housing. Housing material with heat expansion coefficient different than that of the bearing If these conditions are expected.25 4 5 5.1 2. The suggested housing bore tolerances for metric series bearings with inner rings are the same as the housing bore tolerance listed in Table 24 for metric series bearings without inner rings. Shock loads 3.5 2 2. AND SHOULDER HEIGHTS FOR METRIC SERIES BEARINGS rs Min.5 2 2.3 2 2 2. In order to permit mounting and dismounting of the shaft.5 36 Rotation conditions Nominal housing bore diameter D mm ISO tolerance Nominal shaft zone for diameter F housing caged full mm ISO tolerance zone for shaft caged full 0. Extremely heavy radial loads 2. The bearing rings should closely fit against the shaft and housing shoulders and must not contact the fillet radius. For inch bearings.5 0.5 2 3 3.1 3 ras Max. Fw is shown in the bearing tables.3 0. Temperature gradient across bearing 4.5 1. Table 24 lists the suggested tolerances for the housing bore and the shaft raceway for metric series bearings without inner rings. the unmarked end of the inner ring should be assembled against the shaft shoulder to assure clearing the maximum shaft fillet.5 3.

however. LS. the NTA needle roller and cage thrust assemblies may be piloted on the outside diameters. Metric raceway contact dimensions Ea and Eb are given in the tabular pages.0005 Dished or Coned Surface MAXIMUM ANGLE ARCTAN 0.3 D1max Fw -1. WS and GS thrust washers for use with needle roller and cage thrust assemblies are given in the table to the right.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . Mounting tolerances are given in the table to the right.8 μm) Ra. ” given in the tabular data is not suitable for outside diameter piloting.811 h8 H10 shaft h10 h10 h6 (j6) H11 H11 clearance shaft shaft shaft Clearance H7 (K7) housing In some applications. whether or not this is an integral part of the shaft or housing. It should be noted that the “diameter to clear washer O. On FNT and AXK Series needle roller and cage thrust assemblies. suitable O. full backup between the dimensions Ea and Eb should be provided. Where design requirements prevent bore piloting. it is desirable to use the backup surfaces as raceways for the needle rollers of the needle roller and cage thrust assemblies. to reduce wear.D. The mounting tolerances for series AS. the FNT or AXK Series needle roller and cage thrust assemblies may be piloted on the outside diameters.D.5 Needle roller bearings without flanges of series RNAO and NAO must have the needle roller and cage radial assembly properly end guided by shoulders or other suitable means such as the spring steel washers (SNSH). the piloting surface for the thrust washers should also be hardened to an equivalent of at least 55 HRC.2 μm (0. In such cases. If this hardness cannot be achieved and thrust washers cannot be used.811 Housing piloted thrust washer GS. Cylindrical roller & needle roller cage thrust assembly Thin thrust washer AS Heavy thrust washer LS Shaft piloted thrust washer WS. the load ratings must be reduced. The permissible limits of out-of-squareness and dishing or coning are shown in Figures A-15 and A-16. In such designs. these surfaces must be hardened to at least 58 HRC. design details should be determined in consultation with your Timken representative. For the thin series AS thrust washers. Ideally. To reduce wear. and piloted by. must not be dished or coned. as explained in the Fatigue Life section.D. it is suggested that the piloting surface for the cage be hardened to an equivalent of at least 55 HRC. As for the FNT and AXK Series thrust assemblies. the cage bore has a closer tolerance than the outside diameter. For such cases. There should be no rubbing action between the thrust washer and any other machine member. a thrust washer should be stationary with respect to. The economics of design. its supporting or backing member. suitable O. therefore bore piloting is preferred for these assemblies. The raceways against which the needle rollers operate or the surface against which the thrust washers bear must be square with the axis of the shaft. For such cases. Equally important. it is suggested that the piloting surface for the cage be hardened to an equivalent of at least 55 HRC. often preclude these ideal conditions and thrust washers must be employed in another manner. When this requirement cannot be met.7 100 250 Fw -1 250 Out of Square Surface MAXIMUM ANGLE ARCTAN 0.continued TABLE  SHOULDER DIAMETER D MAX FOR METRIC SERIES BEARINGS Dimensions in mm Needle roller complement bore diameter Fw Diameter > 20 55 Fw -0. Therefore. Fig. the raceway or surface backing the thrust washer. thrust washers must be used.5 55 100 Fw -0. A- MOUNTING TOLERANCES FOR SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS FOR METRIC SERIES COMPONENTS Bearing components shaft tolerance housing tolerance (shaft piloting) piloting member (housing piloting) NEEDLE ROLLER AND CAGE THRUST ASSEMBLIES On NTA inch type needle roller and cage thrust assemblies the cage bore has a larger contact area and a closer tolerance than the outside diameter. These end guiding surfaces should be hardened and precision turned or ground to minimize wear and should properly fit against the outer rings and the inner rings to provide the desired end clearance for the needle roller and cage radial assembly. To reduce wear. bore piloting is preferred for these assemblies. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . piloting dimensions should be determined in consultation with your Timken representative. Where design requirements prevent bore piloting. Thrust raceway surfaces must be ground to a surface finish of 0. A- Fig. piloting dimensions should be determined.001 20 Fw -0.

continued CONSTRUCTION Basic designs Cylindrical roller thrust bearings dimension series 811 and 812 comprise a cylindrical roller and cage thrust assembly (K). Both types of these washers are listed in the tabular part of the metric series needle roller and cage thrust assemblies section. Providing the backup surfaces can be hardened and ground they can be used as raceways for the cylindrical rollers of the cylindrical roller and cage thrust assembly. Metric series cylindrical roller thrust bearings use molded cages of glass fiber reinforced nylon 6/6 (suffix TVP) or machined cages of light metal (suffix LPB). with hardened and precision ground and lapped flat raceway surfaces. care should be exercised that oil change intervals are observed as old oil may reduce cage life at such temperatures. The cages are designed to be piloted on the shaft. Also. hardened and precision ground on the flat raceway surfaces.811 and WS. thin thrust washers (AS) These thrust washers. The reinforced nylon cages can be used at temperatures up to 120° C continuously for extended periods. are also suitable for use with the cylindrical roller and cage thrust assemblies K.812 are components of the metric series cylindrical roller thrust bearings of series 811 and 812.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . The tolerances of the thrust bearing bore and outside diameter shown in Table 7 and Table 8 (on page A47) apply to shaft and housing piloted metric series washers. They are made of bearing quality steel. Therefore. more frequently used with needle roller and cage thrust assemblies of metric series FNT or AXK.811. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Heavy thrust washers (LS). a shaft washer (WS) and a housing washer (GS). BEARING THRUST WASHERS Shaft washers and housing washers A Cage designs Shaft washers of types WS. The thin thrust washers of series AS may be used in applications where the loads are light.811 type assemblies they are only suggested where accurate centering is not required.811 and GS. resulting in a compact bearing arrangement. The bore and outside diameters of the heavy thrust washers are not ground.812 as well as housing washers of types GS. The heavy thrust washer of series LS are made of bearing quality steel. when used with K. When lubricating these bearings with oil it should be ensured that the oil does not contain additives detrimental to the cage over extended life at operating temperatures higher than 100° C.

812 as well as housing piloted washers of series GS. When Type TTHD or TTHDFL thrust bearings are subjected to continuous rotation. the rotating race should be applied with a minimum interference fit of 25 μm (0. If the cylindrical rollers of the cylindrical roller and cage thrust assemblies are to run directly on the adjacent support surfaces.812. MOUNTING TOLERANCES Shaft and housing tolerances for mounting metric series cylindrical roller and cage thrust assemblies are given on page A96.) loose. Therefore. Sufficient clearance should be provided on the outside diameter to permit free centering of the bearing without interference. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .811 and GS. Sufficient clearance should be provided on the outside diameter of the stationary race to permit free centering of the bearing without interference.811 and WS. THRUST BEARINGS Tapered Roller thrust bearings are generally mounted with a fit range on the inside diameter of 127 μm (0. The permissible limits of the squareness and dishing or coning are shown in Figures A-15 and A-16. Bore inspection procedures for thin thrust washers (AS) and heavy thrust washers (LS) are given on page A50. The tolerances for the bore and outside diameter of series LS thrust washers are given in Table 14.811 and WS. the maximum fillet radius ras max must be no greater than the minimum chamfer rs min of the shaft washer (WS) and the housing washer (GS).0150 in. Bearing thrust washers should make close contact with the shaft or housing shoulder and must not touch the fillet radius.0010 in.) loose to 400 μm (0.). Raceway contact dimensions Ea and Eb must be observed.811 and GS.812 of cylindrical roller thrust bearings must be square with the axis of the shaft. Equally important.812 as well as the housing washers GS.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS .continued DIMENSIONAL ACCURACy The tolerances for the metric series cylindrical roller thrust bearing bore and outside diameter shown in Tables 7 and 8 (on page A47) apply to shaft piloted washers of series WS.0050 in. When using the thin (AS) thrust washers the cylindrical rollers of the thrust cage assembly must be supported over their entire length. these must be hardened to at least 58 HRC. The backup surfaces for the shaft washers WS. the raceway or the surface backing the thrust washer must not be dished or coned. The tolerances for the bore and outside diameter of series AS thrust washers are shown in Table 13.

it is essential that a shoulder. A-17). In some applications a spacer is used between a cone and shaft shoulder or a snap ring. Do not heat standard bearings above 150° C (300° F) or freeze outer races below -55° C (-65° F).direct mounting. Fitting Adequate tools must be provided to properly fit the inner and outer races on shafts or in housings to avoid damage. A- Separate member used to provide adequate shaft shoulder diameter. Fig. a split spacer can be used (Fig. is provided for each race. If a snap ring is used for bearing backing it is suggested that an interference cup fit be used. A-19). Spacer Spacer Snap ring Snap Ring Fig. square with the bearing axis and of sufficient diameter. Bearing performances can be adversely affected by improper mounting procedure or lack of care during the assembly phase. it is compatible with most lubricants and therefore does not have to be removed when mounting the bearing in the majority of applications. Spacer Spacer Snap Ring Snap ring Fig. The conventional and most widely accepted method used to provide bearing backing is to machine a shoulder on a shaft or in the housing (Fig.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . The cup used for bearing setting in a direct mounting (roller small ends pointing outwards) is usually set in position by a cup follower or by mounting in a carrier (Fig. foreign matter and damaged bearing seats cause misalignment. Split Spacer Split spacer MOUNTING DESIGNS The primary function of either the cone or cup backing shoulders is to positively establish the axial location and alignment of the bearing and its adjacent parts under all loading and operating conditions. Environment Cleanliness during the bearing mounting operation is essential for a rolling bearing to operate for maximum service life. Burrs. A- Shaft and housing shoulders. A-0 Bearing setting devices . For precision bearings.continued TAPERED ROLLER BEARING MOUNTING PROCEDURE A Fig. For a tapered roller bearing to operate for maximum service life. Often. Bearings in their shipping containers or wrapping have been coated for rust protection. A-20). It must be of sufficient section and design to resist axial movement due to loading or distortion and must be wear-resistant at the interface with the bearing. Note: For more information on this subject. please contact your Timken representative. A spacer or snap ring can also be used for cup backing (Fig. bearing races have to be heated or cooled to ease assembly. Care should be taken to avoid shearing or damaging bearing seats during assembly which may introduce misalignment or result in a change of bearing setting during operation. A- Separate member used to provide adequate housing backing diameter. A-18). do not heat above 65° C (150° F) or freeze below -30° C (-20° F). Carrier Cup Follower Cup carrier Cup Carrier Carrier Cup carrier TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Direct shock on the races must be avoided. While this coating is not sufficient to properly lubricate the bearing. As a further alternative.

puller grooves and axial holes can be designed into the backing surfaces to ease removal of the cup or cone for servicing (Fig. A-21). Backing diameters Backing diameters. hydraulic devices can also be used. Fig. Knockout slots. NOTE: Do not use a backing diameter that provides less backing surface than suggested. bearing setting can be achieved by a wide variety of devices (Fig. A- Bearing setting devices .continued With an indirect mounting (roller small ends pointing inwards). In applications requiring precision class bearings. Snap rings In instances where snap rings are used to locate bearing components. Care must be taken during installation or removal of the snap ring to prevent damage to the bearing cage. fillet clearances and cage clearances are listed for each individual part number in the bearing tables. A00 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . a special precision nut can be used. A-23). it is important that they are of sufficient section to provide positive location. A- Removal slots or puller grooves to ease removal. Other solutions can use split nut and/or ground spacers where setting cannot be altered (Fig.EnginEEring A MOUNTING DESIGNS . A-22). This has a soft metal shoe that is clamped against the threads with a locking screw. Locking screw Precision Nut with Soft Metal Shoe Removal Suitable means must be provided on adjacent bearing parts for easy bearing removal. Backing shoulder diameters shown should be considered as minimum values for shafts and maximum values for housings. In specific cases. Locknuts Locknut with tongued washer Stake-nut End plate Fig.indirect mounting. Fig. A- Setting devices using split nut and precision nut with soft metal shoe.

All roller bearing shaft seats should be ground to a surface finish of 1. Housing Bore Tolerance Range G H H H J J Nominal Bearing O.D. h6 etc. The following tabulations give some guidelines for all these criteria: Below is a graphical representation of shaft and housing fit selection for these bearings conforming to ANSI/ABMA Standard 7.precision bearings Precision class bearings should be mounted on shafts and in housings that are finished to at least the same precision limits as the bearing bore or outside diameter.6 μm (65 μin) Ra maximum wherever possible.µin) BEARING CLASS ALL SIZES Shaft Housing h h AA 000 0. turning or boring). Capability for machining the seats (grinding.6 μm (65 μin) for all other sizes. 32 . please refer to the following guidelines: GROUND SHAFTS • • • • • • • • Rotating or stationary race. Particular running conditions like shocks. 24 g F Loose Fit Range Correct fitting practice and precise bearing setting both affect bearing life.2 μm (125 μin) Ra maximum. in the case of precision bearings. Ball bearing seats should be 0.continued SEATING Geometry Two major causes of misalignment occur when the seats of cones and/or cups are machined out of square with the bearing axis or when the seats are parallel but out of alignment. Type and direction of load (continuous/alternate rotating). Mounting and setting conditions. 15 j j k k Nominal Bearing Bore Bore Tolerance Loose Fit Range C  0.D. Shaft and housing section and material. In this case the shaft diameter should be turned to a finish of 3.EnginEEring MOUNTING DESIGNS . rigidity and. 7 0. A Surface finishes – standard bearings For industrial applications. 15 0. accuracy. HOUSING BORES Housing bores should be finished to 3. Tolerance M M N N P P Tight Fit Range TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A0 • . Furthermore.. SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS Surface finishes . Type of layout (single/double-row bearings). 24 0. overloading or high speed. Improper fits will lead to problems such as poor machine performance including creeping of the cone on the spindle or the cup in the housing and lack of spindle stiffness. 65 B 0 0. high quality surface finishes together with close machining tolerances of bearing seats must also be provided. The choice of fitting practices will mainly depend upon the following parameters: • Precision class of the bearing. 32 A 00 0. K K O. a tighter heavy-duty fit should be used.8 μm (32 μin) for shafts under 2 inches and 1. Preadjusted tapered roller bearings must be mounted with the suggested fit. TURNED SHAFTS When shaft seats are turned.2 μm (125 μin) Ra maximum. Tolerance Range p n m m r r TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS SURFACE FINISH – Ra (µm . Tight Fit Range Shaft O. represent shaft/housing diameter and tolerance ranges to achieve various loose and interference fits required for various load and ring rotation conditions. vibrations.D. The bars designated by g6.

critical operation conditions such as high speed. Stationary. a minimum fit near zero to a maximum looseness which varies with the cone bore size is suggested. have been preset to a specific bench endplay. which are provided with spacers and shipped as matched assemblies. high-load applications. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . Under conditions of high speed. nonferrous housings. In special cases loose fits may be considered if it has been determined by test or experience they will perform satisfactorily. In sheave and wheel applications using unground shafts. 0.) or less should be considered for a snap ring backing. To use the tables. unusual thermal or loading conditions or a combination thereof. However. Special fits may also be necessary on installations such as multiple sheave crane blocks. heavy loads or shock. B. experience should be used as a guideline or your Timken representative should be consulted for review and suggestions. It is dependent on the fitting practice and the required mounted bearing settings. shafts other than steel. Only cups with a maximum housing fillet radius requirement of 1. Tight fits should always be used when the load rotates relative to the cup.05 in. Certain table fits may not be adequate for light shaft and housing sections. a metal-to-metal or near zero average fit is used. Rotating cones generally should be applied with an interference fit. With cones mounted on unground shafts subjected to moderate loads (no shock) and moderate speeds. tight fits should be used if cups are backed against snap rings. The loose fit also permits float when a floating bearing is mounted in conjunction with an axially fixed bearing on the other end of the shaft. This will result in excessive bearing looseness and possible bearing and shaft damage. heavy-sectioned ferrous housings and normal operating conditions. direction.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS The design of a Timken tapered roller bearing allows the setting of bearing internal clearance during installation to optimize bearing operation. tight fits are necessary to prevent pounding and plastic deformation of the housing. General industrial application fitting practice standards for cones and cups are shown in the following tables. nonadjustable and fixed single-row cup applications should be applied with a tight fit wherever practical. adjustable fits may be used where the bearing setup is obtained by sliding the cup axially in the housing bore. Precision class bearings should be mounted on shafts and in housings which are similarly finished to at least the same precision limits as the bearing bore and O. in certain heavy-duty. it is necessary to determine if the member is rotating or stationary. classes 4 and 2 (standard) and classes 3. The metric system bearings that have been included are: Classes K and N (metric system standard bearings) and classes C.3 mm (0. In stationary cone applications requiring hardened and ground spindles. The term “rotating cone” describes a condition in which the cone rotates relative to the load. Also assembly procedures and the means and ease of obtaining the bearing setting may require special fits. to prevent excessive dishing of snap rings. Stationary cone fitting practice depends on the application. Two-row stationary double cups are generally mounted with loose fits to permit assembly and disassembly. The fitting practice tables that follow have been prepared for both metric and inch dimensions. To permit through-boring when the outside diameters of single-row bearings mounted at each end of a shaft are equal and one is adjustable and the other fixed.D. This may occur with a rotating cone under a stationary load or a stationary cone with a rotating load. and type of loading and the shaft finish. and A (metric system precision bearings). and 00 (precision) have been included. Tightly fitted cups mounted in carriers can be used. However. it is suggested that the same adjustable fit be used at both ends. High quality surface finishes should also be provided. or in cases using ground shafts with moderate loads (no shock). Generally. Rotating cup applications where the cup rotates relative to the load should always use an interference fit. Loose fits will permit the cones to creep and wear the shaft and the backing shoulder. interference fits using heavy-duty fitting practice should be used. In these cases. the magnitude. a slightly looser fit may be satisfactory. groove wear and possible loss of ring retention. The specific endplay setting is determined from a study of the bearing mounting and expected environment. These tables apply to solid or heavy-sectioned steel shafts. For the inch system bearings. Two-row and four-row bearings.

Endplay Removed for Single Cone = 0.5 ( )( ) K 0.39 d do S Bearing Width Increase for Single Cup = 0. (Refer to diagram to the left. or both. consult your Timken representative.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES . all tolerances plus the bearing width increase range due to tight fits must be known in order to calculate the shim gap range that would occur on a cup adjusted. causing less change in bearing width than when used with solid shafts and heavy housings. The bearing width change due to tight fits on thin bearing seat sections is as follows. must be considered when axial tolerance summation calculations are made. the increased bearing width for a single-row bearing is as follows. ( )( ) K 0.) Bearing Width Increase for Single Cone d dS 1do d K = 0. (Refer to diagram to the left.39 d do S Thin Wall Sections The following equations under Normal Sections and Thin Wall Sections can be used to calculate endplay removed in a similar manner. tight fits will cause cup expansion or cone contraction which will reduce the internal clearance (endplay) within the bearing. For instance.5 { } [ ] { ] } ( )[ ( ) ] ( ) ] 2 S 1 - do ( ) Do D 1 - ( ) ( ) 1 - D DH 2 2 Do H DH These equations apply only to steel shafts and housings. the width increase due to tight fits of the cone or cup. By knowing the fit range. where the bearing overall width is fixed and clamped. In addition to all other axial tolerances and the overall bearing width tolerance. In a factory preset bearing or a SET-RIGHTTM mounting.continued A EFFECT OF TIGHT FITS ON BEARING WIDTH Normal Sections For rolling mill neck fitting practice. DH do ds Do D d BEARING DIAMETER TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A0 • . For solid steel shafts and heavy sectioned steel housings. the minimum and maximum bearing width increase can be determined to establish the initial design dimensions.39 Bearing Width Increase for Single Cup = 0.39 Do D H If the shaft or housing material is other than steel.39 dS 2 ( ) ( ) K 0. where: K = Tapered Roller Bearing Radial-to-Axial Dynamic Load Rating Factor d = Bearing Bore Diameter do = Mean Inner Race Diameter Do = Mean Outer Race Diameter dS = Shaft Inside Diameter D = Bearing Outside Diameter DH = Housing Outside Diameter S = Interference Fit of Inner Race on Shaft H = Interference Fit of Outer Race in Housing Interference fits on thin-walled steel shafts and light-sectioned steel housings have a tendency to collapse the cone seat and stretch the cup seat.5 ( )( ) K 0.5 The interference fit of either the cone or the cup increases the overall bearing width. consult your Timken representative.) Bearing Width Increase for Single Cone = 0. For all other equipment associated with the rolling mill industry. direct mounting design.5 0. the fitting practice suggestions in the tables that follow should be used.

continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR METRIC BEARINGS (ISO AND J PREFIX) INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES K AND N SHAFT O. Tolerance µm Symbol ROTATING SHAFT Ground Constant loads with moderate shock Shaft O. Deviation +23 +12 +28 +15 +33 +17 +39 +20 +45 +23 +68 +43 +106 +77 Resultant Fit 35T 12T 40T 15T 45T 17T 54T 20T 65T 23T 93T 43T 136T 77T 139T 80T 143T 84T 161T 94T 165T 98T 184T 108T 190T 114T 211T 126T 217T 132T 244T 150T 249T 155T 335T 175T 345T 185T 400T 210T 410T 220T 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 18 30 50 80 120 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 1000 -12 0 -12 0 -12 0 -15 0 -20 0 -25 0 m6 m6 m6 m6 m6 m6 n6 n6 n6 n6 n6 p6 -30 0 m6 +46 +17 76T 17T r6 +109 +80 +113 +84 -35 0 m6 +52 +20 87T 20T r6 +126 +94 +130 +98 +144 +108 +150 +114 +166 +126 +172 +132 +194 +150 +199 +155 +255 +175 +265 +185 +300 +210 +310 +220 -40 0 n6 +73 +37 113T 37T r6 -45 0 n6 +80 +40 125T 40T r6 -50 0 n6 +88 +44 138T 44T r6 -80 0 n7 +130 +50 210T 50T r7 -100 0 n7 +146 +56 246T 56T r7 A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .D.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .D. (µm) Deviation from nominal (maximum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm) T= Tight L = Loose over BEARING BORE Range mm incl. Deviation +18 +7 +21 +8 +25 +9 +30 +11 +35 +13 +40 +15 Resultant Fit 30T 7T 33T 8T 37T 9T 45T 11T 55T 13T 65T 15T ROTATING OR STATIONARy SHAFT Unground or Ground Heavy Loads or High Speed or Shock Symbol Shaft O.D.

Deviation -16 -27 -20 -33 -25 -41 -30 -49 -36 -58 -43 -68 Resultant Fit 4L 27L 8L 33L 13L 41L 15L 49L 16L 58L 18L 68L h6 h6 h6 h6 h6 h6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 g6 f6 f6 f6 f6 f6 f6 h6 0 -29 30T 29L g6 -15 -44 15T 44L g6 -15 -44 15T 44L f6 -50 -79 20L 79L h6 0 -32 35T 32L g6 -17 -49 18T 49L g6 -17 -49 18T 49L f6 -56 -88 21L 88L h6 0 -36 40T 36L g6 -18 -54 22T 54L g6 -18 -54 22T 54L – – – – – h6 0 -40 45T 40L g6 -20 -60 25T 60L g6 -20 -60 25T 60L – – – – – h6 0 -44 50T 44L g6 -22 -66 28T 66L g6 -22 -66 28T 66L – – – – – h7 0 -80 80T 80L g7 -24 -104 56T 104L g7 -24 -104 56T 104L – – – – – h7 0 -90 100T 90L g7 -26 -116 74T 116L g7 -26 -116 74T 116L – – – – – TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A0 • .D. Deviation -6 -17 -7 -20 -9 -25 -10 -29 -12 -34 -14 -39 Resultant Fit 6T 17L 5T 20L 3T 25L 5T 29L 8T 34L 11T 39L Symbol Hardened and Ground Wheel Spindles Shaft O.D. Wheels. Deviation 0 -11 0 -13 0 -16 0 -19 0 -22 0 -25 Resultant Fit 12T 11L 12T 13L 12T 16L 15T 19L 20T 22L 25T 25L Symbol Ground Moderate Loads.D.D. Deviation -6 -17 -7 -20 -9 -25 -10 -29 -12 -34 -14 -39 Resultant Fit 6T 17L 5T 20L 3T 25L 5T 29L 8T 34L 11T 39L Symbol Unground Sheaves. Idlers Shaft O. No Shock Shaft O. No Shock Symbol Shaft O.EnginEEring A STATIONARy SHAFT Unground Moderate Loads.

BEARING O.continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR METRIC BEARINGS (ISO AND J PREFIX) INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES K AND N HOUSING BORE(µm) Deviation from nominal (maximum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm) T= Tight L = Loose over Range mm incl. Tolerance µm Symbol STATIONARy HOUSING Floating or Clamped Race Housing Bore Deviation +7 +28 +9 +34 +10 +40 Resultant fit 7L 40L 9L 48L 10L 56L 18 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 150 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 150 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 0 -12 0 -14 0 -16 G7 G7 G7 0 -18 G7 +12 +47 12L 65L 0 -20 G7 +14 +54 14L 74L 0 -25 G7 +14 +54 14L 79L 0 -30 G7 +15 +61 15L 91L 0 -35 G7 +17 +69 17L 104L 0 -40 F7 +62 +119 62L 159L 0 -45 F7 +68 +131 68L 176L 0 630 710 800 900 1000 0 -100 0 -80 -50 F7 +76 +146 76L 196L F7 +80 +160 80L 240L F7 +86 +176 86L 276L A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .D.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .

EnginEEring A STATIONARy HOUSING Adjustable Race Non-adjustable Race or in Carrier Resultant Fit 9T 24L 11T 28L 12T 34L Symbol Housing Bore Deviation -35 -14 -42 -17 -51 -21 Resultant Fit 35T 2T 42T 3T 51T 5T ROTATING HOUSING Non-adjustable Race or in Carrier or Sheave .Clamped Race Symbol Housing Bore Deviation -41 -20 -50 -25 -60 -30 -62 -32 -73 -38 -76 -41 -88 -48 -90 -50 -90 -50 -93 -53 -106 -60 Resultant Fit 41T 8T 50T 11T 60T 14T 62T 16T 73T 20T 76T 23T 88T 28T 90T 30T 90T 25T 93T 28T 106T 30T 109T 33T 113T 37T 126T 39T 130T 43T 144T 47T 150T 53T 166T 58T 172T 64T 220T 100T 225T 105T 255T 95T 265T 105T 300T 110T 310T 120T Symbol Housing Bore Deviation -9 +12 -11 +14 -12 +18 J7 J7 P7 P7 R7 R7 J7 P7 R7 J7 -13 +22 13T 40L P7 -59 -24 59T 6T R7 J7 -14 +26 14T 46L P7 -68 -28 68T 8T R7 J7 -14 +26 14T 51L P7 -68 -28 68T 3T R7 J7 -16 +30 16T 60L P7 -79 -33 79T 3T R7 -109 -63 -113 -67 J7 -16 +36 16T 71L P7 -88 -36 88T 1T R7 -126 -74 -130 -78 -144 -87 -150 -93 -166 -103 -172 -109 -220 -150 -225 -155 -255 -175 -245 -185 -300 -210 -310 -220 J7 -18 +39 18T 79L P7 -98 -41 98T 1T R7 J7 -20 +43 20T 88L P7 -108 -45 108T 0 R7 JS7 -35 +35 35T 85L P7 -148 -78 148T 28T R7 JS7 -40 +40 40T 120L P7 -168 -88 168T 8T R7 JS7 -45 +45 45T 145L P7 -190 -100 190T 0 R7 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A0 • .

BEARING BORE Tolerance µm (0. 9. Consult your Timken representative for the suggested heavy-duty fitting practices that are specified for through hardened bearings.5000 0 + 0 +10 + + +25 +15 T T 25T 5T 0 + 0 +20 + + +50 +30 T T 50T 10T * Suggested heavy-duty fitting practices shown above are applicable for case carburized bearings. 7. 13.5000 . 12.5000 . 8.5000 . 3.5000 .INCHES) Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .5000 . 12.0001 in.0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose over Range mm (inches) incl.5000 0.5000 0.0000 .D.0000 . 3. 4. 6.5000 .0000 .5000 . 10. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . 3.5000 0. 7. 12. 11.continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR INCH BEARINGS INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES  AND  SHAFT O. 3.5000 .5000 0.5000 . (µm . 5. Deviation 0 + 0 +5 + + +15 +10 Resultant Fit T T 15T 5T 0 0 .5000 . 9.0000 .EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . 6. 10.5000 .) ROTATING SHAFT Ground Constant loads with moderate shock Shaft O. 5.D.5000 . 4. 12.5000 .5000 .0.5000 .5000 . 8. 11.

D. High Speed or Shock* Shaft O. Deviation + 0 +5 0 Resultant Fit T L 5T 5L STATIONARy SHAFT Ground Moderate Loads. Deviation 0 - 0 -5 Resultant Fit 0 L 0 10L Unground Sheaves. Idlers Shaft O.D.D.D. No Shock Shaft O.D. Deviation + + +25 +15 + + +30 +20 + + +30 +20 + + +35 +25 +0 + +40 +30 + + +45 +35 + +0 +50 +40 +0 + +55 +45 + + +60 +50 + +0 +65 +55 + + +70 +60 +0 + +80 +60 + + +85 +65 Resultant Fit T T 25T 10T T T 30T 10T T T 30T 10T T T 35T 15T 0T T 40T 20T T T 45T 25T T T 50T 30T 0T T 55T 35T T 0T 60T 40T T T 65T 45T T T 70T 50T 0T 0T 80T 40T T T 85T 45T + 0 +10 0 T L 10T 10L 0 - 0 -10 0 0L 0 20L 0 - 0 -10 0 0L 0 20L - -0 -2 -12 L L 2L 22L Unground Moderate Loads. Wheels.EnginEEring A ROTATING OR STATIONARy SHAFT Unground or Ground Heavy Loads. Deviation - - -2 -7 Resultant Fit L L 2L 12L + 0 +20 0 T L 20T 20L 0 - 0 -20 0 0L 0 40L 0 - 0 -20 0 0L 0 40L – – – – TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A0 • . Deviation 0 - 0 -5 Resultant Fit 0 L 0 10L Hardened and Ground Wheel Spindles Shaft O. No Shock Shaft O.

 18.D.0000 – – 0 + 0 +30 0 +0 0 +40 0 + 0 +50 +0 + +75 +45 + +0 +100 +60 +0 + +120 +70 0T T 75T 15T T T 100T 20T 0T T 120T 20T 0 + 0 +20 + + +50 +30 T T 50T 10T * Suggested heavy-duty fitting practices shown above are applicable for case carburized bearings.0000 .5000 . Deviation Resultant Fit .5000 .0.INCHES) Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR INCH BEARINGS INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES  AND  SHAFT O.5000 . 15. 19. 16.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . 22. 23. 24. 22. 13. (µm .0000 .5000 .0000 .D.5000 .0000 . 23.0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose over Range mm (inches) incl.5000 0.) ROTATING SHAFT Ground Constant loads with moderate shock Shaft O. 15.5000 . 36. 14. 48. 14. 21.5000 .5000 .5000 0. 24. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .5000 .5000 .5000 0. 16.5000 .0001 in.5000 .5000 . 20. 17.5000 . 20. 18.0000 . 48.5000 0. Consult your Timken representative for the suggested heavy-duty fitting practices that are specified for through hardened bearings.5000 . 21. 19. 17.5000 . 36.5000 . BEARING BORE Tolerance µm (0.

Deviation Resultant Fit – – – – – – – – TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .D.D.EnginEEring A ROTATION OR STATIONARy SHAFT Unground or Ground Heavy Loads. No Shock Shaft O. Deviation + + +90 +70 + +0 +95 +75 + +0 +100 +80 + + +105 +85 + + +110 +90 + + +115 +95 +0 + +120 +100 + + +125 +105 +0 + +130 +110 + + +135 +115 + +0 +140 +120 + + +180 +150 + + +250 +210 + + +320 +270 Resultant Fit T T 90T 50T T T 95T 55T T T 100T 60T T T 105T 65T T T 110T 70T T 0T 115T 75T 0T 0T 120T 80T T T 125T 85T 0T T 130T 90T T T 135T 95T T T 140T 100T T 0T 180T 120T T T 250T 170T T T 320T 220T + 0 +30 0 +0 0 +40 0 + 0 +50 0 T L 30T 30L 0T 0L 40T 40L T L 50T 50L 0 - 0 -30 0 -0 0 -40 0 - 0 -50 0 L 0 60L 0 0L 0 80L 0 L 0 100L 0 - 0 -30 0 -0 0 -40 0 - 0 -50 0 L 0 60L 0 0L 0 80L 0 L 0 100L – – – – + 0 +20 0 T L 20T 20L 0 - 0 -20 0 0L 0 40L 0 - 0 -20 0 0L 0 40L – – – – Unground Moderate Loads. Wheels. Deviation Resultant Fit STATIONARy SHAFT Ground Moderate Loads. High Speed or Shock* Shaft O. Idlers Shaft O. No Shock Shaft O.D.D. Deviation Resultant Fit Hardened and Ground Wheel Spindles Shaft O. Deviation Resultant Fit Unground Sheaves.D.

0000 48. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .000 in.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .0000 3.0000 24. HOUSING BORE (INCHES) Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (0.8 609.4 1219. Tolerance 0.0000 36.2 76.0000 36.0000 48.6 914. BEARING O.0000 24.4 1219. STATIONARy HOUSING Floating or Clamped Race Housing Bore Deviation +10 0 +10 0 +10 0 +20 0 +30 0 +40 0 +50 0 +20 +30 +20 +30 +20 +30 +40 +60 +60 +90 +80 +120 +100 +150 Resultant Fit 10L 30L 10L 30L 10L 30L 20L 60L 30L 90L 40L 120L 50L 150L 0 3.2 – * Unclamped race design is applicable only to sheaves with negligible fleet angle.0000 5.0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose over Range inches BEARING O.6 914.0000 12.0000 12.D.D.continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR INCH BEARINGS INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES  AND  HOUSING BORE (µm) Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm) T= Tight L = Loose over Range mm incl.2 127 304.0000 – * Unclamped race design is applicable only to sheaves with negligible fleet angle.2 127 304. incl.8 609.0000 5. Tolerance µm STATIONARy HOUSING Floating or Clamped Race Housing Bore Deviation +25 0 +25 0 +25 0 +51 0 +76 0 +102 0 +127 0 +51 +76 +51 +76 +51 +76 +102 +152 +152 +229 +204 +305 +254 +381 Resultant Fit 26L 76L 26L 76L 26L 76L 51L 152L 76L 229L 102L 305L 127L 381L 0 76.

Clamped Race Housing Bore Deviation -15 -5 -20 -10 -20 -10 -30 -10 -40 -10 -50 -10 -60 -10 Resultant Fit 25T 5T 30T 10T 30T 10T 50T 10T 70T 10T 90T 10T 110T 10T ROTATING HOUSING Sheave-unclamped Race* Housing Bore Deviation -30 -20 -30 -20 -30 -20 -40 -20 – – – – – – Resultant Fit 40T 20T 40T 20T 40T 20T 60T 20T – – – – – – TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .EnginEEring A STATIONARy HOUSING Adjustable Race Housing bore Deviation 0 +25 0 +25 0 +51 +26 +76 +51 +127 +76 +178 +102 +229 Resultant Fit 25T 25L 25T 25L 25T 51L 25T 76L 25T 127L 25T 178L 25T 229L STATIONARy OR ROTATION HOUSING Non-adjustable Race or In Carrier or Sheave .Clamped Race Housing Bore Deviation -38 -13 -51 -25 -51 -25 -76 -25 -102 -25 -127 -25 -152 -25 Resultant Fit 63T 13T 76T 25T 76T 25T 127T 25T 178T 25T 229T 25T 279T 25T ROTATING HOUSING Sheave-unclamped Race* Housing Bore Deviation -76 -51 -76 -51 -76 -51 -102 -51 – – – – – – Resultant Fit 101T 51T 101T 51T 101T 51T 153T 51T – – – – – – STATIONARy HOUSING Adjustable Race Housing bore Deviation 0 +10 0 +10 0 +20 +10 +30 +20 +50 +30 +70 +40 +90 Resultant Fit 10T 10L 10T 10L 10T 20L 10T 30L 10T 50L 10T 70L 10T 90L STATIONARy OR ROTATION HOUSING Non-adjustable Race or In Carrier or Sheave .

 12 0.D.D.0. Deviation Resultant Fit incl.D.D. 12 0.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . Deviation Resultant Fit CLASS 00 AND 000 Bearing Bore Tolerance Shaft O. 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 315 Bearing Bore Tolerance µm -7 0 -8 0 -10 0 -12 0 -15 0 -18 0 -22 0 -22 0 Symbol CLASS C Shaft O.0001 in. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . INCH BEARINGS Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose BEARING BORE Range mm (inches) over – – 0. 36 +0 + +8 +5 – – – – 0T T 8T 2T – – – – 0 made only to 304.D. 24 . 24 (1)Class CLASS  AND 0() Bearing Bore Tolerance µm (0. Deviation Resultant Fit T= Tight L = Loose 10 18 30 50 80 120 180 250 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 +9 +1 +11 +2 +13 +2 +15 +2 +18 +3 +21 +3 +24 +4 +27 +4 16T 1T 19T 2T 23T 2T 27T 2T 33T 3T 39T 3T 46T 4T 49T 4T SHAFT O. METRIC BEARINGS (ISO & J Prefix) Deviation from nominal (maximum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm) over BEARING BORE Range incl.8 mm (12 inch) O.D. 0.) 0 + 0 +5 0 + 0 +10 0 + 0 +15 +0 + +12 +7 + + +25 +15 +0 + +40 +25 0T T 12T 2T T T 25T 5T 0T T 40T 10T 0 + 0 +3 – – – – Shaft O.continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR PRECISION BEARINGS SHAFT O.

18 30 315 -5 0 -6 0 -8 0 k4 k4 +6 +1 +8 +2 +13 +5 11T 1T 14T 2T 21T 5T Symbol Shaft O.D.continued A BEARING BORE CLASS A AND AA Bearing Bore Tolerance incl. Deviation Resultant Fit Resultant Fit over 14T 1T 17T 2T 21T 2T 24T 2T 28T 3T 34T 3T 39T 4T 42T 4T 10 18 30 Range mm CLASS B Bearing Bore Tolerance -5 0 -6 0 -8 0 -9 0 -10 0 -13 0 -15 0 -15 0 Symbol Shaft O. Deviation +9 +1 +11 +2 +13 +2 +15 +2 +18 +3 +21 +3 +24 +4 +27 +4 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 k5 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .D.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .

 6 0.8 mm (12 inch) O. and resultant fit (μm .continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR PRECISION BEARINGS HOUSING BORE METRIC BEARINGS Deviation from nominal (maximum) bearing O.) incl.0.D. 24 . and resultant fit (μm) T= Tight L = Loose BEARING O. 12 0.D.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose BEARING O.D. 6 0. Range mm (inches) over – – . Tolerance µm CLASS C Non-adjustable Floating Adjustable or In Carrier Symbol Housing Resultant Symbol Housing Resultant Symbol Housing Resultant Bore Fit Bore Fit Bore Fit Deviation Deviation Deviation N N N N N N N N - -12 - -13 - -15 - -18 - -21 - -21 - -25 -0 -27 T 4T T 4T T 4T T 5T T 6T T 3T T 5T 0T 2T G G G G G G G G + +16 + +20 +0 +23 + +27 + +32 + +32 + +35 + +40 L 24L L 29L 0L 34L L 40L L 47L L 50L L 55L L 65L K K K K K K K K - +1 - +2 -0 +3 - +2 - +3 - +3 - +2 -0 +3 T 9L T 11L 0T 14L T 15L T 18L T 21L T 27L 0T 28L  0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  0 -8 0 -9 0 -11 0 -13 0 -15 0 -18 0 -20 0 -25 HOUSING BORE INCH BEARINGS Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing O.D.D. 12 0. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . 24 (1)Class CLASS  AND 0 Non-adjustable or In Carrier Housing Resultant Bore Fit Deviation - 0 -5 0 - 0 -10 0 - 0 -10 0 - 0 -15 0 T 0 10T 0 T 0 15T 0 0T 0 20T 0 T 0 30T 0 Floating Housing Bore Deviation + + +10 +15 + + +10 +15 + + +15 +25 + + +20 +35 Resultant Fit L L 5L 15L L L 5L 15L L L 5L 25L L L 5L 35L Adjustable Housing Bore Deviation 0 + 0 +5 0 + 0 +10 0 + 0 +10 0 + 0 +15 Resultant Fit T L 5T 5L T L 5T 10L T L 10T 10L T L 15T 15L Tolerance µm (0. Range mm over incl. 36 + 0 +5 0 + 0 +5 0 + 0 +10 0 + 0 +15 0 O made only to 304. .0001 in.

) Non-adjustable or In Carrier Housing Resultant Bore Fit Deviation - -8 T 0 CLASS A AND AA Floating Housing Bore Deviation + +16 Resultant Fit L 24L Adjustable Housing Bore Deviation - -0 Resultant Fit T 8L BEARING O. Range mm (inches) over incl.0001 in.EnginEEring A BEARING O. Range mm (inches) over 0 0 incl.0001 in. 12 + 0 +3 0 Tolerance µm (0.) Non-adjustable or In Carrier Housing Resultant Bore Fit Deviation - 0 -3 0 T 0 6T 0 CLASS 00 AND 000 Floating Housing Bore Deviation + + +6 +9 Resultant Fit L L 3L 9L Adjustable Housing Bore Deviation 0 + 0 +3 Resultant Fit T L 3T 3L TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Tolerance µm CLASS B Non-adjustable Floating Adjustable or In Carrier Symbol Housing Resultant Symbol Housing Resultant Symbol Housing Resultant Bore Fit Bore Fit Bore Fit Deviation Deviation Deviation M M M M M M M M - -5 - -5 - -6 - -8 - -9 - -9 - -11 - -13 T 1L T 2L T 3L T 2L T 2L T 4L T 4L T 5L G G G G G G G G + +16 + +20 +0 +23 + +27 + +32 + +32 + +35 + +40 L 22L L 27L 0L 32L L 37L L 43L L 45L L 50L L 58L K K K K K K K K - +1 - +2 -0 +3 - +2 - +3 - +3 - +2 -0 +3 T 7L T 9L 0T 12L T 12L T 12L T 16L T 17L 0T 21L  0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  0 -6 0 -7 0 -9 0 -10 0 -11 0 -13 0 -15 0 -18 BEARING O.D.D. 0.D.  -0 -8 Tolerance µm (0. Range mm over 0 incl.

0003L .0026L A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .0013L .0019L . mm 0 0 0 0 0 in.0023 -.0005 0 -. 3.0019 -.0005 inch per inch of cone bore FITTING GUIDELINES FOR METRIC BEARINGS AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES K AND N SHAFT O.1496 4.0012L .0006L . (µm .0002L .0000 Tolerance µm 0 + 0 + in.INCHES) Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .0006L .0. .0016 -.1811 1. 0 +.0005 0 -.0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose over mm  0 0 0 0 in.0005L .0010 0 Deviation µm f f f f f in.0000 12.0013 -.00 in.7244 CONE BORE STATIONARy CONE Front Wheels Rear Wheels (Full Floating Axles) Trailer Wheels Non-adjustable incl.9865 3. .D.7244 7.0005L .0015 Resultant Fit µm L L L L in.0010 Deviation µm - - - - in.0002 -.0006 0 -.7087 1.00 in.0014 -.0005 -.0866 Tolerance µm - 0 - 0 - 0 -0 0 - 0 in.continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR INCH BEARINGS AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES  AND  SHAFT O. . .0008 -. -.0012 -. (µm .0010 -.00 0.0023L .0026 -0 - - - -0 - - - - - Resultant Fit µm L L L L L L L L L L in.0016L .0.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . mm . 0 3. fit of . -.0016 -.0000 CONE BORE STATIONARy CONE Front Wheels Rear Wheels (Full Floating Axles) Trailer Wheels Non-adjustable incl.0006L .9685 3. 1.0001 inch) T= Tight L = Loose over mm 0 .0007 -.D.0005 0 +.0025L Heavy-duty min. f6 f6 f6 f6 f6 -.INCHES) Deviation from nominal (maximum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .1811 1.1496 4.0008 0 -.

0020T .0007 in.0006 +.D. . Deviation µm + + + + in.0014 +.0010 . Deviation µm p p p n n in.0040 Resultant Fit µm T + 0T T 0T T T T T 00T in. .0030T .0010 +.0010 T Rear Wheels (UNIT-BEARING) (Semi-floating Axles) Non-adjustable Shaft O.0006 –.D.0018 +.0014T .0008 –.D.0003 .0020 +.0066T .0034 +.0005T .0015 +.0010T .0014T .0004 Clamped Shaft O.0019 +.0007 +. +.0005T .0030T .0001L p6 p6 p6 n6 n6 k k k Pinion Differential Transaxles Transmissions Transfer Cases Cross Shafts Non-adjustable Shaft O.0015T . . p6 p6 p6 n6 n6 +.0025T .0010T .0008 p6 +.0012T .0022 T .D.0016 +.0027T . .0027T .0013T .0022 +. .0014 +.0022T . .0010T .0001L .0022 +.0030T .0025T .0008T .0015 Resultant Fit µm T T T T in. +.0016T .0040T . +.0021T .0004 +.0025 +.0033T .D.0010 +.0032T .0012 +. .0040 +.0040 +. m6 m6 m6 m6 m6 + + + T +0 T + + +0 + Resultant Fit µm T T T T T T T T in.0022 +.0005T in. .0018T .0014 +. Deviation µm + + + + in.0022T .0020T Collapsible Spacer Shaft O.0001 +.0007 +.0001 +.0016 +.0020 Resultant Fit µm T T T T in.0015 Resultant Fit µm T T T T in.0010 +. .0020 +. Deviation µm + + + + in.D.0001 in. p6 +. .0012T . .0016 +.0014 +. +.0021 +.0004L k6 k6 k6 in.0052T . +.0012T in.0008 +.0010 +.0011T .0022 +.0008 +.0014T .0021 +.0013 +.0010T .0008 .EnginEEring ROTATING CONE Rear Wheels (Semi-floating Axles) Non-adjustable Shaft O.0015 +.0018T . Deviation µm + + + + + + Resultant Fit µm T T 0T T T T p p p n n Non-adjustable Shaft O. Deviation µm + + + + Resultant Fit µm T T T T k k k j j in.0002T Pinion Differential Transaxles Transmissions Transfer Cases Cross Shafts Non-adjustable Shaft O.0004 +.0006 .0006 +. .0010 +.0014T .0018T . Deviation µm +0 + +0 + in.0025 Resultant Fit µm 0T T 0T T in.0004T .0015 +. +.0020T .0014T . Deviation µm + + Resultant Fit µm T T Clamped Shaft O.0001T . Deviation µm + + + + in.0010 +.0010T Non-adjustable Shaft O. +. +.0018T . Deviation µm + T + + + + + + +0 +00 in.0001 +. +.D.0044 +. Deviation µm +0 + Resultant Fit µm 0T T ROTATING CONE Rear Wheels (Semi-floating Axles) Non-adjustable Shaft O.0012 +.D.0015 in.0012T Non-adjustable Shaft O.0056 +.0026T . Deviation µm m T m + m + m m in. Collapsible Spacer Shaft O.0025 +.D.0005 +.0010T .0015 +.0027T .0001 +.0012T .0013 +.D.0020 Resultant Fit µm T T T T in. Deviation µm + + + + + + + + + in.0008 +.D.0027T .0008T .0022 +.0010T in.D.0005 +.0005T .0006T TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .0020T . +.0028 +.0005 –.0001T .0003 T +.0010T k6 k6 k6 j6 j6 p p Rear Wheels (UNIT-BEARING) (Semi-floating Axles) Non-adjustable Shaft O.0015T .0010T .0005T . +.0021T .0018T .0040T +.D.0040T .0025 .D.0021T .0008T .0001T .0010 in.0019 +.0016 +. Deviation µm + + + + + + + – + – Resultant Fit µm T T 0T T T T T L T L in.0004L .0001T .0013 +.0015T . +.0001 +.0030 +.0012 Resultant Fit µm T + T T T T T T T T in.0030 +.0027T .0011T .0012 + + + + + + + + + + Resultant Fit µm T T T T T T T T T T in.0013T +.0040T .0030 +.0005T A Non-adjustable Shaft O.0032T .

0015 inch per inch of cup O. µm +38 +76 +38 +76 µm 13L 76L 13L 76L µm 25T 25L 25T 25L 25T 51L in.0010T +.0030T .0010T . ROTATING CUP Front Wheels Rear Wheels Rear Wheels (Semi(Full Floating Floating Trailer Axles) Wheels) Non-adjustable Adjustable Clamped (TS) (TSU) Housing Bore Resultant Housing Bore Resultant Tolerance Deviation Fit Deviation Fit µm +25 0 +25 0 +25 0 in.0020L 0 +.0010 0 +. over mm 0 Inch System Bearings Classes  and  76.0030 +.0010T .0.0010 0 +.0010 +.0005L .200 127.0010 +.0010 -.200 127.0020 +.0010 .D.0000 12. 0 3. Transfer Pinion Differential Cases (Solid Seat) Transaxles Cross Shafts Transmission Transfer Cases Adjustable Non-Adjustable Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit µm -38 -13 -51 -25 -77 -25 in.0010L .0010 0 -.800 in.0010T .0030L .0015 -.0010 0 +.0000 5.D. µm -51 -13 -77 -25 -77 -25 in.0010T .0020L 0 .0020 0 +.001 inch per inch of cup O.0025T .0010T . fit of .0040T .0005T .0020 .0000 5.INCHES) CUP O. in.0030 .0010 .0030L +. Differential STATIONARy CUP (Split Seat) Transmissions Adjustable Housing Bore Deviation µm +25 +51 +25 +51 0 +51 Resultant Fit µm 0 51L 0 51L 25T 51L in.0020 -. µm 76T 13T 102T 25T 102T 25T in.0010T Aluminum housings min.00 in.0005 -.0020L -.0040T .0010 -.001 inch) HOUSING BORE (µm . in.0010 0 +. µm 63T 13T 76T 25T 102T 25T in. in.0010L .0020 -.0000 +.0005 -. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .0005T .0020 0 .continued FITTING GUIDELINES FOR INCH BEARINGS AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES  AND  Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .D.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .00 304.0015 +. mm 76.0030 -.0015 +.0020L . Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit µm 0 +25 0 +25 0 +51 in. incl.0010T .0030 -.0005L . Magnesium housings min.0040T .0030 -. fit of .0030T .0000 3.

0008 0 -.0866 7.0010 -.D.0011 .0008 +.0009L .EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .0007L . ROTATING CUP Front Wheels Rear Wheels (Full Floating Axles) Non-adjustable Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit μm R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 in. fit of .0047 -.0866 7. μm 50 65 80 100 120 140 150 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 in.0035T .0006 +.0005T .001 inch per inch of cup O.0001 -.0029 -.0013T .0007 +.0042 -.INCHES) CUP O.0024 -.0006 0 -.0035T .8583 9.0024 -.0010 0 -.0027 -. 16T 71L in.0005 +.D.0023 -.0029 -.1496 3.0008 +.0011 .0007T .0024 -.0016L 0 .0012T .8740 8.8583 9.0007 +.0027 -50 -25 -60 -30 -62 -32 -73 -38 -76 -41 -88 -48 -90 -50 -90 -50 -93 -53 -106 -60 -109 -63 -113 -67 -126 -74 -130 -78 μm 50T 11T 60T 14T 62T 16T 73T 20T 76T 23T 88T 28T 90T 30T 90T 25T 93T 28T 106T 30T 109T 33T 113T 37T 126T 39T 130T 43T in.0021L . 0 .0012T .0007T .0005L .0047 -.0002 -.D.0035 -.0011 -.0022 +.0013T G7 G7 in.0002 -.0007T .0029T .4016 Tolerance μm 0 -14 0 -16 0 -16 0 -18 0 -18 0 -20 0 -20 0 -25 0 -25 0 -30 0 -30 0 -30 0 -35 0 -35 in.0023T .0047T .0012 0 -.0008T .0019 -.0009T . TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A .0042 -.0002 .0006 +.0013 . K6 K6 -.0035 -.0008T .0008T .0024 -.9685 2.0012T .0035T .0018L 0 .0020L J7 -16 +36 in.0042T .1496 3.0015 -. 1.0019 -.0007L .5118 5.0014 0 -.0027L J7 -. R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 -.8740 8.0023T .0006 +.0035T .0007 0 -.0012L G7 H7 K6 G7 J7 K6 G7 J7 K6 J7 -.0012 0 +.7244 5.0047T .9055 6.0011T .0004L .0001 -.0019 +.0014 -.0015 inch per inch of cup O.0023 -.0013T .0018L .0019 -.0004 +.0006 0 -.0009T .0009T .0027 -.0005T .0236 12.0024 -.0019 -.0007 +.0236 incl.0022L .0008T .0047 -.0013 .0029 -.0011T .0023 -. +.0006 +.0004L .0023T .0012 0 -.0019 -.0032L H7 H7 G7 G7 Rear Wheels (Semi-floating Axles) Adjustable (TS) Clamped (TSU) Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit μm +9 +34 +10 +40 +12 +47 +14 +54 +14 +54 μm 9L 48L 10L 56L 12L 65L 14L 74L 14L 79L H7 H7 Differential (Split Seat) STATIONARy CUP Transmissions Transfer Cases Cross Shafts Pinion Differential (Solid Seat) Transaxles Transmission Transfer Cases Non-Adjustable Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit μm R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 J7 -16 +30 16T 60L J7 -16 +30 16T 60L R7 R7 R7 R7 in.0047T .0006L .0020T .0042T .0014 +.0042T .0035T .0035 -.0027L • Aluminum housings min.0012 0 -.0006T .8425 11. R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 R7 J7 -.0030L .5118 5.0010L .0027 -50 -25 -60 -30 -62 -32 -73 -38 -76 -41 -88 -48 -90 -50 -90 -50 -93 -53 -106 -60 -109 -63 -113 -67 -126 -74 -130 -78 μm 50T 11T 60T 14T 62T 16T 73T 20T 76T 23T 88T 28T 90T 30T 90T 25T 93T 28T 106T 30T 109T 33T 113T 37T 126T 39T 130T 43T in.0006 0 -.0035 –.0012T .0035 -.0035T .0004 +.9370 4.0019 -.2992 7.0007 +.0008 0 -.0007 0 -.0011 -.0020 -.0023L J7 -.0042 -.0007T .0029T .0042 -.0006L . .0010 -.inches) HOUSING BORE (µm .0029T . .0029T .0005T .0035T .5591 3.0023T . fit of .0026L .0007T .0012T .0035 -.0019 -.0006T .0016 +.0019 -.0009T .continued Deviation from nominal (minimum) bearing bore and resultant fit (μm .0042T .0004T .0008T .0015 -.0023L R7 R7 R7 R7 -.0006 +.9055 6.0035T .0020 -.0011T .0006T .0023 -.0042T .0011 -.0024 -.0007 +.8425 11.0011T .0012T .0004T .9370 4.0029 -.0010 0 -.7244 5.0010 0 +. 0 +.2992 7.0005T . 0 -.0011 -.0042T .0015 -.0008T .0022 in. .0020L .0013T FITTING GUIDELINES FOR METRIC BEARINGS AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT BEARING CLASSES K AND N A over μm 30 50 65 80 100 120 140 150 160 180 200 225 250 280 in.0042 -.0047T .0035 -.0005 +.0005T .0015 -.1811 1.0035 -.0014 Adjustable Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit μm 0 +25 0 +30 0 +35 -14 +26 -14 +26 μm 0 39L 0 46L 0 53L 14T 46L 14T 51L Adjustable Housing Bore Resultant Deviation Fit μm K6 K6 -13 +3 -15 +4 -18 +4 -21 +4 -21 +4 μm 13T 17L 15T 20L 18T 22L 21T 24L 21T 29L G7 H7 K6 G7 J7 K6 G7 J7 K6 J7 -16 +36 in.0047 -.5591 3. Magnesium housings min. 1.0010 -.0042 -.0020T .0010 16T 71L in.9685 2.

2 mm (3 in. For a magnesium housing. Also. In some cases. the fits mentioned in the tables for industrial applications should be increased to avoid possible cone creeping under some load conditions. TNASW.0010 in. TNASW. the mounted bearing setting will be other than intended.5 μm per mm (0. In case of a thin section hollow shaft.) tight. A- Double-row bearing arrangement assembled with loose fit.0 μm per mm (0. If interference fits are either greater or less than those specified. TNA.6 mm (24 in. Table fits may then be used. See inch fitting practice tables for cones with smaller bores. Where it is impractical to grind the shaft O. during assembly. The loose fit also permits axial floating when the bearing is mounted in conjunction with an axially fixed (locating) bearing on the other end of the shaft.continued Non-ferrous housings Care should be taken when pressing cups into aluminum or magnesium housings to avoid metal pick up. or both. should not exceed a maximum surface finish of 3. Heavy-duty fitting practice Bearing assemblies SR. Double-row assemblies with double cups Non-rotating double outer races of types TDO and TNA bearings are generally mounted with loose fits to permit assembly and disassembly (Fig.) bore should be 0. A-24).0120 in.0010 in. regardless of whether the cone seats are ground or unground. use the average interference fit. per in. CAUTION: Failure to use the specified fits may result in improper bearing setting. The average interference cone fit for inch bearings above 76. This may cause damage to machinery in which the bearing is a component. See metric fitting practice tables for heavy-duty metric cone fitting practice.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . Fixed bearing Floating bearing Hollow shafts Fig. The fit range will be 305 μm (0.2 μm (125 μin) arithmetic average. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .) of cup outside diameter is suggested. Double outer races types CD and DC can be pinned to prevent rotation in the housing. shock loads or high speeds are involved. and TNASWE are tabulated along with the other dimensions in the bearing tables. The tolerance and fits for bearing types SR.D. a special lubricant may be used to ease assembly. per in. Where the cup is fitted directly into an aluminum housing.0005 in. Fitting values can be taken from general industrial guidelines. per in. the cup should be frozen or the housing heated. average interference fit between a 609. a minimum tight fit of 1. it is suggested that a minimum tight fit of 1.5 μm per mm (0. the tighter heavy-duty fitting practice should be followed.) bore cone and shaft will be 305 μm (0. If the shaft diameter is held to the same tolerance as the bearing bore. For example. TNASWE types Where heavy-duty loads.0120 in. for the cone seats. This may result in unsatisfactory fits. backing. the heavy-duty fitting practice should be used.D. cups are mounted in steel inserts which are attached to the aluminum or magnesium housings. Reduced bearing performance or malfunction may occur.0015 in. and alignment from debris trapped between the cup and backing shoulder.) of bearing bore.).) of cup outside diameter be used. In this case the turned shaft O. The minimum fit should not be less than 25 μm (0.) tight plus or minus the bearing bore tolerance. TNA. Preferably.

57 3. 0 0 0 00 – 0 00 0 0 00 – 0  0 0 00 – j6(8) k6(4) m6(5) n6 p6 k5 m5 m6 n6 p6 r6 m5(3) m6(3) n6(3) p6(3) r6(3) r7(3) over 0 1. Use k5 for accurate applications.60 19. * Below this line.51 12. axial displacement of outer ring not required. Use j5 for accurate applications.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .60 19. and H6 values respectively. Use m5 for accurate applications. HOUSING Operating Conditions Outer Ring Rotating Heavy loads with thin-wall housing Normal to heavy loads Light loads Examples Housing Tolerance Symbol () Outer Ring Displaceable Axially Crane support wheels Wheel hubs (roller bearings) Crank bearings Wheel hubs (ball bearings) Crank bearings Conveyor rollers Rope sheaves Tension pulleys P6 N6 M6 No No No Indeterminate Load Direction Heavy shock loads Normal to heavy loads. (1) (2) For solid shaft.07 Ce 0.68 – 1. (3) Bearings with greater than nominal clearance must be used.15 Ce Ce m5 Heavy loads Shock loads 0.68 – 1. axial displacement of outer ring desired.56 5.94 5. above this line. J7 and H7 values may be used in place of P6.60 19. consult your Timken representative. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . K6.15 Ce k5 Normal loads 0.60 19.51 12.18C C over 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0  0 0 00 incl. housing can either be one piece or split. See pages A61 to A72 for numerical values. N6. Electric traction motors Electric motors Pumps Crankshaft main bearings Electric motors Pumps Crankshaft main bearings M7 K6 No No. normally J6 Yes.68 0 1.08C 0. temporary complete unloading All loads One-piece housing Radially split housing Heavy rail vehicles General applications Heavy rail vehicles Transmission drives Drier cylinders J6 H6 H7 G7 Yes. Where wider tolerances are permissible.68 incl.60 19. normally Outer Ring Stationary Shock loads.94 5.56 5. Light to normal loads. See pages A61 for numerical values. a split housing is not suggested. (7) (8) Ce = Extended Dynamic Load Rating (Ball Bearings). M6.57 2.18C 0. normally Easily Easily Easily Heat supplied through shaft (1) Cast iron steel housing.57 2. Use j5 for accurate applications. SHAFT Loads Lower Load Limit Upper Load Limit Cylindrical Roller Bearings (Except 00 Series) Shaft Diameter mm Shaft Tolerance Symbol() Shaft Diameter inch Inner Ring Stationary 0 0 Ce (7) Ce g6 h6 Inner ring to be easily displaced on shaft Inner ring does not need to be easily displaced Wheels Non-rotating shafts Tension pulleys 0 0 C(6) C All All g6 h6 All All Inner Ring Rotating or Indeterminate Electrical apparatus Machine tools Pumps Ventilators Industrial trucks Electrical motors Turbines Pumps Combustion engines Gear transmissions etc. N7.08C 0. M7. (6) C = Dynamic Load Rating.60 19. P7.51 12. J6.51 12.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS RADIAL BALL AND CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Ball Bearings (For all nominal diameters) Lower Load Limit Loads Upper Load Limit Shaft Tolerance Symbol Operating Conditions Examples A These charts are guidelines for specifying shaft and housing fits related to particular operating conditions.68 0 1.57 5.57 5.51 12.68 – Thrust Loads 0 Ce j6(3) Pure thrust loads All (4) (5) Not suggested.51 12.57 3.07 Ce j6(2) Light loads 0 0. Rail vehicles Traction motors 0 0. K7. 1.

it is suggested that the shaft size and tolerance for seating ABEC 7 super precision bearings be the same as the bearing bore thus producing an average line-to-line fit. Should the housing be the rotating member. It is equally important that all shaft and housing shoulders be absolutely square and that the faces of the spacers be square and parallel. It cannot float laterally if restricted by a tight housing bore or by the radial expansion of the bearing itself. 2. Bearings with coded bores and O. ABEC 3 and angular contact 7000WN Series. Inches . however. Inches Min. the maximum housing bore should be established as .5430 Housing Bore.0003 loose On high-speed applications.s are available on special order to facilitate this selective assembly process. EXAMPLE Bore Size. the outer ring is stationary and should be mounted with a hand push or light tapping fit. Shaft and housing fits for wide inner ring ball bearings are found on page A133.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . As a general rule.1652 Shaft Diameter. Generally. For larger shaft sizes. 2. undercutting of bearing seats and adjacent shoulders per figure below is advisable to help avoid tapered bearing seats and assure clearing corners.5436 Resultant Mounting Fits. 3. the same fundamental considerations apply in mounting the outer race as in the case of an inner ring mounted on a rotating shaft. the average fit increases to a slight interference. EXAMPLE Outside Diameter.D. 2.0003 inch larger than the minimum housing bore dimension.D. 3.0002 tight . Actual shaft and housing diameters are listed for ABEC 1. Shaft and housing radii and shoulders should be free from nicks and burrs. Inches .1654 Resultant Mounting Fits. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .continued RADIAL BALL BEARINGS ABEC  AND ABEC  BALL BEARINGS Shaft and housing fits Selective assembly The tables on the following pages show information supplemental to and coherent with that found on pages A125 through A139 as applied to ball bearings. it is extremely important that the floating bearing or pair can move axially to compensate for thermal changes.5433 Max. shafts and housings after they have been sized and grouped according to bores and outside diameters.0000 tight .0006 loose Average Fit Inches .1652 Max. 3. Inches Min. it is more satisfactory for production and servicing to use closer shaft and housing tolerances with bearings having a higher degree of precision. Inches Max. Under certain conditions it may be desirable to control fits more accurately without the added expense of using closer-tolerance bearings and mating parts. ABEC  BALL BEARINGS Shaft fits Shafts and housing fillets As a general rule. These suggestions can be used for most applications having light to normal loads. Whenever possible. 2. Inches Max.0002 loose Average Fit line-to-line The suggested shaft and housing fillet radii listed in the dimension tables of the product catalogs should be used to assure proper seating of the bearings against shaft and housing shoulders. The manufacturing tolerances on bearing corner radii are such that the corners will clear the cataloged fillet radii when the bearings are tightly seated against shoulders. HOUSING FITS Under normal conditions of rotating shaft. the minimum housing bore dimensions for super precision bearings may be established as the same as the maximum bearing outside diameter. Cases involving unusual conditions should be submitted to your Timken representative for suggestions.5433 Min.0003 inch.1654 Min. If the bearing O. tolerance is . 3. This can be accomplished by selective assembly of bearings.

 .00020 0.00025 0.00 0.1875 0.2753 0. . .1875 0.1872 0.2357 0.0 0. .00025 Extra-Small 0.2500 0.00035 0. .8750 1. .0 0.00 0. .00 0.00 0. . .00020 0.000 .00 0.0 .0 0. .1875 0.7496 0. .2498 0. .5000 0.0 0.5002 0.1245 0.3128 fit loose.9996 1.1966 0.1246 1. 0.1878 0.00 0.1570 0. .0 .00020 0. ABEC  ABEC  mm in.00 .1252 0.00 0.000 .00020 0.6248 0. . Shaft diameter dimensions are for solid steel shafts.00030 0.6252 0.S1K7. .1573 0.00() 0.00 0.00020 0.00045 0.FS3K S5K S7K S8K S9K S10K S11K S12K F2DD-2 F2 F3 F4 F5 (1) Mean These diameters result in shaft to bearing bore fit which closely conforms to g listed on pages A and A Shaft Stationary. ABEC  Note: These tables are to be used for applications where only one ring (either inner or outer) has an interference fit with its shaft and housing. mm in.00 0.00 . In cases where interference fits are used for both rings.3125 Shaft Rotating. .EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .00 0.00030 0.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS RADIAL BALL BEARING Shaft fits.0 . .00020 0.3744 0.00() 0. . .3543 0.2500 0.0 .000 .00 0.3747 0.00 0.8751 1.00025 0.00 .2755 0.2500 0.00 0. .0 .000 .00045 0. .00() 0. .0 0.00 0.00 0.00015 0. mm .7501 0.00025 0.00 0.2499 0.0 .00025 0.00() 0.0 . .0 0.00 0.3149 0.0 . .00025 Bore Tolerance Min.00 0.00025 0. .00030 0.1872 0.00025 0.0 .1964 0.0 0.0 .1875 0.00 0.2500 0. 0.1872 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.1250 1.00 0.0 0.1253 0.00020 0.1872 0.2362 0. Consult your Timken representative when using hollow shafts.1872 0. S.00 . Load Rotating (Typical Inner Ring Rotation) Shaft Diameter Mean Fit Tight Max.00 0. .2497 0.00 0.1875 0.00 0.00035 0. Min.00020 0.00025 0.00 0.00045 0. .0001 1. Load Stationary or Shaft Stationary.3748 0. ABEC .3122 0.00() 0.00 .00030 0. .00 0.2756 0.00035 0.1575 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. .1250 0.0 . .38KV 39K S1K.00 0. .00025 0.0 0. bearings with a special internal clearance may be required.00 0.00020 0.00 .000 .00 0.1967 0.00 0.2496 0. .0 0. .1971 0. .2362 0. ABEC  ABEC  mm in. . in.00 0.0 0.00025 0.1250 0.00045 0. F33K3 33K4 33K5 34K 35K 36K 37K 38K.1870 0.3750 0.00 0.1875 0. .0 .2503 0. .6247 0.2497 0.00030 0.00025 0. . .2500 0.00035 0. . .4993 0. . .2502 0. .8746 0.00015 0. . .00055 0. .3749 0. . .0 .1873 0. .00025 0. .1877 0.00030 0. .0 .00030 0.00 .2497 0. . .00 0.00 0.2364 0.00() 0. .0 0.0 0.1577 0.00 .00035 0.3125 . . ABEC  These diameters result in shaft to bearing bore fit which closely conforms to k listed on pages A and A Basic Bearing Number Max.00 0. These sizes have plus bore tolerances.2495 0.1247 0.1247 0.00 .4999 0.00025 0.2750 0.00 0.6249 0. . mm in.00 0.00 0.00030 0.0004 1.1875 0.00030 0.1254 1.00 0.00020 0.00 0.00025 0. mm in. .00() 0.00 0.00025 0.3152 0.00020 0. . .0 . .00045 0. .00020 0.00035 0.00 0. mm in.0 .00045 0.00 0. . Min.6250 0.0000 1.1251 1.1247 1.00015 0.7504 0.00 0.00015 0.3147 0.8742 0.7500 0. A SHAFT FITS. .00020 0.00 0.1250 0. .1248 0. The guidelines for operating conditions covering these tables are found on page A123.3122 0. .0 .00020 0.00025 0.3540 0.0 . TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .00020 0.1250 0.3752 0.00 0. .0 . .00() 0.3542 0.000 .0 .4998 0. .1969 0.00 .00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. .00015 0. .00030 0.1250 0. 0.7497 0.00030 0.7492 0.00045 0.2758 0.00025 0. .1247 0. 0.3148 0.1250 0.00 .00015 0.00025 0. .00 0.00030 0. .00035 0. . .2754 0.1875 0. ABEC .3125 .0 .0 .0 .0 . Load Rotating (Typical Outer Ring Rotation) Shaft diameter Mean Fit Loose Max.FS1K7 S3K.00025 0.00 .8747 0.00055 0.1245 0. in. .1572 0.00 0. .00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. Load Stationary or Shaft Rotating.00030 0.8754 1.00030 0. mm in.00025 0. . mm 33K3.00025 0.3537 0.00 0.00 0.00045 0.00 .00020 0.00025 0.00045 0.00() 0.00035 0. .2490 0.00025 0.6243 0. .3545 0.4997 0. . . mm in.1250 0.00 0.0 . .3541 0. .0 0.00() 0.1575 0.9992 1.1247 0.00 0.2505 0.00 .9997 1. .00 0.00025 0.00045 0.00 0.1248 0.1878 0.1252 0.3144 0.00025 0.00035 0.00020 0.00035 0.00030 0.2360 0.00025 0.2501 0.0 .00015 0. .1969 0.3150 0. F-Flanged Series .00 0.00020 0.2494 0.2359 0.00020 0.00 0.00030 0.00 0.00030 0.1242 1. .

00 1. Shaft Rotating.00 0.0 0.4470 9. 0.2982 6.8434 10.0 .0002 0.0 0.0014 0.0014 0. . SHAFT FITS.4482 9.00 00.0 0.3939 .6923 7.0 0.0229 11.0 0.00055 0.5118 5.0 0. 3.3931 0. mm in.00 .00 0.0012 0.00 0.9844 1.00 0.5963 15.8425 10. .7879 0. 0.0 0.1655 2. 1.00055 0.00045 0. in.0 0.00035 .00060 0.8091 12.6937 7.00045 0.00035 .0 0.00075 0.00055 .0 0.00035 .1181 5.1171 5.8728 8.00055 0.00060 0.00 2.0 0. 4.0 0.00075 0.7875 0.8411 10.0 4.0 0.0 0. 132.00075 0.0 3. 0. 0.00075 0. mm in.5112 5.5425 3.0 0.00065 .0866 7.00 0.0 0.00 0. .3465 .00055 0.00045 .5433 .0 0.00065 0.3457 3.00060 0. 0.00055 0.0006 0.7236 5.0 0.7565 0.0 . 3.0 0.0 0. 0.0 0.00055 . 1.0 0.0010 0. Min.0 0. Load Stationary or Shaft Rotating.00035 0. 336 9138. 0. Load Rotating Shaft Diameter Mean Fit Tight Max.0 0.0 0.00 0.7251 5.00 0.9045 6.0 0. .3000 6.0 0.00 0.00 0. 236.00065 0.0 0.0 0.00 1.0 0.00 0. .0 0.3611 2.0 1. 2.0006 0. 0.0 0.6596 9.0 0.3785 .8426 10.0 0.5108 5.0 0.0 0.0 .00030 0.0 0.5119 5.0 0.0010 0.3460 . 0.0 0.0 0.5748 . 1.2993 6.9357 4.1654 .00030 0.252.00075 0. .0 .00 0.5580 2. 0.2658 8.1811 .3775 1.00050 0.00 0.5591 .2986 6.7866 0. .4498 9.0008 0. .0 0.00060 0.0 00.3628 0. .00030 0.7713 . 4.00045 0.00 .8103 12.0 0. ABEC . .1490 3.5899 0.0 0.6691 . .7394 3.00 0.0007 0.3781 1.7402 .0 0.0012 0.1812 1.0 0.7409 .00075 0.4797 7.7555 .00065 0. 344 9146.1175 5.0007 0.7559 .0 0. mm in. bearings with a special internal clearance may be required.6602 9. .0 0.00015 . .2362 11.3452 3.0007 0. . 0.0 0.0 0. 0.3935 . 342 9144.1816 0.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS RADIAL BALL BEARING Shaft fits.3307 0.9371 4.2665 8.0 .0 0. .2373 11.9835 1.1331 4.0012 0. .7239 5.5126 5.00045 0.9840 . mm Bore Tolerance Min.6693 .00055 0.4726 .8096 12.0 0.00050 0.0012 0.00055 . 0.0867 7. mm in.0 0.8740 8.9839 1.0 0. 00. 0. .5587 .3472 .1346 0. .0 00. 324 126.0 0. 234 9136. 2.7245 5.3616 2.1808 .7473 .7870 0.00035 0.0 0.0 0.0 0. 0.00 4. 330 9132.0 .00055 0. Load Stationary or Shaft Stationary.00045 .00 0.00065 0.0 0.00 1.1803 1.0 0.00075 0.6930 7.00 0.0 0.3618 .0 0.0 0.0 .7397 . 326 128.2587 8. 0.8406 10.5597 .4488 9. 00.00 0.7717 .00075 0. . 0.0851 7.5420 3.0 0. .8110 12.00 0. ABEC  Note: These tables are to be used for applications where only one ring (either inner or outer) has an interference fit with its shaft and housing.9517 3.0 0. 4.1334 0.0 0.0 0. 0.8742 8.9063 6.0 0. 228. 0.0006 0.0 0.5984 15.0553 9.9040 6. . 1.00 0.00055 0. 0.0008 0.0 0.1182 5.7480 .00045 0.0 0.0 0.00 0. 0. 3. . 3.00 0.6929 7.4724 .0014 0.5906 .00075 0. 00 SERIES 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 0    0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  00 0 0 0.00 0.3770 1.0005 0. 0.00 0.1340 4. 0.5986 15.00065 .0 0.00035 0.264 9180 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 4.2355 11.00 0.9686 2.0 0.00 . mm in.00060 0.7874 .00065 0.9848 .9681 .6695 .0247 11. .00 00.00 0.6914 7.0545 9.00 0.5996 15.00060 0.00 0.00 2. 00.0 0. 0.3308 0.00050 0.00035 0. . 0.0015 0.00 00.9685 . 356 9160.4786 7. .8734 8.0 1.4805 7. Min.00015 .0 0.00 0.00055 . ABEC  ABEC  mm in. 134.00 0.0 00.0008 0.0 0.00 0.0002 0.9055 6. 338 9140. .00 1.00 3. .0 – – – – – – – – – – – 0.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .2364 11.00065 0.9690 0.00 0.0 0.5103 5.00 2.7718 1.00 0.00045 0.00065 0. .8750 8. 0.0 0.00015 . ABEC  ABEC  mm in.00 3.00065 0.1502 0.240.6692 0.0874 7.0008 0. 348 250 9152.2977 6.00075 0.5908 .9843 .00 0. 226.7231 5.0 0.7482 0.00065 0.0 .0 0.00 0. Consult your Timken representative when using hollow shafts.00015 .00 0.0533 9.0 4. .1660 .00060 0.1492 .0 0.5743 1. 3.5753 0.00 0.00030 0.0008 0.3780 .7492 0.260 9164.0 0.1166 5.0 0. 2.4803 7.00045 0.0 0.1189 5.00 0. .0002 0.00050 0.0 0. 246 248.0010 0.0 0.0539 9. mm in.4490 9.00060 0.00035 0.00 0. 00.00050 0. .0007 0.0 0.00 3.0012 0. 230.0 0.6686 0. 138.0 3.9362 4.0 0.4721 0.0010 0.00 0.6919 7.0 0. .9529 3. 328 9130.1497 3.3466 3. 238.00 0.00065 .4717 0.0 0. .5977 15.00 1.0 0.0005 0.0007 0. 1. 00.0238 11.00055 0.00060 0.2677 8.0 0.0 0. 4.2678 8. ABEC .1650 .0 0.00 0.0010 0.0 0.00045 0.00095 – – – – – – – – – – – .00055 0.9365 .00060 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8418 10.7464 0.0012 0.4722 .00 0.00 0.9370 .00065 . 136. 2.0 0.00 0. 00.0856 7.7459 0.6608 9.0 0.1326 4. Load Rotating Shaft Diameter Mean Fit Loose Max.1807 1.5428 .00055 0.00 0.00 0.0 1.2348 11.00 0.3314 0.6616 9.0008 0. 3.6614 9. .00055 0. 0.5585 2. 2. 232 9134. .0 0. 0. 1.0 0.00075 0.0 0.00050 0. Shaft diameter dimensions are for solid steel shafts.00055 . 0. 2.0 .3934 0.1648 2. 2.00 0.5903 0.8722 8. . 0. . .0 0. .0 0.7560 2.3622 . . .00 00.00 0.00 4.2992 6.0 0. 2.00 4.0012 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0006 0.8112 12.7244 5. 0.00035 0.5738 1.00 3.00 0.0561 9. . In cases where interference fits are used for both rings.00 0.5905 0.0 0. .4813 7.0 0.0005 0.5744 .0 0.9377 00. 0. .256.00 0. 2.5434 3.0002 0.3936 0.244.3294 0.00055 .1643 2.7553 2. 0. The guidelines for operating conditions covering these tables are found on page A123.00065 EXTRA-LARGE SERIES 124. ABEC  These diameters result in shaft to bearing bore fit which closely conforms to k listed on pages A and A Basic Bearing Number Max.0 0.00055 0.0 0.5970 15.0 0.00045 0.0 0. mm in.00055 0.00 .1485 3.3937 .00055 0.00 0.0008 0.00025 0.9524 .0 0.0 0.00 .0010 0.0015 0.7707 1.00 0.4791 7.0 0.0 0.8121 12.0 .7871 .1496 .0 0.9675 2. These diameters result in shaft to bearing bore fit which closely conforms to g listed on pages A and A Shaft Stationary.0 0.00 0.6690 0. 0.00060 0.6624 9.2343 11.0 0. 0.00 0.00045 .0 0.00075 0.0222 11.0 0.4723 0.0 0. 340 9142.00050 0.0007 0.0 0.00055 0.5592 2.0 0.3302 0.0 0. 3. 352 9156.0 0.9049 6.7722 .7712 1. 0.0217 11.00055 0.0551 9.7403 3.9680 2.0236 11.0 .00 4.9552 3.0 3.00 0.7548 2.00 2.00 3.4476 9.7389 3.00045 0.9528 . .0860 7.3776 .00 0.9056 6.1339 0.00 2.242.00045 0.9534 .3299 0.2672 8.0 0.00080 – – – – – – – – – – – A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .5749 1.5904 . 1.00045 0.3623 2. 224. 130. 4.5440 0.00 0.00 0.00 – – – – – – – – – – – 0. 2.00045 0.00045 .

7555 2.00025 0. . 0.00 0. .3621 2.7716 1.0002 0.1496 3. 000WN SINGLE ROW ANGULAR CONTACT BEARINGS These diameters result in shaft to bearing bore fit which closely conforms to j listed on pages A and A.7871 0.0 0.4724 0.7714 1.00035 0.00 0.00 0.1650 2.7563 2. Consult your Timken representative when using hollow shafts.5595 2.5124 5. Bearing Bore Number Max.00 .00 0.7873 0.0 0.9524 3. .1181 5.7559 2. in. . . .0 0.3307 4.5745 1.9375 4. .9527 3. .00 .7243 5. in. .1811 1.9365 4.00 0.00045 0.00 0.9528 3. .0 0. .1658 2. .0 0. in. .0 .00045 0.0002 0.00025 0.9843 1. 0.1344 4.9684 2. .5591 2.3937 0.00 0.0 0.0002 0. .0 0.0 0. .00025 0.00 .9682 2.1187 5.1180 5. .00035 0.0 in.00 0.4723 0.3460 3. . 0. The guidelines for operating conditions covering these tables are found on page A123. .5747 1.3312 4.6695 0.5903 0.00 . .3777 1.00 0.7720 1.1492 3.7874 0.0 0.00045 0. .continued SHAFT FITS.00045 0.00035 0.9048 mm .7249 5.3465 3. Shaft diameter dimensions are for solid steel shafts. . . .00 0. .1174 5.0 .00 0. .00 0.1339 4. 0.9685 2.5438 3.7397 3. .6692 0.0002 0. A SHAFT FITS. .1654 2.7558 2.9842 1.3470 3.00 0.4721 0. .5118 5.3302 4.00035 0. Load Stationary Shaft Diameter Max.0006 0.6690 0.00 0.00 .6693 0. .3626 2.00045 0.00 .1810 1.0 0. 000WN Note: These tables are to be used for applications where only one ring (either inner or outer) has an interference fit with its shaft and housing.00 0.5906 0.1495 3.3783 1.00 .0006 Mean Tight Fit TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . 0.5587 2.3939 0.0 0.5590 2.7239 5.00 0.1813 1.1338 4.5748 1.7244 5. .3780 1.4726 0.0 0. . .3934 0.00045 0.5117 5.9532 3.00 0. 0.1500 3. .00035 0. .00 0. mm 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 0    0  0  0  0  0  0  0  0  00 0 0 0 0 0 0 in.7717 1.0 Shaft Rotating. 0. 0. .0 00.0 0. .00 0.9370 4.5432 3.5111 5.0006 0.9369 4.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .0 0. .00025 0.5433 3. .0002 0.00 .00 0.9845 1.0002 0.0 0.0 0. Min.7876 0. .0002 0. .00 .3936 0.7401 3. Bearing Bore Diameter Min. .3464 3.9061 mm 0.00 0.1653 2.7402 3.0 . . In cases where interference fits are used for both rings.3306 4. .5751 1.0 0. 0.3622 2.0 0.9688 2.5905 0. bearings with a special internal clearance may be required.5428 3.3779 1.00 .1808 1.0 .1334 4.5908 0.00045 0.7407 3.00035 0. .9055 mm .0 0.9054 mm 0.9840 1.3618 2.

EnginEEring

A

FITTING PRACTICES - continued

HOUSING FITS RADIAL BALL BEARING Housing fits, ABEC , ABEC 
Note: These tables are to be used for applications where only one ring (either inner or outer) has an interference fit with its shaft and housing. The guidelines for operating conditions covering these tables are found on page A123. In cases where interference fits are used for both rings, bearings with a special internal clearance may be required. Housing bore diameter dimensions are for steel materials. Consult your Timken representative when using other housing materials.

HOUSING FITS, ABEC , ABEC 
These diameters result in a bearing O.D. to housing bore fit which closely conforms to H listed on pages A and A
Basic Bearing Number Extra Small Extra Light Housing Stationary, Load Stationary or Housing Rotating, Load Rotating Housing Bore Mean Fit Loose Min. Max ABEC  ABEC  mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

These diameters result in a bearing O.D. to housing bore fit which closely conforms to M listed on pages A and A
Housing Rotating, Load Stationary or Housing Stationary, Load Rotating Housing Bore Mean Fit Tight Min. Max. ABEC  ABEC  mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

Light

Medium

Heavy 

0, S, F SERIES
33K3, F33K3 33K4 33K5, F33K5 34K 35K 36K 37K 38K 38KV 39K S1K7, FS1K7 S1K S3K, FS3K S5K S7K S8K S9K S10K S11K S12K F2002 F2 F3 F4 F5 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
(2)400 

00, 00 SERIES
– – – – – – – – – 9100 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 9101, 9302 9303 9102 9103 9304 – 9104, 9305 9105, 9306 – 9106, 9307 9107, 9308 9108 9310 9109 9110 9312 9111 9112 9113 9114 

00, 00, 00,00 00,00 SERIES SERIES
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 200 201 202 – 203 – 204 205 – 206 – 207 – 208 209 210 – 211 212 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 300 301 – 302 303 304 – 305 – 306 – 307 – 308 – 309 310 

00() 00 SERIES
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 403 – 404 – 405 – 406 – 407 408 . .00 .00 . . . . . .000 . . .00 . . . . . 0.00 . .0 . . . . .0 .00 0.000 . .00 .000 0.000 . .000 . .00 . .00 . .00 0.000 .00 0.000 .00 00.000 0.000 0.3750 0.5000 0.5000 0.6299 0.7480 0.7480 0.8661 0.8661 0.9449 1.0236 0.6250 0.7500 0.8750 1.1250 1.3750 1.6250 1.8750 2.0000 2.1250 2.2500 0.3750 0.4375 0.5624 0.6249 0.6874 1.1024 1.1811 1.2598 1.3780 1.4567 1.5748 1.6535 1.8504 2.0472 2.1654 2.4409 2.6772 2.8346 2.9528 3.1496 3.3465 3.5433 3.7402 3.9370 4.3307 . .0 .0 .00 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 . .0 . . .0 .0 .0 0. . . . .0 . . .0 .0 0.0 .0 .0 .0 0.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 0.0 .0 0.0 0. 00.0 0.0 0.3754 0.5004 0.5004 0.6303 0.7485 0.7485 0.8666 0.8666 0.9454 1.0241 0.6254 0.7505 0.8755 1.1255 1.3756 1.6256 1.8756 2.0007 2.1257 2.2507 0.3753 0.4378 0.5628 0.6253 0.6878 1.1029 1.1816 1.2604 1.3786 1.4573 1.5754 1.6541 1.8510 2.0479 2.1661 2.4416 2.6779 2.8353 2.9535 3.1503 3.3474 3.5442 3.7411 3.9379 4.3316 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00045 0.00045 0.00045 0.00045 0.00045 0.00045 0.00040 0.00045 0.00045 0.00045 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00045 0.00045 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00080 0.00080 0.00080 0.00080 0.00080 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00035 .0 0.00035 . 0.00035 . 0.00035 . 0.00040 . 0.00040 . 0.00040 . 0.00040 . 0.00040 .0 0.00040 . 0.00035 . 0.00040 .00 0.00040 .0 0.00040 . 0.00045 .00 0.00045 .0 0.00045 .00 0.00055 0.0 0.00055 . 0.00055 .0 0.00000 . 0.00000 .0 0.00000 . 0.00000 . 0.00000 .0 0.00040 . 0.00040 .0 0.00045 . 0.00045 . 0.00045 . 0.00045 . 0.00045 . 0.00045 . 0.00055 . 0.00055 . 0.00055 . 0.00055 .0 0.00055 . 0.00055 . 0.00055 . 0.00065 . 0.00065 . 0.00065 . 0.00065 . 0.00065 0. 0.3743 . 0.3750 0.4993 .00 0.5000 0.4993 .00 0.5000 0.6292 . 0.6299 0.7472 . 0.7480 0.7472 . 0.7480 0.8653 . 0.8661 0.8653 . 0.8661 0.9441 .000 0.9449 1.0228 . 1.0236 0.6243 . 0.6250 0.7492 .00 0.7500 0.8742 . 0.8750 1.1242 . 1.1250 1.3740 . 1.3750 1.6240 . 1.6250 1.8740 . 1.8750 1.9988 0.00 2.0000 2.1238 . 2.1250 2.2488 .0 2.2500 0.3749 . 0.3753 0.4374 .0 0.4378 0.5624 . 0.5628 0.6249 . 0.6253 0.6874 . 0.6878 1.1016 .00 1.1024 1.1803 .000 1.1811 1.2588 . 1.2598 1.3770 .00 1.3780 1.4557 .000 1.4567 1.5738 0.000 1.5748 1.6525 . 1.6535 1.8494 .000 1.8504 2.0460 . 2.0472 2.1642 .00 2.1654 2.4397 . 2.4409 2.6760 .00 2.6772 2.8334 . 2.8346 2.9516 .00 2.9528 3.1484 0.000 3.1496 3.3451 .00 3.3465 3.5419 0.000 3.5433 3.7388 .00 3.7402 3.9356 00.000 3.9370 4.3293 0.000 4.3307 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00015 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00035 0.00035 0.00035 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00020 0.00020 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00035 0.00035 0.00030 0.00030 0.00030 0.00030 0.00030 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00020 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00020 0.00025 0.00025 0.00025 0.00035 0.00035 0.00035 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00025 0.00025 0.00035 0.00035 0.00035 0.00035 0.00035 0.00035 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00040 0.00050 0.00050 0.00050 0.00050 0.00050

Series are "specials," consult your Timken representative.

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

EnginEEring
FITTING PRACTICES - continued

HOUSING FITS, ABEC , ABEC 
Note: These tables are to be used for applications where only one ring (either inner or outer) has an interference fit with its shaft and housing. The guidelines for operating conditions covering these tables are found on page A123. In cases where interference fits are used for both rings, bearings with a special internal clearance may be required. Housing bore diameter dimensions are for steel materials. Consult your Timken representative when using other housing materials.

A

HOUSING FITS, ABEC , ABEC 
These diameters result in a bearing O.D. to housing bore fit which closely conforms to H beginning on A
Basic Bearing Number Extra Small Extra Light Housing Stationary, Load Stationary or Housing Rotating, Load Rotating Housing Bore Mean Fit Loose Min. Max ABEC  ABEC  mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

These diameters result in a bearing O.D. to housing bore fit which closely conforms to M listed on page A
Housing Rotating, Load Stationary or Housing Stationary, Load Rotating Housing Bore Mean Fit Tight Min. Max. ABEC  ABEC  mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.

Light

Medium

Heavy 

0,S,F SERIES
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

00, 00 SERIES
9115 — — 9117 9118 9120 120–2 9121 9122 122 9124 124 9126 126 9128 — 128 9130 — 130 9132 132 9134 134 — 136,9136 9138 138 9140 — 9144 9146 — 9152 9156 — 9160 9164 — — — 9180 

00,00, 00 SERIES
— 213 214 215 216 217 218 — 129 — 220 221 222 — — 224 — — 226 — — 228 — — 230 — 232 — 234 236 238 240 242 244 246 248 250 252 256 260 264 — 

00,00, 00 SERIES
— 311 — 312 313 314 315 — 316 — 317 318 319 — — 320 — 321 — — 322 — 324 — — 326 — 328 — 330 — — 336 338 340 342 344 — 348 352 356 — 

00,00, 00 SERIES
— 409 — 410 411 412 — 413 — — 414 415 416 — — — — 418 — — — — — 420 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — .00 0.000 .00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 .000 0.000 0.000 00.000 0.00 0.000 .00 0.000 .00 0.000 .00 0.000 0.000 . .00 . . . . 0. . . . 0.00 . . . . . . . . . 4.5276 4.7244 4.9213 5.1181 5.5118 5.9055 6.2992 6.2992 6.6929 6.8898 7.0866 7.4803 7.8740 8.0709 8.2677 8.4646 8.6614 8.8583 9.0551 9.2520 9.4488 9.8425 10.2362 10.4331 10.6299 11.0236 11.4173 11.8110 12.2047 12.5984 13.3858 14.1732 14.9606 15.7480 16.5354 17.3228 18.1102 18.8976 19.6850 21.2598 22.8346 23.6220 .0 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 00.0 0.0 0.0 .0 0.0 .0 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 0.0 00.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 00.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.00 0.0 0.0 00.0 4.5285 4.7253 4.9223 5.1191 5.5128 5.9065 6.3002 6.3002 6.6939 6.8908 7.0876 7.4815 7.8752 8.0721 8.2689 8.4658 8.6626 8.8595 9.0563 9.2532 9.4506 9.8437 10.2374 10.4343 10.6311 11.0248 11.4185 11.8122 12.2059 12.5998 13.3872 14.1746 14.9620 15.7494 16.5370 17.3244 18.1118 18.8992 19.6866 21.2615 22.8363 23.6237 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0008 0.0008 0.0009 0.0009 0.0009 0.0009 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0017 0.0017 0.0017 0.0017 0.0017 0.0019 0.0019 0.0019 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0.00065 0.00065 0.00075 0.00075 0.00075 0.00075 0.00080 0.00080 0.00080 0.00080 0.00080 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00090 0.00105 0.00105 0.00105 0.00105 0.00105 0.00105 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — . . .0 . . . . . . .0 . . . 0. 0. . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . 0. . . . . . . . . . . .0 .0 .0 4.5262 4.7230 4.9197 5.1165 5.5102 5.9039 6.2976 6.2976 6.6913 6.8882 7.0850 7.4785 7.8722 8.0691 8.2659 8.4628 8.6596 8.8565 9.0533 9.2502 9.4470 9.8407 10.2342 10.4311 10.6279 11.0216 11.4153 11.8090 12.2027 12.5962 13.3836 14.1710 14.9584 15.7458 16.5329 17.3203 18.1077 18.8951 19.6825 21.2571 22.8319 23.6193 .00 0.000 .00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 .00 0.000 0.000 00.000 0.00 0.000 .00 0.000 .00 0.000 .00 0.000 0.000 . .00 . . . . 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5276 4.7244 4.9213 5.1181 5.5118 5.9055 6.2992 6.2992 6.6929 6.8898 7.0866 7.4803 7.8740 8.0709 8.2677 8.4646 8.6614 8.8583 9.0551 9.2520 9.4488 9.8425 10.2362 10.4331 10.6299 11.0236 11.4173 11.8110 12.2047 12.5984 13.3858 14.1732 14.9606 15.7480 16.5354 17.3228 18.1102 18.8976 19.6850 21.2598 22.8346 23.6220 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0.00050 0.00050 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00050 0.00050 0.00050 0.00050 0.00050 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00055 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 0.00060 — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

EnginEEring

A

FITTING PRACTICES - continued

SHAFT AND HOUSING SHOULDERS
Shaft and housing shoulder diameters for radial roller and thrust ball and roller bearings are also found in the respective dimension tables. Shaft and housing shoulders for ball bearings are shown below.

RADIAL BALL BEARINGS

The preferred method of locating bearings on shafts and in housings is to provide accurate shoulders perpendicular to the shaft axis. Shoulders should be large enough to exceed the theoretical point of tangency between the corner radius and the face of the bearing, and small enough to permit bearing removal with proper pullers. These tables give the suggested maximum and minimum shaft and housing shoulder diameters for the majority of applications. Where design limitations do not permit conformance to these suggested diameters, your Timken representative should be consulted. Suggested shaft and housing fillet radii are listed in the dimensional tables of each product catalog and must be used to assure proper seating against shaft and housing shoulders. Shaft and housing diameters for radial ball bearings are shown below and on the following two pages. For radial cylindrical, spherical and tapered roller bearings, refer to the respective dimension tables. Housing shoulders for wide inner ring bearings are shown on page A133.

S

H

EXTRA-LIGHT 00 SERIES
Basic Bearing Number Shaft Shoulder ±.010" ± 0. mm
mm 9301K 9302K 9303K 9304K 9305K 9306K 9307K 9308K 9309K 9310K 9311K 9312K . . . . .0 . . .0 0. . .0 . in. 0.58 0.70 0.78 0.94 1.14 1.32 1.56 1.77 1.98 2.16 2.40 2.59

EXTRA-SMALL SERIES
Basic Bearing Number
mm 33K3 33K4 33K5 34K 35K 36K 37K 38K 38KV 39K S1K7 S1K S3K S5K S7K S8K S9K S10K S11K S12K . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . .0 . . . . .0 .

Housing Shoulder ± 0. mm ±.010"
mm . . . . . . 0. . . . . . in. 0.85 1.00 1.08 1.32 1.52 1.71 2.00 2.26 2.49 2.66 2.94 3.14

Shoulder Diameters Shaft, S Max.
in. 0.20 0.24 0.26 0.26 0.37 0.37 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.51 0.34 0.37 0.50 0.63 0.84 0.97 1.14 1.24 1.34 1.55

Housing, H Min.
mm in. 0.19 0.23 0.25 0.25 0.36 0.36 0.42 0.43 0.43 0.49 0.32 0.35 0.48 0.61 0.80 0.93 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.51 mm . . . . .0 .0 0. 0. 0. . . . 0. . . . . . . .

Max.
in. 0.32 0.44 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.67 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.91 0.56 0.69 0.80 0.99 1.24 1.46 1.65 1.84 1.95 2.20

Min.
mm . 0. 0. .0 . . . . . . . .0 . . 0. . 0. . . 0. in. 0.31 0.43 0.43 0.55 0.66 0.66 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.89 0.54 0.67 0.78 0.97 1.20 1.40 1.61 1.80 1.91 2.00 

. . . . . . 0. 0. 0. . . . . . 0. . . 0. .0 .

A0

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

69 7. . .31 .16 2. .0 .28 5.53 .75 6. 13.0 .55 5.62 15.67 0. . 8.0 0.42 1. in. 10.55 . . . 0.22 1. 0. . 0.22 2.60 1.00 1.81 .06 6.91 6. .88 5.0 . .65 5. .02 14. .72 1.69 . . 13.55 . 21.09 2. .80 8.91 6.84 1. .13 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .97 3.88 3.69 . . 9. . . . . . . .30 6.60 Basic Bearing Number Light • 00.93 2.25 3.67 2.0 .88 5. .14 .68 3.72 3.27 13.91 0. . . .08 10.0 . . 0. 0. 0.83 17. . in.91 5.80 5.35 .34 1.0 11.88 5.73 . .11 3.0 . . 0.05 13.0 .67 16.44 5. .0 .66 4.31 3.88 7.62 .44 7.95 11. H Max. mm in.32 9100 9101 9102 9103 9104 9105 9106 9107 9108 9109 9110 9111 9112 9113 9114 9115 9116 9117 9118 9120 9121 9122 9124 9126 9128 9130 9132 9134 9138 9140 9144 9148 9152 9156 9160 9164 9180 . .19 .40 1. 11.0 . .0 0.38 7. .0 .06 3.67 2. . . 10. 0.93 54.84 4.50 6. .13 4.55 0. 18.88 7. .63 1. .88 2. H Max. 10. .99 8. .37 4.0 in.04 15.03 3. . .91 1.0 . . . . . . . . 0.81 3. .25 7. 12.0 .0 .97 1. . 9.0 . 11.56 2.75 2. .61 1.0 .39 9. 00WN Series Shoulder Diameters Shaft.50 11. .94 4.36 2.34 1.47 17. in.32 mm .16 .40 7.09 4. 0.48 2.44 2.0 .25 1. Max.69 4.56 7. .18 1.0 17. .75 8. . .75 9.0 . .13 8. . . 0.9 2. .57 4.0 0. 0.40 7.38 1. .22 6. 8. 0.03 2.68 13.41 2. . Max. 16.13 5. . .13 Basic Bearing Number mm 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 324 326 328 330 332 334 336 338 340 342 344 348 352 356 Medium • 00.75 0.0 .50 11.00 .continued SHAFT AND HOUSING SHOULDERS RADIAL BALL BEARINGS A RADIAL BALL BEARINGS Basic Bearing Number Extra-Light • 00 Series Shoulder Diameters Shaft. . .0 .34 1. . . .43 3.56 3. . . .0 . . .86 3. .38 11. .0 0. . .35 9.47 1.56 2. 10.71 0. 0.61 3.00 .38 6. .77 .75 0. .69 1.62 6. 0.87 9. .25 . 8.05 1.18 1.06 86. .0 0.95 8.0 .0 .0 .53 1.0 .73 . .0 .48 7.00 10.44 6. 0. S Housing.73 1.38 8.31 1.28 5.0 . . Min. .70 10.60 1.0 . .12 5.50 2.67 2.44 3.72 2.0 . 9.77 0.69 3.69 0.06 1. .94 4. . . 0. 00. 9. .16 .54 6. 0. .61 7. . 0.23 3.13 5. .84 5. .32 .49 4.72 2. . 17.47 2. 0.93 9. 0.61 4.68 8.07 3. .67 6.97 1. . .31 5. 20.73 12. 0.66 .0 .78 2.44 2. .0 11. . .37 9.22 12.09 0. 0. 9. . 22. 0. . . 0.96 7.06 6.59 6. . 00. .0 .0 . .13 5.0 . 0. .81 5. 21. .61 1.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .36 mm .0 . . .31 1. 0. .0 .94 1.61 . 0.21 2. 0.0 .52 0. . . .00 9.97 4.47 0.0 0.35 .14 1. 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 236 238 240 242 244 246 248 250 .41 1. 0. .56 2.49 12.58 .0 . 0.0 0.89 15. . .18 1. 0.0 . 0. 0.88 12.25 14.46 1.31 6.0 .27 3.98 1. . 8.41 4. .34 1.24 .0 0.42 . .11 3.83 6.63 4. . .15 1. in. . 10. 00WN Series Shoulder Diameters Shaft.55 3. 00. Min.0 . 10. .13 2. .17 3.24 13.81 0. . 0.75 3. 11.87 3.0 . .42 3.0 . 0.16 5. .58 1.65 1.44 3. .63 0.58 8.20 5. . 0. 7. .0 .93 7.0 18. 0.53 4. 0. 11.50 0. .01 7. .85 7. 10. .75 0.40 7.94 4.84 3.59 4.78 2. Min. 10. .0 .56 3.0 .54 . .50 7.93 5. .0 . 0.47 3. . 0. . .63 6.0 0.06 6.16 4.0 0.80 mm . .88 4.0 10.36 7. 0.0 . .03 4. .40 8.30 1.98 1.91 3. 9.0 .31 3. . 15.0 . 0.60 .98 4. .0 .24 18.95 1.90 . . 0.14 1. 0.22 6. Min.27 3.75 0.81 0.52 mm .18 . Min.81 6.75 4. .91 . . 0.19 6. .0 .89 12. . 12.15 2.01 7.0 .22 3. 0.0 . .29 10.86 3. .44 15. . .40 .0 .54 2. S Housing.12 .23 4.25 4. . . 0.50 6.9 3. 0. .93 7.76 mm .96 17.56 0. . .44 10. .1 2. .38 mm . .80 mm 0.72 5.88 8. . . 1.84 0. .94 1. 9. 00.0 0.91 3.38 4.68 13.0 . .0 .87 11.84 9. . .06 4.78 2. mm in.56 8. 0.66 4.94 3.03 3.89 12.17 2.88 6.88 . .97 7. .0 . . 00.44 4.56 1.0 .12 5. 00.73 1.13 4.50 0.81 2.15 1.0 in.76 10.34 0. .04 5. . .21 1. Min. 0. .73 12.89 1.17 7. Max. H Max. .75 4.0 . 0.53 1.0 0.10 11.0 .22 3.0 . . 8.23 16.0 .39 2.70 . .75 2. .0 . 9.22 6.16 4.38 4.0 . in.0 .83 mm .0 . .04 14.61 7. .26 15. . .46 6.13 2.76 5.94 2. 0.06 11.41 4. .21 2.59 14. .43 5.16 .0 .50 5.17 15. .0 .19 3.0 .40 mm .0 .33 4.22 1.0 0. .69 10. 1.19 . in.00 6.62 3. .0 8.00 6.51 5. .29 4. .0 .19 4.0 .33 1 3. S Housing. .81 6.0 .82 .63 4.37 15.47 14.39 .69 0.33 2. . . 15. 10.50 1 1.80 3.71 5.13 0.0 . .0 .32 .21 4. . .87 4. . .50 6.47 14. .25 8.51 5. . .08 1. .04 15.84 8.06 7. .74 .56 8.95 11.64 0. .13 1. . 20.50 9. .19 8. .53 2.6 3. 0.90 4.77 2.18 6. . .94 2. .83 6.98 8. .14 . 0.26 14.57 13. .34 2. .84 3. in.50 4.83 0. . 0.02 1.50 3. .0 0. 17. . .84 13.50 0.0 .00 57. . 11.13 2.38 4.0 18. 0.52 .0 .0 00. .94 2.18 1.58 0. in. . .59 0.65 4. . . . . . .58 12.0 . . .13 5. 00. .19 90. .31 . 14. . .06 1. .81 2.43 .21 10. 0. .

01 7. .21 8. .81 9.22 1.78 9. in.0 .22 2.62 1. .79 0. . .79 S H S H Non-Standard Non -Sta nd ar d Extra-Large E x tra -L ar ge Mechani-Seal l K Mec hani -S ea KL.0 .65 5.91 0.50 3. 0. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .38 6. .66 2.72 Max.77 0. 0. 00.00 8.66 0.06 15.51 8.63 6.0 .69 3. .56 .28 1.19 2.53 2.0 . 5.0 0.03 3.70 4.79 0.60 8. .15 10.63 3. . 0. . in. . . .0 . .03 3.0 . .0 0.00 4. .93 3. . . mm 0.47 1.72 1.0 .28 1. . . 0.81 7. . .17 Min.91 1. .83 6. . Shoulder Diameters Shaft. 0.33 4.75 8.79 0.81 3.77 0.87 7.09 1.13 8. .82 Housing.17 Housing. H Min. in. 4. .44 6.61 10.13 6.25 4.67 0.16 1. in. 2.44 7.13 4.94 4. 0. in. 00 SERIES Basic Bearing Number mm 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7418 7420 . .03 1. .50 9.77 0. in. .0 .28 1. MECHANI-SEAL KL. . . . in.44 1.21 mm . . . . .41 1. .0 0. . . KLL Types K L D. . . .50 15. . .16 1. in.0 . .91 6. 1. 0. .56 8.12 5.89 0. . . 2.0 .38 3. Min.50 6. . Shoulder Diameters Shaft.91 1. . .0 . .91 6. . 5.0 .0 0. 0.69 4.44 2. H Min.67 0. 0. .93 4.34 1.50 5.08 5.25 mm .44 5. S Max.0 . .79 0.16 1. . . 0.19 6.96 8.09 1. . .75 Max. 4. . 0.93 7.67 6.0 . .25 6.91 2.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . . . 0.72 1.84 1.0 0. 0. .29 18.73 5.40 4. .42 11.00 3.0 .28 5.54 6. . mm 36 36V 37 37V 34 38V 39 39V 200 201 20-2 201-3 202 202-2 202-3 202-4 203 204 204-2 205 205-2 206 207 208 209 209-2 211 . .62 1. . KLD. 0.84 2.41 7. 0.16 3.28 1.22 1.18 8. . L .31 3. 00. .89 1. .0 0. .00 6.0 0.0 .97 3.75 5. . .87 7. mm .43 5. . Min. . .09 1.0 . .64 2. .97 2. 0.58 3. KLD.0 .0 . . . Housing shoulder diameters of bearings with Mechani-Seals differ slightly from those of other types to allow for clearance between the external rotating member of the seal and the housing shoulder.75 6.91 5.54 1.83 10. 0.66 0.32 8. . mm in.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING SHOULDERS RADIAL BALL BEARINGS HEAVy • 00.0 . . 0. .73 1. 0. .72 1.77 0.0 . H Max. mm .0 .69 5. .19 3.15 9.0 . . . in. . 0.20 5.81 18.00 8. K LL T ypes . .03 3. .09 1.80 3.82 6.29 7.16 3.0 .22 1. NON-STANDARD EXTRA-LARGE Basic Bearing Number mm 120W2 122W 124W 126W 128W 130W 132W 134W 136W 138W 224W 226 228 276–2 .85 7.24 9. S Max.0 .13 5.44 2.31 7. . .22 1.69 8.69 2.19 3.93 2. .52 8. .0 .69 mm . 1. .17 2.50 3. 0.0 . .28 2.63 4.38 4.84 3. .59 7. KLL TyPES Basic Bearing Number Housing Shoulder Diameter. .04 5. .

3 7⁄16" . 1.4409 .97 . 212 4. 210 3.0 0. 4.5754 0.0 Shoulder Diameter H Max.0005 0. 3. 1.1496 0.0010". 1.0006 0. 2 1⁄4" . 209 3. applications should be forwarded to your Timken representative for complete suggestions.21 . it may be permissible to use increased shaft tolerances. 3.34 .0006 0. housing bore dimensions shown on page A134 should be used.0008 0. a minimum slip fit is very desirable for the most satisfactory mounting. 1.9379 00.81 .0 2. 0. 215 (1) When the housing revolves in relation to the shaft.0 3.0005".2 3⁄16" = nominal to +.0479 .000 1.19 . 1⁄2 9⁄16 5⁄8 11⁄16 Basic Outer Ring Size House Stationary() Housing Bore.0 2.000 3. 1. A HOUSING. in.3307 0.0005".0 Mean Fit Loose mm in.0 mm -..0 2.0006 0.4416 .0 mm +.59 .80 .1 15⁄16" = nominal to .0006 0.16 .000 3. Shaft tolerances: 1⁄2" . 2.0005 0. D Min.0 mm +.8510 .0 0.0 1.5433 0.61 0. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .0472 .0008 0. Outer ring tolerances and housing fillet radii correspond to equivalent 299 Series single-row radial bearings.27 . 2.0 0. In some applications.0007".9370 00. 208 3.00 3.47 .0 2.87 .000 3.continued WIDE INNER RING BALL BEARINGS When shafts are selected for use with wide inner ring bearings.0 1.00 0.78 .8346 .315⁄16" = nominal to +.0 mm -.37 .000 2.76 0.0009 0.3465 . mm in. SHOULDERS AND SHAFT DIAMETERS BEARING NUMBER KRR Type G-KRR Type RA-RR Type GRA-RR Type GyA-RR* Type Shaft Size mm in.0 0.00 3.0 211 3.000 4.98 0.00 3.00 3.000 5. The suggested figures are noted below.8353 .60 0.87 .0 0. 2.1181 0. mm mm in.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES . Special shaft limits are required in certain cases. Max. H D Bearing bore tolerance: 1⁄2" . 2" . Min. mm in.0 1008KRR — 1010KRR(KR) 1011KRR E17KRR 1012KRR(KR) E20KRR 1013KRR 1014KRR 1015KRR(KR) 1100KRR(KR) E25KRR — 1102KRR(KR) 1103KRR(KR) — E30KRR 1104KRR(KR) 1105KRR 1106KRR 1107KRR(KR) E35KRR 1108KRR(KR) — — 1110KRR 1111KRR(KR) 1112KRR(KR) E45KRR — 1114KRR 1115KRR(KR) — E50KRR 1200KRR(KR) — 1202KRR 1203KRR(KR) E55KRR 1204KRR 1207KRR(KR) E60KRR 1215KRR E75KRR — — G1010KRR G1011KRR GE17KRR G1012KRR GE20KRR — G1014KRR G1015KRR G1100KRR GE25KRR G1101KRR G1102KRR G1103KRR — GE30KRR G1104KRR — G1106KRR G1107KR GE35KRR G1108KRR — — G1110KRR G1111KRR G1112KRR — — — G1115KRR — GE50KRR G1200KRR — — G1203KRR GE55KRR — G1207KRR GE60KRR — — RA008RR RA009RR RA010RR — RAE17RR RA012RR RAE20RR RA013RR RA014RR RA015RR RA100RR RAE25RR RA101RR RA102RR RA103RR — RAE30RR RA104RR RA105RR RA106RR RRA107RR RAE35RR RA108RR RA106RR — RA110RR RA111RR RA112RR — RA113RR RA114RR RA115RR — RAE50RR RA200RR RA201RR RA202RR RA203RR RAE55RR — — — — — GRA008RR GRA009RR GRA010RR — GRAE17RR GRA012RR GRAE20RR GRA013RR GRA014RR GRA015RR GRA100RR GRAE25RR GRA101RR GRA102RR GRA103RR — GRAE30RR GRA104RR GRA105RR GRA106RR GRA107RR GRAE35RR GRA108RR GRA109RR GRAE40RR GRA110RR GRA111RR GRA112RR GRAE45RR GRA113RR GRA114RR GRA115RR GRA115RR2 GRAE50RR GRA200RR GRA201RR GRA202RR GRA203RR GRAE55RR — — — — — GYA0008RR GYA009RR GYA010RR — GYAE17RR GYA012RR GYAE20RR GYA013RR GYA014RR GYA015RR GYA100RR GYAE25RR GYA101RR GYA102RR GYA103RR GYA103RR2 GYAE30RR GYA104RR GYA105RR GYA106RR GYA107RR GYAE35RR GYA108RR GYA109RR GYAE40RR GYA110RR GYA111RR GYA112RR GYAE45RR GYA113RR GYA114RR GYA115RR — GYAE50RR GYA200RR GYA201RR GYA202RR GYA203RR GYAE55RR — — — — — 203  3⁄4 0 13⁄16 7⁄8 15⁄16 204 1.1503 0.58 0. 207 2. In such cases.0 2.0 0.00 2.8504 .0 0.56 0.07 . 205 1  1 1⁄16 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 0 1 1⁄4 1 5⁄16 1 3⁄8 1 7⁄16  1 1⁄2 1 9⁄16 0 1 5⁄8 1 11⁄16 1 3⁄4  1 13⁄16 1 7⁄8 1 15⁄16 2 0 2 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄8 2 3⁄16  2 1⁄4 2 7⁄16 0 2 15⁄16  206 2.0 mm +. * Available as non-relubricatable type (omit Prefix "G").3 3⁄16" = nominal to +.0008 0.3 15⁄16" = nominal to -.5442 0. 4.0008 0.5748 0.0 0. 1. 2.56 .0006". and a variety of standard fits can be used.0 5. including a press fit.0 0. 3.3474 .3316 0.1191 0.

See tables on pages A62-A72 for numerical value. combustion engines. 0L L 4L 14L L L 5L 17L L L 6L 21L L L 7L 25L 0 0 - -6 0 0 -0 -8 0 0 - -10 0 0 -0 -12 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . gear transmissions. Bore mm Variance from Nominal Bore Shaft Diameter Max. It DOES NOT conform to ISO standards similarly published as s4 preferred shaft fits.25C SHAFT Examples Two-bearing shaft mechanism Wheel on non-rotating shaft Tension pulleys and rope sheaves Electrical apparatus. - -10 - -13 - -16 - -19 Min.0 mm) or ten-thousandths of an inch (=. This makes it desirable to fit the outer ring tight in the housing (using a P6 fit as shown on pages A63 and A69). Very heavy loads and shock loads P > 0.000"). - -14 - -17 - -21 - -25 over incl. turbines.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . machine tools. mm in. electrical motors. s fits A centrifugal force load produces a rotating outer ring load and a stationary inner ring load. 00 00  00 0 0 00 and up  00 0 00 00 s4 g6 h6 In very accurate applications k6 m6 m5 m6 n6 p6 r6 r7 m6 n6 p6 r6 r7 Bearings with greater clearance than normal must be used.07C Rotating inner ring load or indeterminate load direction Normal and heavy loads P > 0. Note: The s4 fit designation as referenced on this page is a special fit tolerance developed by The Timken Company for this specific application.25C Journal boxes for locomotives and other heavy rail vehicles.07C 0. Tolerance +0 mm in.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS RADIAL SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS These charts are guidelines for specifying shaft and housing fits related to particular operating conditions. ventilators. pumps. mm in. even though the inner ring rotates. woodworking machines Shaft Diameter mm Tolerance Symbol() Remarks See table below for shaft size See table below for shaft size All diameters over  00   00 0 0 00   00 0 00 incl. traction motors Bearings with Tapered Bore and Adapter Sleeve All loads Applications in general All diameters See tables for Reduction of RIC on page A76. and the inner ring loose on the shaft using an s4 fit as listed in the table. industrial trucks Applications in general. S FITS Data shown in thousandths of a millimeter (=0. The standard W33 bearing with oil groove and oil holes can be used. Bearings with Straight Bore Conditions Stationary inner ring load The inner ring to be easily displaced on the shaft The inner ring not to be easily displaced on the shaft Light and variable loads P 0. k5 and m5 are used instead of k6 and m6 respectively. Fit mm in. See dimensional tables for nominal bore. pumps. (1) For solid steel shaft.

tension pulleys Electrical traction motors Electrical motors. K6 The outer ring is. temporarily complete unloading All loads Normal and light loads. For housings of light metal. journal boxes for rail vehicles Line shaftings Dryer cylinders For main O. rope sheaves. HOUSING Conditions Variable load direction Rotating outer ring load Heavy loads on bearings in thin walled housings Normal and heavy loads Light and variable loads Heavy shock loads Heavy and normal loads. For numerical values see tables on pages A62-A69. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . J7 H7 The outer ring is easily displaced axially. 125 to 250 mm in machine O. tolerances generally are selected which give a slightly tighter fit than those given in the table. axial displacement of outer ring desirable A Examples Two-bearing eccentric shaft mechanism Supporting wheels in cranes. displaceable axially. crank bearings Conveyor rollers. not displaceable axially. The outer ring is. axial displacement of the outer ring desirable Shock loads.D. J6 (2) Cast iron or steel housing. pumps. H8 G7 M6 N6 P6 Split or one piece bearing housing Stationary outer ring load The outer ring is not displaceable axially. The outer ring is easily displaced axially. less than 125 mm spindles O. crankshaft main bearings Journal boxes for rail vehicles Bearing applications in general. loads under simple operating conditions Heat supplied through the shaft Very accurate running and small deflections under variable loads One piece bearing housing Applications requiring particular accuracy Very accurate running under light loads and indeterminate load direction Very accurate running. crank bearings Wheel hubs.D. crankshaft main bearings Electrical motors.EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES . as a rule not displaceable axially.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS RADIAL SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARINGS These charts are guidelines for specifying shaft and housing fits related to particular operating conditions. as a rule. axial displacement of outer ring not required Normal and light loads.D. over 250 mm tools Held bearings in high speed centrifugal force compressors Floating bearings in high speed centrifugal force compressors Tolerance Symbol() P6 P7 N7 M7 Remarks One piece bearing housing The outer ring is not displaceable axially Indeterminate load direction K7 The outer ring is. as a rule. wheel hubs. pumps.

 17.8750 . Shaft and housing data shown in millimeters over inches.0000 +0.) Housing Bore Max. 19.0050 * Dowel pin suggested.000 23.000 60.0030 +0. Interference Fit* Shaft Diameter Max.0060 +0. mm in.00 -0. mm in.0 6. -0.0 6. -0. mm in. mm in. -0.0000 -0. Max.0000 . -0. ** Dowel pin required. D. .0 -0. incl. mm in. mm in.7500 0.3750 000. mm in. +0. Shaft Diameter Max. mm in.0012 -0.0 0.000 0.0000 . over mm in.0060 HOUSING Bearing O.0 +0. . +0. 0. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .000 20. over mm in.7500 0. -0. incl.7188 . +0.3701 . mm in. Interference Fit* Min.0000 . mm in. +0. +0. -0.0030 -0. +0 +0 +0 +0 Min.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS THRUST BALL BEARINGS TyPE TVB SHAFT TyPE TVL AND DTVL SHAFT Shaft and housing diameters shown as variance from nominal dimensions. Bearing Bore Nominal (Max.) incl.0100 Max.0060 -0. 19.0090 +0.0050 +0. mm in.0060 -0.0100 Min. +0.0015 over mm in.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES . -0.8750 0. mm in.) incl.0030 -0. +0.0050 over mm in.000 23.0000 .000 70. mm in. -0.0000 0. 0. +0.0050 +0 +0 +0 +0 HOUSING Bearing Bore Nominal (Min.) Loose Fit** Shaft Diameter Min.000 0. +0.0100 Min.3750 0. Max.0 -0. 17. Loose Fit** Min. +0.0000 0.0 -0. mm in. Bearing Bore Nominal (Min. -0.000 39. 4.0100 -0. Nominal (Max. mm in.0050 mm in.000 0.0030 0.

mm in.D. mm in. Data is shown in TYPE TVinchesND DTVL When application calls for thrust loads L A over millimeters.4960 39. mm in. 07 +8 0 00 24.6850 584. 00 0 7.7244 Bearing O. 0 0 nominal 4. 000 inches Nominal (Max.0866 Over 0 Incl. 0000 70.0. 0030 0 00 19. mm in. + +1 0 0 Diameter + 7. Over in. - +7 m -5 +18 m mm + - + +7 -6 +0. 15.7480 19. mm in. 12. mm SHAFT HOUSING Tolerances are /000 of a millimeter (µm) and /0.0. on diameter so that no SHAFT radial load is carried on the bearing. mm in.8740 mm 9.1496 4.000") 19.0001 in.000 of an inch (5 = . mm in. Shaft Diameter +0. ** Dowel pin rMin. 000Bore 0 1524. 8750 +0.0 .4016 0.000") 504.4960 . 8750 504. 0000 0. 12. 0 Bearing 60.0866 7. 0000 00 15.0. + ax. 0000 2  0. mm 0. - -13 - -14 - -16 - -18 - -19 - -20 - -23 - -25 Max.) 7.) Housing Bore Springs in Housing Light Radial Load Combined Axial &Radial Load Stationary Outer Ring Rotating Outer Ring TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG inches A • .0. only.uired. Min. Rotating Outer Ring Min. incl. 0 0 3. 076+ +7 -7 +22 + - + +0.0. 825 +0. 127 inches over mm in. mm in.0+052 .3700 49.4488 mm 0  9.D. 127 000 31. 000 19. 00 7.8031 50 31. Housing Bore Springs in Housing Light Radial Load Min.6850 24. + +11 + +13 + +15 + +16 + +18 + +20 + +23 + +26 * Dowel pin suggoverted. 127+ + -0 +9 -8 +34 ** Dowel pin required. 254 Max.) . 000 584. 825 SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS THRUST SPHERICAL ROLLER BEARING A Incl. nominal (max. Bearing O. Min. 000012.44883. in. 000 0 00 19. 127 Load +0 .) incl.8031 . 0050 +0 . - +7 -5 +14 in in. mm Max in.0.6850 6 24. 000 1778.4016 15. 0050 Nominal (Max. 254 0.+8060 0 . in.continued Tolerances for housing bore and for shaft diameters are shown as variance from nominal bearing dimension.8425 +2  00 in in. + +6 + +7 + +7 +0 +8 + +9 + +9 + +10 + +11 Max. 0 Tolerances are /000 of a millimeter (µm) and /0. 0060 0. eq mm in.7480 00 23.0866 Interference Fit* 9.0005") and 1/1000 of a millimeter (µm ) Bearing O. . + + .2126 Housing Bore Shaft Diameter HOUSING Tolerances are 1/10.7244 (max.).7480 +. mm in.0+54 .2 . 0100 Stationary Rotating Load +0.4016 + 9.6850 .8425 +1 0  Max. 003+20 0 + - +0. + +24 + +27 + +29 + +33 + +36 +0 +40 +0 +43 + +48 Combined Axial & Radial Load Stationary Outer Ring Min.3700 +17 000 0 39.0. the housing must be relieved by 1⁄16 in. 00 +18 00 . 152 0.D. 0050 +9 -7 +34 +0.0. es mm in. Max. + +5 + +6 + +6 + +7 +0 +8 + +9 + +10 +0 +12 HOUSING * Dowel pin suggested.000 of an inch ( = . 0100 0. - -7 - -7 - -7 - -9 - -9 - -9 - -10 - -11 Max. 000 00 12.8740 in.7480 19.4016 +6m m m 00 m 00 +0 15.0. mm in.1 .8031 + -0 + +5 -4 +10 Shaft + -0 + Loose-4 Fit** +6 +11 M Min+ .0+100 . All tolerances are in number Beariofg Bore n micrometers (μm) and ten thousandths of an inch (. mm in.000 of an inch ( = .EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .

0000 .0000 . +0.00 2.00 3.000 10.0020 -0.0018 -0.0000 .00 34.0 -0.0 -0.0030 +0.0025 +0.00 22.0000 .0000 . -0.0 -0. .00 22.00 7.00 18.) over mm in.0021 -0.0000 .5312 .00 23.0 -0.00 26.0 -0.5000 .0000 .0 4.0000 0.0000 .0060 +0.00 9. .0000 .) incl.00 26.0 -0.00 3.5000 .0 3.0055 +0.00 18.00 38.6875 0.0025 +0.0015 -0. + +5 + +7 + +9 + +11 + +13 + +15 + +20 + +25 + +25 + +30 + +30 + +35 +0 +40 over mm in.0 -0.0070 +0.0030 +0.00 3.0011 -0.000 10. Nominal (Min.00 18. 2.0000 0.0000 HOUSING TyPE TP Housing Diameter Deviation from D high mm in.002 +0.0030 Min.0000 .00 38.) over mm in.00 4. . mm in.5000 .0 +0.0000 .0030 +0. +0. +0.0000 incl. +0.00 26.0 -0.0040 A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .0030 -0.0000 0.0000 .0000 Shaft Diameter Max.0015 -0.0 -0.1250 .0000 0.0000 .00 28. +0.00 7.0 +0.00 3. 0. D.00 44.0 +0.00 4. 0. mm in.0000 .0020 -0.0000 .0 +0.0000 .0 -0. mm in.00 9. Nominal (Min.00 28.0000 .00 22.00 34.00 2.00 28.0000 . mm in.0 -0.0 +0. 3. Data shown in millimeters over inches. mm in.0 -0.0 +0.00 12. Bearing Bore Nominal (Min.0000 0.0045 -0. mm in.0000 .00 34.EnginEEring A FITTING PRACTICES .2500 .0000 .0 +0.0000 .0000 .0 -0.0000 .000 15.0023 -0.5312 .0090 Min.0 -0. + +15 + +17 + +19 + +21 + +28 + +30 +0 +40 + +50 +0 +55 + +60 + +70 +0 +80 + +90 low mm in.0035 +0.0000 incl.00 19. mm in.0000 .0 4.0 +0.000 10. -0. . 2.000 10.0000 .000 15.0 +0.0 -0.00 38.0000 .0000 0.0 +0. 3.00 34.000 30. 1.0000 .0035 -0.0000 0.0040 -0.0330 -0.0020 -0.0000 .0000 .0 -0.5000 .8750 .00 2.00 44.3750 .00 12.0 +0.3750 .0022 -0.0 -0.0 +0.0000 .0000 .0 -0.0000 .0012 -0.0012 -0.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS THRUST CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS SHAFT TyPE TP AND TPS Tolerances for housing bore and for shaft diameters shown as variance from nominal bearing dimension.6875 0.0000 Housing Bore Max.0025 -0.0 -0.00 23.00 38. D.0 -0.00 18.2500 .0000 .0010 -0.1250 .00 28.0 4.0050 +0.00 26. 2.00 19.0 3. 2.000 inches Bearing O.5312 . +0.00 -0.0000 . -0.0000 Bearing O.0040 +0.0015 +0.0000 .00 22.0025 -0.0080 +0.0055 TP TPS HOUSING TyPE TPS Deviations in µm /0.

) over mm in.0000 . +0.076 mm (0.D.0030 +0.00 24 TTHD All sizes Provide a minimum radial clearance of . -0.0 -0.25 to 0.0010 +0.0 +0. (.000 20.0060 +0.0020 +0.3750 .0 +0.00 28.0 +0. mm in. 0.0 +0. +0.) over 0 0 incl.).0 23. Bearing Bore Nominal (Min.0000 .0 +0. this clearance is approximately 1⁄16 in.00 12. For most applications. +O Min. (same as the TTHD) or may be 0.0000 FITTING GUIDELINES . SHAFT TyPES TTVS AND TTVF Bearing Bore Nominal (Min. mm (0.00 19.0000 . TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .025 to 0.00 28. Deviation +  +  + 20 + 15 +0 +  + 40 + 30 +  +  + 50 + 35 +  + 0 + 60 + 40 + 0 +  + 80 + 50 Class  Resultant Fit  T  T 20 T 10 T 0 T  T 40 T 20 T  T  T 50 T 20 T  T  T 60 T 20 T 0 T  T 80 T 20 T Stationary Race Class  and  0.D.) .0020 -0.0000 0.0000 A TTVS HOUSING TyPES TTVS AND TTVF TTVF Shaft Diameter Max.0 -0.0 +0.0045 +0.00 48. When one washer is piloted by the housing.7500 . .0010 +0. mm in.D.00 48 . mm in.0 +0.00 33.TTHD stationary race O. 0.0050 over mm in.00 36 .0000 0.) incl.00 19. 0.00 24 .0 +0.001 to 0.01 to 0. must have a minimum loose fit of 0.003 in.000 0.015 in.0000 .37 mm (0.00 +0.TTHD BEARINGS (Tolerances and fits in µm and 0.7500 .00 48.D.) between race bore and shaft O.0 -0.Rotating race O.0025 +0.0020 -0.3475 .TTHDFL washer when stationary may be loose fit on its O.0625 in.0030 -0.00 12 0.) mm (in.0020 +0.0 -0.5000 .00 12.5 mm (0. 10.000 20. +0.0 23.0000 incl. 6.continued SHAFT AND HOUSING FITS THRUST TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS Tolerances for housing bore and shaft diameters are shown as variance from nominal bearing dimension. 10.0070 Housing Bore Min. . +0.1 in. in. Deviation +  + 0 + 30 + 20 +  + 0 + 60 + 40 + 0 + + 80 + 50 + +  +100 + 60 + 0 + 120 + 70 Class  Resultant Fit  T  T 30 T 10 T  T  T 60 T 20 T 0 T  T 80 T 20 T  T  T 100 T 20 T 0 T  T +120 T 20 T Tolerance 0 +  0 +5 0 +  0 + 10 0 +  0 + 15 0 +  0 + 20 0 +  0 + 30 Shaft O.0000 .4375 . 0.0040 -0. sufficient clearances must be allowed at the outside diameter of the other washer as well as at the bore of both washers to prevent cross-loading of the rollers.0000 0. +0.) tight.00 28.00 48 .00 28. must have a minimum radial clearance of 2.00 12 Tolerance 0 +  0 + 10 0 +  0 + 20 0 +  0 + 30 0 + 0 0 + 40 0 +  0 + 50 BORE Rotating Race Shaft O.0030 .) .D.00 36 . Data is shown in millimeters over inches.0000 Max. mm in.0000 0. -0.00 68. mm in.000 in.5000 .EnginEEring FITTING PRACTICES .0040 +0.0000 .00 12.0000 0.0030 +0.D.00 12. mm.

The following figure gives an example of the relationship between fatigue life and bearing setting. the exact relationship of ambient to operating bearing setting is an unknown and an educated estimate has to be made. consult your Timken representative. Unlike some types of anti-friction bearings. Generally. One race can be moved axially relative to the other to obtain the desired bearing setting.” DH do ds Do D d • • Preload – An axial interference between rollers and races such that there is no measurable axial shaft movement when a small axial force is applied – in both directions. Most bearings are set with endplay at assembly to reach the desired near zero setting at operating temperature when mounted. Dimensions affecting the effects of temperature and fit. or testing. Mounted EP or PL = Bench EP or Bench PL . Establishing the setting at the time of assembly is an inherent advantage of tapered roller bearings. The ambient bearing setting necessary to produce the optimum operating bearing setting varies with the application. To determine a suggested ambient bearing setting for a specific application. Frequently. Bearing setting during operation is known as the operating bearing setting and is a result of changes in the ambient bearing setting due to thermal expansion and deflections encountered during service. while oscillating or rotating the shaft. Standard mounting Operating setting = mounted setting ± temperature effect ± deflection Pre-set assemblies Relationship between bearing setting and fatigue life. however. Internal clearance “Endplay. the conditions of bearing setting are defined as: • Endplay – An axial clearance Axial 'Endplay' between rollers and races producing a measurable axial shaft movement when a small axial force is applied . tapered roller bearings do not rely strictly on housing or shaft fits to obtain a certain bearing setting. A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . the ideal operating bearing setting is near zero to maximize bearing life. generally permits the determination of optimum settings.EnginEEring A BEARING SETTING SETTING TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS Setting is defined as a specific amount of either endplay or preload. Line-to-line – A zero setting condition: the transitional point between endplay and preload. Application experience. while oscillating or rotating the shaft. Bearing setting obtained during initial assembly and adjustment is the cold or ambient bearing setting and is established before the equipment is subjected to service.first in one direction.effect of fits Operating setting = mounted EP or PL (MEP or MPL) ± temperature effect ± deflection The temperature and fit effects will depend upon the type of mounting. then in the other. They can be set to provide optimum performance in almost any application. bearing geometry and size. shaft and housing size and material according to the following sketch: At assembly.

A- Axial clearance (endplay).39 2 0. In the absence of experience with bearings of similar size and operating conditions. • Changes in bearing setting due to temperature differentials and deflections. • Housing and shaft material. bearing setting range suggestions should be obtained from your Timken representative. FIT EFFECT (SINGLE-ROW) SOLID SHAFT/HEAVy SECTION HOUSING Inner Race: F = 0.39 2 0.1 x 10-6/ °F) for ferrous metal shaft and housing materials dS = shaft inside diameter DH = housing outside diameter T = temperature difference between shaft/inner race + rollers and housing/bearing outer race SETTING METHODS FOR TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS Upper and lower limits of bearing setting value are determined by consideration of the following factors: • Application type.39 2 Direct mounting Direct mounting Indirect mounting Indirect mounting ) [ Note: Positive lateral loss is the amount of setting reduction or loss of endplay. mm (in. Fig. 1 2 A DIRECT MOUNTING Thermal Lateral = Loss T 1 2 [( [( K1 x Do1 + K2 x Do2 + L 0.39 d do K 0.5 ( )( ) K 0.39 Do D Fig.5 [ )[ 1 1 - ( ( ( ( D DH Do DH ) ) ) ) 2 2 2 2 [ [ Fig. • Operational features of adjacent mechanical drive elements. A-25 and A-26 are typical examples of manual setting applications. Use the push-pull method (manual setting) to measure any axial endplay (used as reference) while rotating the shaft or the housing.) = coefficient of linear expansion: 11 x 10-6/ °C (6.5 K ds 1 0. • Duty.39 D Do S Outer Race: F = 0.ds d d F = 0.continued TEMPERATURE EFFECT (IN A TWO-ROW MOUNTING) Symbols used: S = interference fit of inner race on shaft H = interference fit of outer race in housing Kn = K-factor for bearing #n d = bearing bore diameter do = mean inner race diameter D = bearing outside diameter Do = mean outer race diameter L = distance between bearing geometric center lines. • Lubrication method.EnginEEring BEARING SETTING . Note: These equations apply only to ferrous shaft and housing. The setting value to be applied during assembly will depend on any changes that may occur during operation.39 do do Outer Race: F = 0.39 2 ) ( ) ( ) [ L L INDIRECT MOUNTING Thermal Lateral = Loss T K1 x Do1 + K2 x Do2 .5 ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( K 0. Correct this reference value to the final required endplay or preload by changing the setting on the adjusting device. H Hollow shaft/thin wall section Inner Race: 1 . • Size of bearing and method of obtaining bearing setting.L 0. S H TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . A- Truck nondriven wheel.

continued PRESET BEARING ASSEMBLIES Fig. A-27). Bearing settings for types TNA. A-28).). TDIT and TDO. preset bearings can be used (Fig. Each matched assembly has an identifying serial number marked on each outer race. A preset bearing assembly contains a specific fixed internal clearance (or preload) built in during manufacture. The value of this “setting” is referred to as “bench endplay” (BEP) or “bench preload” (BPL) and is normally determined by The Timken Company during the design stage of new equipment. TNASW. A- Typical preset bearing assemblies. listed in this publication. are examples. TDI. Various types of multi-row bearing combinations can be provided with spacers that are ground and custom-fitted to provide a bearing setting to meet the requirements of the application (Fig. Components from one bearing assembly are NOT interchangeable with similar parts from another. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . TDI with outer race spacer TDO with inner race spacer TNA TNASW TNASWE SR SS AP TQO If the application requires the use of multi-row bearing assemblies. Some small preset assemblies are not marked with a serial number but their component parts are supplied as a boxed set.EnginEEring A BEARING SETTING . Types SS. inner race and spacer. TNASWE (standard version) and SR bearings are obtained through close axial tolerance control and components from these assemblies are interchangeable for bearings having bore sizes under 305 mm (12 in.

DUPLEX SETS OF BALL BEARINGS AND PRELOADING Two single-row ball bearings manufactured specially for use as a unit are known as a duplex bearing.) and available tools. This technique is based on Hooke’s law. “Projecta-Set”TM Fig. The Projecta-Set technique is used to “project” an inaccessible shim or spacer gap to a position where it can easily be measured. such as the 7000. deformation or deflection is proportional to the load applied. production volume. end plates. the faces on abutting sides are offset an amount equal to the deflection under the “preload. PRELOADING Preloading to a predetermined value is accomplished by grinding a certain amount of material off inner or outer ring faces so that before mounting the two single bearings as a duplex pair. This is achieved using a spacer and a gauging sleeve. The extra “stiffness” in these bearings is obtained by “preloading. machining tolerances. The correct shim or spacer dimension is then taken from a prepared chart or by a direct instrument reading.continued The Timken Company has developed various automated bearing setting techniques.” Preloading is incorporated into bearings by selective face grinding which is described in detail below. these faces are clamped together so that the bearings are subjected to an internal load caused by one bearing opposing the other. The ProjectaSet technique is of most benefit on applications where the inner and outer races are an interference fit and therefore disassembly for adjustment is more difficult and time-consuming than with loose-fitting races. access to retaining devices (locknuts. Deciding which automated bearing setting technique should be used must be made early in the design sequence. “Torque-Set”TM The Torque-Set technique is a method of obtaining correct bearing settings by using low-speed bearing rolling torque as a basis for determining the amount of deformation or deflection of the assembly parts affecting bearing settings. It may be considered analogous to a double-row bearing having the same bore and outside diameter. This “preloading” materially decreases subsequent deflection due to external loads applied to the clampedup pair. M-WI and MMWI types. This technique is applicable regardless of whether the final bearing setting is preload or endplay. Although angular contact bearings. Timken has established. etc. “Set-Right”TM This technique applies the laws of probability. The advantages of these techniques are: • Reduced set-up time.EnginEEring BEARING SETTING . can be duplexed where required to meet specific conditions. which states that within the elastic limit. • Reduced assembly cost. The main purpose of duplex bearings in an application is to achieve greater axial and radial rigidity than is possible with one single-row bearing. standard preload levels which are considered proper for most duplex bearing applications. other types of bearings such as radial single-row open. “Acro-Set”TM A The Acro-Set method is achieved through measurement of a shim or spacer gap with a specified set-up load applied. • In most cases they can be applied to the assembly line for moderate and high volume production. The setting in the bearing is controlled by the radial and axial tolerances of the various components of the assembly. It is applicable to either endplay or preload bearing settings. for each bearing size. Your Timken representative can assist in determining the best method to obtain the correct bearing setting. are more commonly used in duplex arrangements. Special preloads can also be provided to satisfy TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .” When mounted. shielded and sealed types. A- Bearing setting. The final decision will be based on the size and weight of the unit. • Increased consistency and reliability of bearing settings. It is possible to select and adapt one of the following automated setting methods for a wide range of applications. It is necessary to review each application to determine the most economical method and necessary fixtures and tools. but twice the single-row bearing width.

000" -.015" +. A-0 Typical preload mountings Bearing B Bearing A A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . B is for bearing B. MOUNTINGS OF BALL BEARINGS Duplex bearings may be used with spacers between the matching faces in order to increase the system’s resistance to moment loading or to increase the system rigidity by using the bearings to minimize shaft deflection.000" -. It must be remembered. In order to prevent cramping of bearings and an abnormal increase in preload which could result in excessive heat and possible bearing damage. +. bearing spacers must be of equal length and all parts must be free of nicks and burrs. a heavily loaded. and C1 and C2 are preload curves. gear shafts. therefore preload levels should be chosen with care.000" -. This curve represents the deflection characteristics of bearing “A” being subjected to thrust load T. This has been accomplished essentially by eliminating the “high deflection” points of curve A (from no load to T 1 or T2 lbs. however. A- Axial load-deflection curve of back-to-back mounted angular-contact bearings.000" -.EnginEEring A BEARING SETTING . machine tool spindles. it is important that special attention be given to correct shaft and housing fits.020" +. respectively. suggested shaft and housing tolerances must be followed. Since duplex bearings provide a very rigid mounting.000" -.000" -. The amount of deflection due to load T1 is much greater than the increase in deflection caused by doubling the thrust load to T2. shaft and housing shoulders must be square. 50 80 120 180 315 400 Width Tolerance ABEC . where TyPICAL APPLICATIONS Deep well pumps. For example.020 in. but your Timken representative should be consulted for design review.000" -. Curve A is for Bearing A.015" +. For example. This illustrates the non-linear deflection of a ball bearing. Comparing curves C1 and C2 with A shows the deflection of the preloaded pair is much less than that of a single unpreloaded bearing. the inner and outer ring width tolerance of each bearing is greater than that for a standard single bearing as follows: Bearing Bore mm over 0 50 80 120 180 315 incl.010" +.continued extreme requirements.000" -.000" -. marine propeller shafts. The general expression is: = K T2 1/3 nd2 = axial deflection K = a constant based on bearing geometry T = thrust load applied n = number of balls d = ball diameter A typical axial deflection curve for an unpreloaded single-row angular contact bearing is shown in Figure A-29. it reduces bearing life and increases power consumption.010" +. Typical preloaded mountings are shown here.000" -. shown below. +.020" +.). Curves B1 and B2 show the axial deflection of bearing B as mounted in Figure A-30 below from the preloaded conditions T1 or T2 to a no preload condition. as curve A. squareness of shaft and housing shoulders and alignment of all mating parts. speed reducers..010 in x 2 or . slow-speed rotating shaft may require heavier than normal preload in order to minimize deflection. T T1 T2 +T Fig.015" +. and similar applications often require the use of preloaded duplex bearings. with each bearing having a preload of T1 and T2 lbs.025" Width Tolerance ABEC .000" -. The axial deflection of a bearing subject to thrust loading is based on Hertz’s theories for elastic bodies in contact.000" -. WIDTH TOLERANCES ( ) To allow for face grinding of single bearings to specified preload for use in duplex pairs or other multiple bearing units. Fig. Shaft and housing spacers should be ground together on a surface grinder to obtain exactly equal lengths to assure that the built-in preload will be maintained.. Curves C1 and C2 show the deflection of bearings A and B flushmounted as a pair. that although heavy preload provides slightly greater rigidity. a duplex pair of 2MM9115 WI DUL bearings has an inner and outer ring width tolerance of . Deflection B2 B1 A C1 C2 Load. Preloading can be accomplished by the use of springs or spacer width adjustment.015" +.010" +.020" +. elevator worm drives.025" The inner and outer ring width tolerances of duplex pairs and other multiple bearing units equal the tolerances listed above times the number of bearings in the unit.

Figure A Figure B Inner and outer ring faces not flush on either side Under thrust load equivalent to twice the normal preload. sheaves and in other applications where there are overturning loads and also in all floating positions where thermal expansion of shaft occurs. After mounting. e. It also provides axial and radial rigidity and equal thrust capacity in either direction when used in a fixed location. DF or (“X”) (Contact angles converging toward shaft centerline) Clearance between Inner ring faces Inner ring faces clamped together These Inner and Outer ring faces are flush Before mounting.. Before Mounting Mounted Also available as two single flush-ground bearings with suffix SU.g. Inner and Outer ring faces Mounted are flush on both sides Before Mounting Before Mounting Mounted Mounted Before Mounting DB Stamped faces of Outer rings together Before Mounting Mounted Mounted Other Mountings Face-to-Face Mounting.g. This arrangement provides double thrust capacity in one direction only. there is clearance between the two adjacent inner ring faces. these faces are clamped together to provide an internal preload on each bearing. Since the face-to-face mounting has inherent disadvantages faces low resistance to moment loading and thermal of Clearance between Inner and Outer Outer ring ring faces Engineering / 64 together instability. Inner and Outer ring faces clamped together Faces flush on both sides DF Unstamped faces of Outer rings together Clearance between Outer ring faces These Inner and Outer ring faces not flush DT One stamped and one unstamped Outer ring face together Inner and Outer ring faces clamped together Faces flush on both sides Before Mounting Clearance between Inner ring faces Inner ring faces clamped together These Inner and Outer ring faces are flush DT One stamped and one unstamped Outer ring face together Inner and outer ring faces not flush on either side Under thrust load equivalent to twice the normal preload. After mounting. These arrangements provide high capacity in one direction and also a positively rigid mounting capable of carrying a moderate amount Before Mounting Mounted of reverse thrust. Also available as two single flush-ground bearings.continued Clearance between Inner ring faces TyPICAL MOUNTINGS OF DUPLEX BEARINGS Back-to-Back Mounting. DB or (“O”) (Contact angles diverging toward shaft centerline) DF Unstamped faces of Outer rings together A Tandem Mounting. 7210W SU (two bearings). This arrangement is well suited for pulleys. the inner and outer ring faces are brought into alignment on both sides. DB Stamped faces of Outer rings together Before mounting. Also available as two single flush-ground bearings. Inner and Outer ring faces are flush on both sides Mounted Mounted Before Mounting DT One stamped and one unstamped Outer ring face together Mounted TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A Under thrust load • . when a thrust load is applied equal to that of twice the normal preload. More than two bearings can be used in tandem if additional thrust capacity is required. After mounting. Examples: 7207W-DU. e. 2M205WI-DU. Back-to-back is the most commonly used of all duplex arrangements. DT Clearance between Outer ring faces These Inner and Outer ring faces not flush Before mounting. Inner and Outer ring faces are flush on both sides Mounted TU Figure A QU Figure B Engineering / 64 Clearance between DT Outer ring faces One stamped and one unstamped Outer ring face These Inner and together Outer ring faces not flush Inner and Outer ring faces clamped together Faces flush on both sides Inner and outer ring faces not flush on either side Before Mounting Before Mounting Under thrust load equivalent to twice the normal preload.Before Mounting DB Stamped faces of Outer rings together Mounted EnginEEring Inner ring faces clamped together These Inner and Outer ring faces are flush BEARING SETTING .. Timken pairs for face-to-face mounting should be ordered as DU. Examples: 7205W-DU. these faces are clamped DF together between the of Outer rings shoulder and cover plate shoulder housing Unstamped faces together providing an internal preload on each bearing. there is clearance between the two adjacent outer ring faces. the inner ring faces of each bearing are offset Before Mounting Mounted from the outer ring faces. Specify bearing number followed by suffix DU. itBefore Mounting consideredclampedMounted should not be unless a significantly more These Inner and Outer Faces flush convenient notring faces of assembly or disassembly occurs from its method flush on both sides use.. 7207W SU (2 bearings). Examples: 7212W-DU. 2MM207WI-DU. Before Mounting DF Unstamped faces of Outer rings together Flush ground (DU) pairs may be mounted in combination with a single flush-ground bearing as a “triplex” (TU) set shown below illustrates a “quadruplex” (QU) set where three bearings in tandem are mounted back-to-back with a single bearing. 7212W SU (two bearings). This arrangement provides equal thrust capacity in either direction as well as radial and axial rigidity. e.g. Timken pairs for tandem mounting should be specified as DU. 2M212WI-DU.

At the design level. are as follows: Oil is a better lubricant for high speeds or high temperatures. In most tapered roller bearing applications. lubrication is needed to: Minimize rolling resistance due to deformation of the rolling elements and raceway under load by separating the mating surfaces. all-inclusive statement or guideline allowing the selection of the proper lubricant.EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS LUBRICATION To help maintain a rolling bearing’s anti-friction characteristics. have a positive or negative impact on bearing life. increase load-carrying capacity and enhance other properties. load. as long as the concentration is low and the particle size small. GUIDANCE FOR OIL/GREASE SELECTION Oil lubrication LUBRICANT ADDITIVES Additives are materials. Minimize sliding friction occurring between rolling elements. With oil. operating temperature and method of lubrication. Pour-point depressants to lower the pouring point at low temperatures. pressurized circulating systems. As a liquid. oxidation. • • • • • Demulsifiers to promote oil and water separation. graphite. Tackiness agents to improve adhesive properties. usually chemicals. Oil is easier to keep clean for recirculating systems. Rust. can increase lubricant life. sensitivity to temperature change. Extreme pressure (EP) additives to prevent scoring under boundary-lubrication conditions. refer to the section entitled “Speed. LUBRICATION SELECTION The wide range of bearing types and operating conditions precludes any simple. Each is suited to certain types of applications. Antiwear agents to retard wear. raceways and cage. When heat must be carried away from the bearing. Rust or corrosion inhibitors to protect surfaces from rust or corrosion. this discussion will stress the practical rather than the theoretical aspects of lubrication. although in many applications the means by which they accomplish this are extremely complex and not completely understood. Additives are very complex and should not be added indiscriminately to lubricants as a cure-all for all lubrication problems. extreme pressure and anti-wear additive packages are widely used in engine and gear oils. Selection of the proper type of oils depends on bearing speed. The advantages of oil and grease are outlined in the table below. concentration and operating temperature. provide greater resistance to corrosion. Protect from corrosion and. oil must be used. conversely. such as drip-feed. inorganic additives are of no significant benefit. from contaminant ingress. they are not harmful. wick-feed. Lubricant losses may be higher than with grease. Oils used for bearing lubrication should be high-quality. it is easier to handle and control the amount of lubricant reaching the bearing. • Viscosity-index improvers to decrease viscosity • • • • • • • Modern lubricants do this very effectively. Lubricity agents to modify friction. and zinc oxide are sometimes included in lubricants. Because the principles involved with lubricating rolling element bearings are complex and do not have to be known to employ lubricants successfully. oil-bath or air-oil mist. the effects of lubricant chemistry on bearing life (as opposed to the purely physical characteristics) have received much emphasis. Fatigue testing has shown these additives may. oil can be introduced to the bearing in many ways. Additives. Recently. It is nearly always preferred for very high-speed applications. depending on their chemical formulation. with grease lubrication. Transfer heat (with oil lubrication). For limiting speeds of grease and oil-lubricated bearings. that improve specific properties when added to lubricants. the first consideration is whether oil or grease is best for the particular operation. when properly formulated into a lubricant. nonoxidizing mineral oils or synthetic oils with similar properties. It is harder to retain in the bearing. Consult your Timken representative for more information regarding lubricant additives. Oil may be introduced to the bearing housing in many ways. It can be cooled to help reduce bearing temperature. Detergents and dispersants to maintain cleanliness. The more common lubricant additives include: Oxidation inhibitors for increasing lubricant service life. in addition to the above. ADVANTAGES OF OIL AND GREASE OIL Carries heat away from the bearings Carries away moisture and particulate matter Easily controlled lubrication GREASE Simplifies seal design and acts as a sealant Permits prelubrication of sealed or shielded bearings Generally requires less frequent lubrication Inorganic additives such as molybdenum disulphide. Antifoam agents to reduce foam. Heat and Torque“ section. Some features and advantages of oil lubrication. • • • • • • A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .

the air is filtered and supplied under sufficient pressure to assure adequate lubrication of the bearings. the oil level should be no higher than the center point of the lowest rolling element. This difference has a profound effect on its physical properties where pressureviscosity coefficients can be lower compared to mineral and PAO oils. bearing setting. • Incorporation of oil filtering devices. Oils are classified as either petroleum types (refined from crude oil) or synthetic types (produced by chemical synthesis). Synthetic oils • Oil-mist lubrication. continuous operation applications. Generally. A cooler may be required. type of oil. aircraft and other uses. ester and polyglycol oils have an oxygen based chemistry that is structurally quite different from petroleum oils and PAO oils. polyglycols. Physical properties such as pressure-viscosity coefficients tend to vary between oil types and caution should be used when making oil selections. Since viscosity varies inversely with temperature. In either case. • Removal of contaminants and moisture from the bearing by flushing action. Oil-mist lubrication systems are used in high-speed. Approximate Temperature Limits For Oils Petroleum Super Refined Petroleum Synthetic Hydrocarbon Synthetic Esters Silicones Polyphenylether Perfluorinated 149° C 177° C 204° C 204° C 260° C 288° C 316° C 300° F 350° F 400° F 400° F 500° F 550° F 600° F WARNING Proper maintenance and handling practices are critical. The importance of “wetting” the bearing before starting cannot be overstated and has particular significance for equipment that has been idled for extended periods of time. Synthetic oils cover a broad range of categories. Petroleum oils Petroleum oils are used for nearly all oil-lubricated applications of Timken bearings. • Positive control to deliver the lubricant where needed. The continuous passage of the pressurized air and oil through the labyrinth seals used in the system prevents the entrance of contaminants from the atmosphere to the system. The silicone. creating a risk of serious bodily harm.EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . The successful operation of this type of system is based upon the following factors: proper location of the lubricant entry ports in relation to the bearings being lubricated. Failure to follow installation instructions and to maintain proper lubrication can result in equipment failure. PAO oil is mostly used in the oil-lubricated applications of Timken bearings when severe temperature environments (hot and cold) are encountered or when extended lubricant life is required. and environmental factors. synthetic oils are less prone to oxidation and can operate at extreme hot or cold temperatures. This means that these types of synthetic oils may actually generate a smaller EHD film thickness than a mineral or PAO oil of equal viscosity at operating temperature. High viscosity oil is used for low-speed or high-ambient temperature applications. In general. Control of this type of lubrication system is accomplished by monitoring the operating temperatures of the bearings being lubricated. it is imperative that the oil mist system be turned on for several minutes before the equipment is started. • Metered control of the quantity of oil delivered to each bearing. and various esters. lower oil levels should be used to reduce churning. To ensure “wetting” of the bearings and to prevent possible damage to the rolling elements and races. avoidance of excessive pressure drops across void spaces within the system. or it may be picked up from a reservoir using a venturi effect. The oil may be metered. silicones. which reduces deterioration. These oils have physical and chemical properties that can help in the selection of the correct oil for any bearing application. atomized by compressed air and mixed with air. The housing is designed to provide a sump through which the rolling elements of the bearing will pass. industrial. Reductions in bearing fatigue life and increases in bearing wear could result from this reduction of lubricant film thickness. The polyalphaolefins (PAO) have a hydrocarbon chemistry. and the adequate exhaust of the air-oil mist after lubrication has been accomplished. which parallel petroleum oil both in their chemical structures and pressure-viscosity coefficients. a viscosity value must always be stated with the temperature at which it was determined. If speed is high. SELECTION OF OILS The selection of oil viscosity for any bearing application requires consideration of several factors: load. This system has the advantages of: • An adequate supply of oil for both cooling and lubrication. This system permits close control of the amount of lubricant reaching the bearings. • Large reservoir.continued The most common systems are: Oil bath. • OIL LUBRICATION GUIDELINES Oil lubrication A Lubricating oils are commercially available in many forms for automotive. and include polyalphaolefins. speed. the proper air pressure and oil quantity ratio to suit the particular application. Gages or controlled elevation drains are used to achieve and maintain the proper oil level. • Suitability for multiple bearing installations. pump. • Circulating system. piping and filter. Therefore. Increased lubricant life provides economical efficiency. Low viscosity oil is used for high-speed or low-ambient temperature applications. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . A typical circulating oil system consists of an oil reservoir.

SUGGESTED GENERAL PURPOSE R&O LUBRICATING OIL PROPERTIES Base stock Solvent refined. 5 W min. KINEMATIC VISCOSITy 10000 Pour point Viscosity grades * ASTM D 2782 1000 100 ISO VG 680 460 320 220 150 100 68 46 32 10 1 0 50 100 150 Temperature (degrees C) 200 Industrial EP gear oils should be composed of a highly refined petroleum oil-based stock plus appropriate inhibitors and additives. General purpose rust and oxidation lubricating oil General purpose rust and oxidation (R&O) inhibited oils are the most common type of industrial lubricant. “OK” Timken load rating 80 min. 150. 10 000 7 500 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 500 1 000 700 500 400 300 200 150 100 75 60 7 5 3 2 ISO/ASTM 50 40 35 33 Kinematic viscosity. The inhibitors should provide long-term protection from oxidation and protect the bearing from corrosion in the presence of moisture. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) have adopted standard viscosity grades for industrial fluids. They are used to lubricate Timken bearings in all types of industrial applications where conditions requiring special considerations do not exist. high viscosity-index petroleum oil Corrosion and oxidation inhibitors 80 min. SAE Crankcase Oils 20 70 W min. SUGGESTED INDUSTRIAL EP GEAR OIL PROPERTIES Base stock Additives Solvent refined. A-a Kinematic Viscosity (cSt) A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . They should not contain materials that are corrosive or abrasive to bearings. -10° C max. Extreme pressure (EP) additive* . 220. mm2/s (Centistokes. SAE J 306-81 for axle and manual transmission oils). cSt) at 40˚C 400 300 200 150 100 80 60 40 30 20 15 10 8 6 4 3 2 Viscosity. The oils should resist foaming in service and have good water separation properties.8 kg (35 lb) min. The most familiar are the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) classifications for automotive engine and gear oils. Industrial extreme pressure (EP) gear oil Extreme pressure gear oils are used to lubricate Timken bearings in all types of heavily loaded industrial equipment. Viscosity index The figure below can be used to predict the oil's kinematic viscosity versus temperature (use base oil for grease). An EP additive protects against scoring under boundary-lubrication conditions. A- Viscosity classification comparison between ISO/ASTM grades (ISO 3448/ ASTM D2442) and SAE grades (SAE J 300-80 for crankcase oils. A-31 shows the viscosity comparisons of ISO/ASTM with SAE classification systems at 40° C. the properties and characteristics of lubricants for typical tapered roller bearing applications are listed. The viscosity grades suggested represent a wide range. SAE Gear Oil 50 40 30 80 W min. -10° C max. They should be capable of withstanding heavy loads including abnormal shock loads common in heavy-duty equipment. 90 140 250 W min. ISO/ ASTM 100. Low temperatures and/or high speeds require the use of lower viscosity grades. and high-speed and/or lowtemperature applications require the lower viscosity grades. High temperature and/or slow-speed applications generally require the higher viscosity grades. 460 Fig. ISO/ ASTM 32 through 220 2 000 1 500 1 000 800 600 1 500 1 000 680 460 320 220 150 100 68 46 32 22 15 10 W min. TEMPERATURE VS.EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS . 320. TyPICAL OIL LUBRICATION GUIDELINES In this section. 85 W min.continued CLASSIFICATION There are several classifications of oils based on viscosity grades. Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100˚F Additives Viscosity index Pour point Viscosity grades Some low-speed and/or high-ambient temperature applications require the higher viscosity grades. Fig. high viscosity index petroleum oil Corrosion and oxidation inhibitors.15. Fig. These general characteristics have resulted from long successful performance in these applications.

from as low as -73° C (-100° F) to a high of 288° C (550° F). Consistency is measured by a penetrometer. the composition of a grease could be described by the formula below. Polyurea as a thickener for lubricating fluids is one of the most significant lubrication developments in more than 30 years. The National Lubricating Grease Institute (N. calcium.” If this definition were applied in the manner a chemist would use to illustrate a chemical reaction. This “working” does not compare with the violent shearing action that takes place in a ball bearing and does not necessarily correlate with actual performance. The successful use of lubricating grease in roller bearings depends on the physical and chemical properties of the lubricant pertaining to the bearing. calcium-complex and aluminiumcomplex greases generally combine the higher temperature properties and stability of sodium grease with the water resistance of calcium grease. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . organic esters and silicones. The usable limit can be extended significantly with relubrication. Polyurea grease performance in a wide range of bearing applications is outstanding.continued LUBRICATING GREASES Definition CHARACTERISTICS AND OPERATING ENVIRONMENTS A According to the ASTM definition. At this time. These greases are often referred to as multipurpose greases since they combine the two most important lubricant advantages into one product. there is no known universal anti-friction bearing grease.” In the laboratory this “working” is accomplished by forcing a perforated plate up and down through a closed container of grease.) classification of grease consistency is shown below: NLGI Grease Grades 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Penetration Number 355-385 310-340 265-295 220-250 175-205 130-160 85-115 Grease lubrication The simplest lubrication system for any bearing application is grease. The distance the cone penetrates (measured in tenths of a millimeter in a specific time) is the penetration number. and in a relatively short time it has gained acceptance as a factory-packed lubricant for ball bearings. Greases are available in many soap types such as sodium. other ingredients imparting special properties may be included. lithium. Depending upon the formulation the service limits may vary. such as esters. to solid grades almost as hard as a soft wood. Conventionally.I. calcium-complex and aluminium-complex.G. Lithium. but they absorb water and cannot be used where moisture is present. Consistency Greases may vary in consistency from semifluids hardly thicker than a viscous oil. your Timken representative should be consulted for proper suggestions. Synthetic lubricating fluids. Each individual grease has certain limiting properties and characteristics. Grease consistency is not fixed. Sodium greases generally have good stability and will operate at higher temperatures. Fluids +Thickening Agents +Special Ingredients =Lubricating Grease Listed below are the general characteristics of prominent rolling bearing greases.EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . installation and general environmental factors. Sodium Barium. it normally becomes softer when sheared or “worked. lubricating grease is a “solid to semi-fluid product of the dispersion of a thickening agent in a liquid lubricant. Because the choice of a lubricating grease for a particular bearing under certain service conditions is often difficult to make. Typical Dropping PT Thickener C F Usable** Temperature C F Typical Water Resistance Mineral Oils Esters Organic Esters Glycols Silicones Soaps Lithium. are used with conventional thickeners or chemical additives to provide greases capable of performing over an extremely wide range of temperatures. Calcium Strontium Non-Soap (Inorganic) Microgel (Clay) Carbon Black Silica-gel Non-Soap (Organic) Urea compounds Terepthlamate Organic Dyes Oxidation Inhibitors Rust Inhibitors VI Improver Tackiness Perfumes Dyes Metal Deactivator Sodium Soap 260+ Lithium Soap 193 Polyurea 238 Lithium Complex Soap 260+ 500+ 380 460 500+ 121 104 149 163 250 220 300 325 Poor Good Excellent Good ** Continuous operation with no relubrication.L. greases used in Timken bearing applications are petroleum oils of some specific viscosity that are thickened to the desired consistency by some form of metallic soap. in which a standard weighted cone is dropped into the grease. its application. Soap type Calcium greases have good water resistance. Organic and inorganic type non-soap thickeners also are used in some products.

The lubricants undergo a series of chemical reactions. In non-relubricatable applications. 4. The graph. If the operating temperature range is wide. but resistance to initial movement is such that the starting torque is excessive. Greases are available to provide very low starting and running torque at temperatures as low as -73° C (-100° F). indicates that grease life is halved for every 10° C (18° F) increase in temperature. highly refined mineral oils or chemically stable synthetic fluids are required as the oil component of greases for operation at temperatures above 121° C (250° F). It appears to be more a function of the individual properties of the particular grease and is difficult to measure. In certain smaller machines. 1 or No. developed from years of testing greaselubricated bearings. that ultimately result in the development of viscous or hard residues that interfere with the operation of the bearing. Light Brown High Temperatures The high temperature limit for modern grease is generally a function of the thermal and oxidation stability of the fluid and the effectiveness of the oxidation inhibitors. if a particular grease is providing 2. LUBRICATION GREASE TEMPERATURE RANGES Petroleum Ester Ester . 2 Corrosion and oxidation inhibitors Petroleum/Mineral 145. and temperature limitations must be considered when selecting greases for hightemperature applications. Approximate Temperature Limits For Grease Thickeners Soaps Complexes Polyureas Non-soap 121° C 177° C 177° C >260° C 250° F 350° F 350° F >500° F Timken Multi-Use Lithium Grease Soap Type: Consistency: Additives: Base Oil: Base Oil Viscosity at 40° C: Pour Point: Color: Lithium NLGI No. For example. It becomes obvious that the reactions started by the normal reaction of lubricant with oxygen increases rapidly at higher temperatures. The limits as shown apply only to prelubricated bearings or to applications where relubrication is not possible.6 -18˚ C max. was prepared using military-specification greases to illustrate the thermal limitations of mineral oil. Thermal stability. Under such operating circumstances. to the right. synthetic fluid greases offer definite advantages.000 hours of life at 90° C (194° F) by raising the temperature to 100° C (212° F) reduction in life to approximately 1. Where provisions have been made for relubrication. starting is an impossibility when very cold. An important point concerning lubricating greases is that the starting torque is not necessarily a function of the consistency or the channel properties of the grease.MoS2 Synthetic Hydrocarbon Silicone Perfluoroalkylpolether MIL-G- MIL-G- MIL-G- MIL-G- MIL-G-0 MIL-G- -° C ° C ° C ° C ° C 0° C 0° C -100° F -0° F 100° F 200° F 300° F 400° F 500° F Temperature Range A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . the temperature limits may be extended provided the interval between cycles is reduced accordingly. and fluorinated ether greases. oxidation resistance. silicone.000 hours would result. these greases perform better in this respect than oil.continued Low Temperatures Starting torque in a grease-lubricated ball bearing at low temperatures can be critical. the greases containing low-temperature characteristic oils are generally required. Experience alone will indicate whether one grease is superior to another. In certain instances. A rule of thumb. Some greases may function adequately as long as the bearing is operating.EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS . ester.000 hours could be expected by lowering the temperature to 80° C (176° F). On the other hand.

creating a risk of serious bodily harm.EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . which can result in equipment failure.continued A Clay non-Soap Ca 12 Hydroxy Li 12 Hydroxy grease Compatibility Chart Li Stearate ■ = Compatible ■ = Borderline ■ = incompatible Aluminum Complex Timken Food Safe Barium Complex Calcium Stearate Calcium  Hydroxy Calcium Complex Calcium Sulfonate Timken Premium Mill Timken Heavy Duty Moly Clay Non-Soap Lithium Stearate Lithium  Hydroxy Lithium Complex Polyurea Conventional Polyurea Shear Stable Timken Multi-Use Timken All Purpose Timken Premium Synthetic Timken High Speed Timken Pillow Block Polyurea S S Ca Sulfonate Ba Complex Ca Complex ■ = Best Choice Al Complex Ca Stearate Li Complex WARNING Mixing grease types can cause the lubricant to become ineffective. Polyurea TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .

bearing wear becomes significant.01 percent (100 parts per million) or less. these greases exhibit poor rust preventative characteristics unless properly inhibited. this wear rate quickly diminishes as the contamination particles are reduced in size as they pass through the bearing contact area during normal operation. consult your Timken representative. It has been suggested that water enters microcracks in the bearing races that are caused by repeated stress cycles. Based on Timken Technology tests. for example. The following chart gives a good idea of the influence of water on bearing life. Sodium-soap greases emulsify with small amounts of moisture that may be present and prevent the moisture from coming in contact with the bearing surfaces. emulsions are generally considered undesirable. the primary cause of damage is the eventual fatigue of the surfaces where rolling contact occurs. The exact mechanism by which water lowers fatigue life is not fully understood. with no further contaminant ingress. Water can cause bearing etching that also can reduce bearing fatigue life. This leads to corrosion and hydrogen embrittlement in the microcracks.5 0.001 0. Water-base fluids such as water glycol and invert emulsions also have shown a reduction in bearing fatigue life. it was determined that water content of 0. Greater amounts of water in the oil will reduce bearing life significantly. In certain applications. the calcium. Certain greases.1 0.continued WET CONDITIONS Water and moisture can be particularly conducive to bearing damage. Bearings operating in a contaminated lubricant exhibit a higher initial rate of wear than those running in an uncontaminated lubricant. reducing the time required for these cracks to propagate to an unacceptable size spall. however. lithium and non-soap type. Water • • • • • • Either dissolved or suspended water in lubricating oils can exert a detrimental influence on bearing fatigue life. when particle contamination enters the bearing system. such as: Friction Oxidation (Fretting Corrosion). the results support the previous discussion concerning water-contaminated lubricants. When dirt from the environment or metallic wear debris from some component in the application is allowed to contaminate the lubricant.3 0. changes will occur to critical bearing dimensions that could adversely affect machine operation. Food Handling.EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS . However. But.1 0. had no effect on bearing life. Space and/or Vacuum. Quiet Running. If. LIFE REDUCTION WITH WATER CONTAMINATION Relative (factor) life 3 For assistance with these or other areas requiring special lubricants. 1 0. Lubricating greases may provide a measure of protection from this contamination. However. Many bearing applications require lubricants with special properties or lubricants formulated specifically for certain environments. which can shorten bearing life. Electrical Conductivity.5 percent water in the % water in the lubricantlubricant A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . this characteristic may be advantageous. CONTAMINATION Abrasive particles 2 When tapered roller bearings operate in a clean environment. it is likely to cause damage such as bruising. due to particle contamination of the lubricant. Chemical and Solvent Resistance. wear can become the predominant cause of bearing damage. are highly water-resistant.01 0. Although water from these sources is not the same as contamination.

For temperature ranges of standard greases. Housings cannot be kept free of dirt and grit. Successfully used for integrally-sealed. It should be smooth. Cost and space limitations preclude the use of a grease filled housing.EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . acid formation or hardening to any marked degree. Relubrication is impossible or would be a hazard to satisfactory use. Bearing enclosure and seal design simplified. Its melting point should be considerably higher than the operating temperature. Improves the efficiency of external mechanical seals to give better protection to the bearing. Only on low speed applications may the housing be entirely filled with grease. GREASE LUBRICATION FOR BEARING ⁄ HOUSING ASSEMBLIES A • • • • Advantages of prelubricated ball bearings Prelubricated shielded and sealed bearings are extensively used with much success in applications where: Grease might be injurious to other parts of the mechanism. Prior to subsequent operation. separation of oil. A drain plug should be located near the bottom of the housing to allow purging of the old grease from the bearing. They have a rust preventative coating only and must be lubricated by the customer or end-user before operation.continued GREASES . Excessive quantities of grease cause churning.TIMKEN BALL BEARINGS Bearing Type Radial Bearings (Double shielded and Single and Double Sealed) Wide Inner Ring Bearings (Contact Seal Types) Wide Inner Ring Bearings (Labyrinth Seal Types) Grease Type Grease Temperature Range Polyurea thickener Petroleum oil Polyurea thickener Petroleum oil Synthetic thickener Synthetic hydrocarbon fluid -30° to +275° F -30° to +275° F -65° to +325° F Note: Open type bearings and single shielded types are NOT prelubricated. The grease must be carefully selected with regard to its consistency at operating temperature. Relubricate at regular intervals to prevent damage to the bearing. it is often wise to completely fill the housings with grease to protect the bearing surfaces. consult your lubricant supplier. Both greases have good water-resistant characteristics. water or other contaminants. see chart below.APPLICATIONS AND LUBRICATING METHODS Grease lubrication is generally applicable to the following conditions. and breakdown in lubrication values. Applications utilizing grease lubrication should have a grease fitting and a vent at opposite ends of the housing near the top. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . separation of the grease components. STANDARD LUBRICATION . Prelubricated Timken bearings are prepacked with greases that have chemical and mechanical stability and have demonstrated long life characteristics in rotating bearings. prelubricated ball bearings. Relubrication intervals are difficult to determine. This method of lubrication is a safeguard against the entry of foreign matter. non-fibrous and entirely free from chemically active ingredients. In normal speed applications. If plant practice or experience with other applications is not available. During periods of non-operation. textile and chemical industries. Greases are filtered several times to remove all harmful material and accurately metered so that each bearing receives the proper amount of grease. This results in excessive temperatures. where sealing provisions are inadequate for exclusion of contaminants or moisture. the excess grease should be removed and the proper level restored. It should not exhibit thickening. Frictional torque is influenced by the quantity and the quality of lubricant present. and features low-to-moderate speed applications within operating temperature limits of the grease: Easily confined in the housing. • • • • Polyurea and lithium-based greases are normally preferred for general purpose bearing lubrication and are advantageous in high moisture applications. the housings should be kept approximately one-third to one-half full. This is important in the food.

560 fpm (13 m/s). Vsg = fsg x V = fsg x [ x T x (D2 . Special consideration should be given to applications where speed.continued Multi-purpose industrial grease These are typical of greases that can be used to lubricate many Timken bearing applications in all types of standard equipment. Experience has shown that stabilized temperatures.7. premium-quality product composed of petroleum oil. Higher viscosity products should be used in moderate. The grease should have excellent mechanical and chemical stability and should not readily emulsify with water. can be obtained at the maximum permissible speed. temperature or environmental conditions are extreme.3 < fmg < 0.15 < fsg < 0. No. It should not contain materials that are corrosive or abrasive to tapered roller bearings. Efficient sealing to protect against external contamination. around 15° C to 20° C (60° F to 68° F) above ambient. 2 consistency greases are used with medium. and appropriate inhibitors. Initial run-in period to evacuate unnecessary grease from the bearing. 2 Corrosion and oxidation inhibitors Petroleum/Mineral 145.6 -18˚ C max.8 x 10-3] 4 where: fsg = factor depending on speed: 0. Light Brown Synthetic grease fill The use of “low torque” greases (or synthetic greases) can be considered for rib speeds over 2. The suggested base oil viscosity covers a fairly wide range. Good spindle design to retain grease around the bearings.to lowspeed applications and under heavy loads to maximize lubricant film thickness.5 = free volume of the bearing (cm3) = overall bearing width (mm) = cup outer diameter (mm) = cone bore (mm) = bearing weight (kg) 4 x T x (D2 . The following procedures must be respected to achieve the above performance: Very small initial quantity of grease is applied to prevent excessive churning. Generally.920 fpm (25 m/s).8 x 10-3 ] (cm3) A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . homogeneous and uniform.to low-viscosity base oils. up to maximum of 4. load. Timken Multi-Use Lithium Grease Soap Type: Consistency: Additives: Base Oil: Base Oil Viscosity at 40° C: Pour Point: Color: Lithium NLGI No. Lower viscosity products should be used in high-speed and/or lightly loaded applications to minimize heat generation and torque. This limit can be increased under pure radial loads up to 13 m/s provided that the bearings remain in endplay under all operating conditions. the rib speed should be limited to 5 m/s. The grease should contain inhibitors to provide long-term protection against oxidation in high-performance applications and protect the bearings from corrosion in the presence of moisture. 1 or No.d2) x 10-3 . • • • • General purpose industrial grease should be a smooth.d2) x 10-3 M 7. a thickener.3 M (cm3) Mineral grease When conventional (mineral) greases are used.EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS . Vmg = fmg x V = fmg x [ where: fmg V T D d M = factor depending on speed: 0.

EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . is filled with grease. the more rapidly the grease oxidizes. For high loads or high speeds. Grease life is reduced by approximately half for every 10° C rise in temperature. an additional quantity is provided below the cage. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . It is generally stated that the higher the temperature. experience in the specific application will dictate the frequency of lubrication.continued RE-GREASING CyCLE Filling a bearing with synthetic grease A When using synthetic greases. seal leakage will dictate frequent relubrication. circulating oil is probably the most widely used method because of its capability to remove heat from the spindle. A normal way to fill the bearing with grease is to do it by hand before heating and fitting the components. the limiting factor is the "lubrication for life” concept (without re-greasing). The higher the operating temperature. the free volume corresponding to the first third of the rollers. Grease lubrication of spindle bearings is generally preferred by machine tool builders over oil circulation lubrication due to its simplicity and low heat generation. Obviously. the more often the grease must be replenished. In most cases. For the cup. a thin film of grease is spread all around the race. Every attempt should be made to maintain seals at peak efficiency. For the cone. starting from their large end. The two primary considerations that determine the re-greasing cycle on any application are operating temperature and sealing efficiency.

EnginEEring

A

LUBRICATION AND SEALS - continued
Timken application specific lubricants have been developed by leveraging our knowledge of tribology and anti-friction bearings and how these two elements affect overall system performance. Timken lubricants help bearings and related components operate effectively in demanding industrial operations. High-temperature, anti-wear and water-resistant additives offer superior protection in challenging environments. This chart is intended to provide an overview of the Timken greases available for general applications. Contact your local Timken representative for a more detailed publication on Timken lubrication solutions.

LUBRICATION SELECTION GUIDE

Environment
High Wear • Moderate Loads Moderate Speeds Moderate Temperatures High Speeds • Light Loads Moderate Temperatures Moderate Water Timken Premium All Purpose Industrial Grease

Application
Agriculture • Bushings/Ball Joints Truck and Auto Wheel Bearings Heavy Duty Industrial

Timken Ball Bearing Electric Motor Grease

Alternators • Generators Electric Motors • Fans/Pumps

Extreme Heat • Heavy Loads High Sliding Wear Dirty Environments Slow Speeds • Shock Loading

Timken Construction and OffHighway Grease

Agriculture/Mining • Cement Plants Construction/Off Road • Rock Quarry Earth Moving Equipment Fleet Equipment • Heavy Industry Pivot Pins/Splined Shafts Lightly Loaded Pillow Blocks Idler Pulleys • Oven Conveyors Chemical Manufacture Noise-Sensitive Applications Aluminum Mills • Paper Mills Steel Mills • Offshore Rigs Power Generation

Wet and Corrosive Conditions Quiet Environments • Light Loads Moderate to High Speeds Moderate Temperatures Corrosive Media • Extreme Heat Heavy Loads • Wet Conditions Slow to Moderate Speeds Incidental Food Contact Hot and Cold Temperatures Moderate to High Speeds Medium Loads Extreme Low and High Temperatures Severe Loads Corrosive Media Slow to Moderate Speeds

Timken Ball Bearing Pillow Block Grease

Timken Mill Grease

Timken Food Safe Grease

Food and Beverage Industries Pharmaceuticals

Timken Synthetic Industrial Grease

Wind Energy Main Bearing Pulp and Paper Machines General Heavy Industry Marine Applications Centralized Grease Systems Machine Tools Associated with: Grinding • Drilling • Turning Milling • Lathes General Industrial Applications Pins and Bushings • Track Rollers Water Pumps Plain and Antifriction Bearings

Ultra-High Speeds Extreme Low Temperatures Moderate Speeds Light to Moderate Loads Moderate Temperatures Moderate Water

Timken Ultra-High Speed Spindle Grease

Timken Multi-Use Lithium Grease

This selection guide is not intended to replace the specifications by the equipment builder.

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

EnginEEring
LUBRICATION AND SEALS - continued

SEALS

A
NON-RUBBING SEALS Metal stampings
Metal stamping closures are effective in clean applications. Where environmental conditions are dirty, stampings are used in combination with other closure elements to provide an effective labyrinth against the entry of foreign matter into the bearing chamber. The stamping shown in Fig. A-32 is effective for applications that are grease-lubricated and operate in clean conditions. The design illustrated in Fig. A-33 uses stampings on both sides of the bearing to keep the grease in close proximity to the bearing. The flinger mounted at the outer side of the bearing adds a labyrinth effect. Stampings should be designed to provide a clearance of 0.5 to 0.6 mm (0.020 to 0.025 in.) on diameters between rotating and stationary parts. A minimum axial clearance of 3 mm (0.125 in.) should be provided.

SELECTING THE RIGHT SEAL

When selecting the proper seal design for any Timken bearing application, it is necessary to consider the type of lubricant, the operation environment, the speed of the application and general operating conditions.

Shaft finish

It is important to ensure that no spiral grooves result from machining of shaft surfaces since these will tend to draw lubricant out of, or contaminant into, the bearing cavity. Plunge grinding normally produces a satisfactory surface finish.

Grease lubrication - venting

Venting should be provided in the cavity between the two bearings when grease lubrication is used in conjunction with rubbing or non-rubbing seals. This will prevent an ingress of contamination past the seals, in the event of a pressure differential between the bearing cavity and atmosphere.

Vertical shaft closures - oil lubrication

Lubricating vertical shaft bearings is a difficult problem. Normally, grease, oil mist or oil-air lubrication is used because of the simplicity. However, some high speed and/or heavy load applications will use circulating oil. This requires a very good sealing system and a suction pump to remove the oil from the bottom bearing position.
Fig. A- Metal stamping. Fig. A- Metal stampings.

Machined flingers

Machined parts, along with other closure elements, can be used in place of stampings where closer clearances are desired. This results in a more efficient retention of lubricant and exclusion of foreign matter from the bearing housing. Examples are shown in Fig. A-34 and A-35. An umbrella-shaped flinger is shown in Fig. A-35 combined with an annular groove closure. At high shaft speeds this combination effectively retains oil and keeps out dirt.

Fig. A- Machined flinger combined with annular grooves.

Fig. A- Machined umbrella flinger combined with annular grooves.

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

A

EnginEEring

A

LUBRICATION AND SEALS - continued Annular grooves
Annular groove closures are often used with grease lubrication in place of radial lip seals where considerable grit and dust are encountered. The closure usually has several grooves machined in the bore or on the outside diameter depending on the design. They become filled with grease, which tends to harden and provide a tight closure. When used with oil, the grooves tend to interrupt the capillary action which would otherwise draw oil out of the bearing cavity. Annular grooves with a machined labyrinth effectively protect a grease-lubricated bearing when the unit is required to operate in an extremely dirty environment (Fig. A-36). This type of closure is most effective when applied with closerunning clearances and the maximum possible number of grooves. Suggested dimensions are shown in Fig. A-37.

RUBBING SEALS Radial lip seals

Many types and styles of radial lip seals are commercially available to satisfy different sealing requirements. In clean environments, where the primary requirement is the retention of lubricant in the bearing housing, a single lip seal with the lip pointing inward is often used. Where the critical concern is exclusion of contaminants, the lip is usually pointed outwards (Fig. A-38).

Fig. A- Radial lip seals.

Fig. A- Annular grooves combined with machined labyrinth.

a

c

70˚

b Clearance

Lip seals are available with or without a spring-loaded lip. The spring maintains a constant pressure of the lip on the sealing surface, thereby providing a more efficient seal for a longer period of time. When environmental conditions require a seal to prevent contaminants from entering the bearing chamber as well as retaining the lubricant, a double or triple lip seal is often used. Additional flingers or shrouds should be used as primary seals where extremely dirty conditions are present so that the seal lip and sealing surface are protected to avoid rapid wear and premature seal damage (Fig. A-39). Seal wear surfaces are normally required to have a surface finish in the order of 0.25-0.40 μm (10-15 μin.) Ra. For applications exposed to severe contamination, the seal wear surface should in general have a minimum surface hardness of Rockwell C-45. The seal supplier should be consulted for more specific guidance.

dimension “a” dimension “b” dimension “c” diametral clearance

3.20 - 4.80
0.125 - 0.190

4.00 - 4.80
0.160 - 0.190

0.5a 0.25 - 0.40
0.010 - 0.016

for diameters to 50 mm (2 in) for diameters over 50 mm (2 in)
Fig. A- Lip seal plus machined labyrinth.

1.3 max.
0.05 max.

Fig. A- Annular grooves. Suggested dimensions (mm, in.).

A

TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG

EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . V-ring seals V-ring seals can be used in conjunction with grease or oil lubrication. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . The range of Timken bearings available with “DUO FACE®-PLUS” seals is listed in this book. The type shown in Fig. This type of seal generally needs to run in an oil bath. As rotational speeds increase. Also.continued “DUO FACE®-PLUS” seals The “DUO FACE®-PLUS” seal (Fig. A-41) are commercially available. A-b Diaphragm seal. Fig. Fig. This eliminates the need to machine a special seal surface. a brochure showing application examples is available on request. A- V-ring seals. Fig. A-0 DUO FACE® –PLUS seal. The metallic lip is designed to be spring-loaded against the narrow face of the outer race. Consult your V-ring seal supplier for application restrictions. The “DUO FACE®-PLUS” seal has proven successful in many different types of grease-lubricated applications. A- Diaphragm seal. Diaphragm seals Diaphragm seals (Fig. Fig. A-41b has a second lip which seals against the housing. A- Mechanical face seal for low speeds and contaminated environment. A-42 shows one of the proprietary types of mechanical face seals available. the lip tends to pull away from the sealing surface and act like a flinger. Mechanical face seals A These are often used in extremely dirty environments where rotational speeds are low. A-40) has double lips that seal in the housing bore and the ground surface of the outer race front face. This seal may be used with either oil or grease lubrication (Fig A-43). Fig. Fig. Designs are also available for high-speed and other special applications.

A shield on one side provides protection against the entrance of coarse dirt or chips and makes it possible to relubricate the bearing from the open side as shown (at right).EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS . The extra width affords greater space for long-life factory-filtered grease and provides extra support on shafts and in housings so that locknuts and lockwashers are not needed on applications such as electric motors. or two shields. One Shield-Suffix D Two Shields-Suffix DD Labyrinth or Mechani-Seals (L-Type) Bearings with Mechani-Seals are made in the non-filling slot type only and are available with a single seal. A typical mounting is shown (at right). but in widths the same as those of corresponding size double-row bearings. pumps. Suffix L Suffix LD Two Mechani-Seals Suffix LL W-LL-Type Typical Mounting A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . in the L and LD-Types. The Mechani-Seal was developed by Timken to provide a frictionless seal for effective grease retention and exclusion of foreign material. MechaniSeal bearings are very popular in high-speed pneumatic tools. As illustrated. suffix LL. Double-shielded bearings are prelubricated with the correct amount of Timken suggested ball bearing grease and are designed for applications where relubrication is not required. They are made in standard bores and outside diameters. Close running clearances between the inner and outer members assure effective sealing under extremely severe conditions. These bearings have standard bores. domestic appliances and similar high-speed applications. and two seals. Wide-type radial bearings (W-LL-Type) with Mechani-Seals are designated by the prefix W and suffix LL for two seals. designated by suffix D. suffix DD. suffix LD. one seal and one shield. but the inner ring is wider than standard unshielded and shielded sizes. small electric motors. The inner member is fixed securely in the outer ring of the bearing and provides an ample grease chamber plus effective grease retention. outside diameters and outer ring widths.continued BALL BEARINGS WITH SHIELDS AND SEALS Shields (D-Type) Both K and W single-row radial types are available with one shield. A typical mounting arrangement for the LL-Type is shown. Typical mountings are shown. It consists of two “dished” steel plates. This seal configuration is very effective under high speed. designated by suffix L. The outer member is pressed on the outside diameter of the inner ring and rotates as a slinger to throw off contaminants. the inner rings are offset slightly on the side opposite the seal in order to permit clearance when the bearings are mounted in blind housings. because it is virtually frictionless and utilizes slinger action.

Bearings with felt seals are made only in the non-filling slot type and are available with one seal (designated by the suffix T). the inner rings are offset slightly on the opposite side of the seal to permit clearance when the bearings are mounted in blind housings as illustrated. they are dimensionally interchangeable with open-type and shielded bearings. Suffix T Suffix TD Rubber Seals (P-Type) Radial bearings with rubber seals having one or two seals are designated by the suffixes P and PP. A typical example of motor design simplification is illustrated (right). These wide type rubber seal bearings are particularly wellsuited for use by electric motor manufacturers where their advantages have helped simplify design. which is saturated with oil before assembly in the bearing. Bores and outside diameters of these bearings are the same as standard unshielded and shielded types. The P-Type design is a positive contact seal using a molded synthetic rubber. contacts the ground outside diameter of the inner ring to provide sealing with minimum friction drag. but with widths the same as those as corresponding double-row bearings. With the exception of the extra-small sizes. Suffix PP P Type Typical Mounting Arrangements PP Type Electric Motor Assembly with W-PP Type Bearing W-PP Type Typical Mounting TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Wide-type radial rubber seal bearings (W-PP Type) designated by prefix W and suffix PP for two seals are made with standard bores and outside diameters. but overall widths are greater. This felt washer. one seal and one shield (identified by suffix TD). The extra width offers a larger contact area for the shaft and housing and also provides additional space for displacement of grease under agitation.continued Felt Seals (T-Type) A The felt seal consists of two metal plates fixed in the outer ring of the bearing that enclose a felt washer. and two seals (suffix TT). Timken® rubber seal bearings provide a convenient compact design. The flare-out of the seal against the inner ring radius assures constant positive contact to provide an effective barrier against the entrance of contaminants or loss of lubricants.EnginEEring LUBRICATION AND SEALS . This design also utilizes a molded seal. the seal flares outward and rides on the inner ring. Firmly fixed to the outer ring. As illustrated. respectively. Because they interchange dimensionally with standard single-row radial types. in the T-and TD-types.

Providing firm seal contact. large ball size. which nests tightly against the seal member following its flared-out shape at the inner ring of the outside diameter. The innermost member is crimped into a groove in the outer ring and encapsulates the seal and outside shroud. Laboratory tests have clearly established the superior performance of the shroud-type R-Seal. consisting of deep raceways. the back-up plate of the seal assembly has a close clearance with the outside diameter of the inner ring. In this design.continued Rubber Seals (R-Type) One of the most advanced sealing designs introduced by Timken is the R-Type rubber seal bearing. This seal construction also is available in standard and heavy series wide inner ring bearings. which may be prevalent in agriculture and textile applications. The use of Tri-Ply bearings simplifies housing designs. tomato harvesters. utilizing a synthetic rubber seal retained by two steel caps. helps protect the rubber seal members from wrap and abrasion.EnginEEring A LUBRICATION AND SEALS . the shroud design guards the rubber seal against abrasive damage by dirt and fiber wrap. the rubber sealing element is completely protected by a closely fitting outer cap or shroud. This is a positive contact seal of three-piece construction. The shroud cap. and their extra inner ring width provides greater support on the shaft. A feature of these bearings is the balanced design. cotton harvesters. The seal flares outward and rides or wipes on the ground land of the inner ring. Tri-Ply Seals A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • . With improved lubricant retention and greater protection against contaminants. These bearings are widely used on conveyors and farm machinery such as disc harrows. Shroud Seal suffix RR Shroud Seal suffix RR Tri-Ply Seals Tri-Ply Shroud Seal ball bearings are designed for bearing applications involving exceptionally severe contamination or abrasion environments. hillers. which nests closely with the outside seal lip. and extra-wide or heavy inner rings. preventing the seal from being pushed inward. All three seal lips have heavy flareout contact with the inner ring outside diameter and provide exceptionally effective protection against the loss of lubricant and the entrance of wet or abrasive contaminants. They are produced in many types and sizes. both in the radial and wide inner ring designs. Each Tri-Ply seal consists of a triple-lip nitrile seal molded to a heavy metal shroud cap. etc.

For grease it is assumed a 30 percent bearing cavity fill. • The housing and shaft are steel or cast iron. These values do not apply to certain special bearings. For further information consult your Timken representative. • The outer ring is stationary and the inner ring is rotating. • The bearing rotational axis is horizontal. housings. The values in the accompanying table may be used as a general guide for determining the safe maximum speed of standard types of Timken ball bearings. • The bearing does not contain seals. shafts. square or hex bore bearings. The relative importance of each of these factors depends on the nature of the application. Bearing characteristics and features of surrounding parts. The safe operating speed of a bearing is often limited by the temperature within the bearing. Ball bearings with ABEC 5 tolerances or better and ring-piloted composition cages lubricated with an efficient. For outer ring rotation of ball bearings. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . HEAT AND TORQUE SPEED RATINGS RADIAL BALL BEARINGS There is no precise method for determining the maximum speed at which a ball bearing may operate. in. cooling oil-mist system have exceptional high-speed ability. BALL BEARING SERIES FACTOR Extra-small (30 and S) and extra-light (9100 and M9300) Light (200. • The oil viscosity is assumed to be 12 cSt (ISO VG32) operated at 70˚ C. multiply the pitch diameter in millimeters (or. Tolerance grade. such as radial Tri-Ply series. • Bearing setting or clearance. Consult your Timken representative for more accurate information regarding a bearing’s speed limitations in your application. 1. and the type and amount of lubricant. the following assumptions have been made: • The radial load is five percent of the static load rating. the effect of centrifugal force on rolling elements and other factors. depending on the application and overall speed capability of the design. The effect of each factor is not isolated – each contributes in varying degrees. etc. tolerance guide and type of lubrication. The bearing and its components are at 70˚ C and the bearing environment is at 20˚ C (68˚ F). in the case of extra-small inch dimension bearings. cage design. 5200 and 7200) Medium (300. 5300 and 7300) A The speed capability of a bearing in any application is subject to a number of factors including: • Temperature. etc. housing and other component as well as basic service conditions are all variables dependent upon each other for continued satisfactory high-speed performance. it is assumed to be in a bath with the fill to the middle of the lowest rolling element. Bearings with ABEC 1 tolerances are generally satisfactory for normal speeds with grease or oil lubrication. In calculating these numbers. • The bearing radial internal clearance complies with class normal and standard fits are used. multiply the speed value (pitch or mean dia. The thermal speed ratings are for reference only and can be considerably lower or higher depending on your application. To obtain the speed value for any bearing size with inner ring rotating. the nearest millimeter equivalent) by the speed in revolutions per minute. SPHERICAL AND CyLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS For Timken cylindrical and spherical roller bearings.. • Lubrication. auxiliary parts. the thermal speed ratings are listed in the bearing tables. • Bearing design..EnginEEring SPEED. which.3 1. Radial bearings with proper internal refinements will operate at high speeds for long periods if properly installed and lubricated. lubrication. temperature. under certain application conditions of load. numerous application of Timken bearings are successfully operating with speed values far in excess of those tabulated. In the case of duplex mountings.7 Although the speed values shown in the tables on the following page are based on many years of research and accumulated data. • The bearing does not experience misalignment or axial load. accuracy of bearings. and lubricant are bearing characteristics which affect speed limitations. contamination. An understanding of how each of these factors affects performance as speeds change is required to achieve the speed capabilities inherent in a bearing. bearing preload and contact angle affect the permissible speeds. Such applications require particular consideration of proper tolerance grade.5 1. (158˚ F) and the grease base oil viscosity is assumed to be 22 cSt operated at 70˚ C (158˚ F). as frequently used in a highspeed machine tool spindles. non-churning. is dependent upon the temperature surrounding the application. Conversely. • For oil. shafts. Refer to page A164 for the most suitable bearing type. These values have been determined by balancing the heat generated within the bearing with the heat dissipated from the bearing. mm x RPM of the outer ring) by the following factors before referring to the table of speed values. cage style. limiting speeds may be less than the figures shown. in turn.

000 Ball Piloted Pressed Steel.000 — 350.000 350. 2MM300WI 350. HEAT AND TORQUE . 9100K 200K.000 450.000.000 1.000 750.000 350. 2M300WI.000 300.000 400.000 300.000 400. Ring Piloted Composition (CR) or (PRC) 2MM9300WI. Note: Single or double normal contact (P or PP) sealed bearings should not exceed 300.continued RADIAL BALL BEARINGS dm X N VALUES (dm* IN MILLIMETERS X RPM) Bearing Type ⁄ Series Cage Type ABEC  Grease BALL BEARINGS SINGLE-ROW Non-Filling Slot 9300K. 2MM9100.000 1.000.000 PDN.200.000 1.000 300.000 — — — — — — — — — — — — Pressed Steel. 2MM200WI.400. Brass Ring Piloted Molded Reinforced Nylon(PRC) Composition (CR) Ball Piloted Molded Nylon(PRB) 250.000 650. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .000 350.EnginEEring A SPEED.000 350. XLS. Consult your Timken representative for limiting speed of RR or Tri-Ply sealed bearings.000 400. Molded Nylon (PRB) Ring Piloted Brass (MBR). Ball Piloted Br (MBR) Ring Piloted Molded Reinforced Nylon (PRC) 200.000 1.000 300.000 300. 2M9100WI. 2 (1) For oil bath lubrication. 300K.000 — — 350.000 400. 2M200WI.000 550.000 300.000 400.000 300.000 300.000 — 300.000 350.000 450.700. Pressed Steel Ball Piloted Brass (BR) 250.000 250.000 Ball Piloted Molded Nylon(PRB) 250.000 350.000 ABEC  Grease Oil() Grease Oil() ABEC  and  Circulating Grease Oil() Oil Mist 200W and variations Pressed Steel DOUBLE-ROW 5200 5300 Ball Piloted Molded Nylon (PRB).000 400.000 300.000 250.000 300.000 — — — — — — — — — — — — 300.000 — 400. oil level should be maintained covering between 1⁄3 to 1⁄2 up from the bottom of the lowest ball.D.000 — — — — — — * Bore + O.000 1. and variations Filling Slot 300W and variations Angular Contact 7200WN 7300WN Angular ContactExtra precision 2M9300WI.000 250.

The inner cone mean large rib diameter can be approximated by taking 99 percent of larger rib O. A- Fig. One foot per minute is equal to approximately 80 DN. A-44). Industry experience indicates testing may be required to optimize system. rev/min 0 0 SPEED CAPABILITy GUIDELINES FOR VARIOUS TyPES OF LUBRICATION SySTEMS Speed capability guidelines Typical industry experience indicates no problems under ordinary circumstances.000 100 20. Consult your Timken representative with questions regarding high-speed capability. DN values (the product of the inner race bore in mm and the speed in rev/min) are often used as a measure of bearing speed by other bearing manufacturers.EnginEEring SPEED. in. for rough approximation. Testing will be needed and special bearings may be required to achieve these speeds. customer tests and research conducted by The Timken Company.000 50 10. There is no direct relationship between the rib speed of a tapered roller bearing and DN value because of the wide variation in bearing cross sectional thickness.000 200 m/s 40. The inner race rib diameter may be scaled from a print. if available. The mean large rib diameter at the midpoint of the roller end contact can be scaled from a drawing of the bearing. Inner race rib diameter Fig.D.000 20 4. or this diameter can be determined by consulting your Timken representative.000 40 8. However.continued TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS The usual measure of the speed of a tapered roller bearing is the circumferential velocity at the midpoint of the inner race large end rib (Fig. A-45 is a summary of guidelines relating to speed and temperature based on customer experience. A Dmn 60000 Dmn 12 (m/s) (ft/min) Special high speed bearings with circulating oil Oil jets Oil mist Circulating oil Oil level Grease 10 2. A- Cone rib diameter. HEAT AND TORQUE .000 30 6.000 ft/min Inner race rib speed Fig. This may be calculated as: Rib speed: Vr = = where: Dm n = Mean inner race large rib diameter = Bearing speed mm. one meter per second rib speed is about equal to 16. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .000 DN for average section bearings.

Obviously none of the above examples of equipment. clutches. offers good background data for establishing limits on new similar machines. Dimensional stability of Timken ball bearings is achieved by tempering the hardened steel until any further growth by transformation of austenite to martensite is balanced by shrinkage from tempering martensite.EnginEEring A SPEED. and seals are tabulated on page A168 with their temperature capabilities. for example.continued OPERATING TEMPERATURES TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS Bearing equilibrium temperature is not simply a question of speed. Suggested materials for cages. The inner ring temperature is often greater than the outer ring temperature and both are usually greater than the outer surface of the housing. Timken CBS 600TM steel should be considered for temperatures between 150 to 230° C (300 to 450° F) and Timken CBS 1000MTM steel should be used for temperatures above 230° C (450° F) . S3 suffixes or hightemperature steels in specific part numbers and applications.important in very high-speed applications. Standard Timken spherical roller bearings are dimensionally stabilized up to 200° C. S2. can be very sensitive to thermal expansions. Also. Standard Timken cylindrical roller bearings are dimensionally stabilized up to 150° C. cast or wrought cobalt alloys are generally used. lubricant or bearing materials limitations are single point limitations but rather areas of gradually increasing concern. During transient conditions. and some size change will always occur. If prototype testing is not practical. Standard bearing steels cannot maintain the desired minimum hot hardness of 58 HRC much above 135° C (275° F). Although bearings can operate satisfactorily at higher temperatures. There are temperature gradients within the bearing with the temperature of the internal parts usually being greater than the outer surfaces. Also.500 hours. for example. it should be recognized that these are generally not the highest bearing temperatures. high volume equipment where prototype testing is possible. Above this. shaft and housing causing variations in setting and internal loading. 250° C (S2 suffix) or 300° C (S3 suffix). special high-temperature steels are used by Timken. an upper temperature limit of 80 to 95° C (176 to 203° F) is usually more practical for small. The ABMA definition for stabilized rings and balls permits a change of less than . bearing temperatures will often peak and then reduce to a lower level. and heat dissipation rate of the system. shields. gears. Upon request. they also possess good oxidation resistance at elevated temperatures. such as at startup. Rings and balls used at elevated temperatures are defined as stable by ABMA where there is a size change of less than . This balance is never perfect. or the inner ring I. It is also dependent on the heat generation rate of all contributing heat sources. and oil supply temperature affect bearing operating temperature.500 hours exposure at temperatures of 450°. History on some machines operating at higher temperatures. Heat dissipation rate is governed by such factors as type of lubrication system. Consult your Timken representative for availability in specific part numbers. Seals. or below where lubricant is not permitted. Consult your Timken representative for availability of S1. It is the responsibility of the equipment designer to weigh all relevant factors and make the final determination of what operating temperature is satisfactory for his particular machine. Suggested materials for use in rings. balls and rollers at various operating temperatures are listed together with data on chemical composition. Although the temperature of the outer ring O. Temperature of the outer surface of the housing is not an accurate indication of bearing temperature. The allowable operating temperature depends on: • Equipment requirements • Lubrication limitations • Bearing material limitations • Reliability requirements Each factor is an area of increasing concern as operating temperatures rise. Precision machine tools.D. CBS 600 and CBS 1000M have increased resistance to scoring . the bearings can be ordered with dimensional stabilization up to 250° C (S2 suffix) or 300° C (S3 suffix). a new bearing will usually generate more heat until it runs in. are based on 93° C (200° F). the bearings can be ordered with dimensional stabilization up to 200° C (S1 suffix). an upper design limit of 80° C (176° F) is appropriate unless prior experience on similar equipment suggests otherwise. 600° and 800° F. Most industrial equipment can operate satisfactorily with considerably higher temperature rises. This is due to the thermal changes taking place between the bearing.D. Higher operating temperatures increase the risk of damage from some unforeseen transient condition. or the oil outlet is often used as an indicator of bearing temperature. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .. The equipment designer must decide how operating temperature will affect the performance of the equipment being designed. HEAT AND TORQUE . nature of the heat flow between sources. Above 427° C (800° F).00015 inch per inch after 1. Upon request. such as high-speed rolling mills. hardness and dimensional stability. materials and masses of the shaft and housing and intimacy of contact with the bearing. In many cases it is important that the temperature rise over ambient be minimized and held to 20 to 25° C (36 to 45° F) for some precision spindles. Although chosen primarily for their good retention of physical properties. Some equipment such as plastic calendars and gas turbine engines operate continuously at temperatures well above 100° C (212° F).0001 inch per inch after exposure to a temperature of 300° F for 2. the amount depending upon the operating time and temperature of the bearings and the composition of and heat treatment of the steel. Thermal ratings on gear drives. and surface area and character of the fluid both inside and outside the housing. A temperature of 427° C (800° F) is generally the top limit for successful bearing operation using steels.

convection at the inside and outside surfaces of the housing.θi) The following factors apply to the heat generation and dissipation equations listed on this page.73 x 10-4 for Qgen in Btu/min when M in lbf-in. Dimensional factor to calculate heat carried away by a petroleum oil k5 = 28 for Qoil in W when f in L/min and θ in °C = 0. during heat soakback when rotation stops heat may flow back to the bearing along the shaft. However. most of the torque and heat generated by the bearing is due to the elastohydrodynamic losses at the roller/race contacts.S. installations which operate at high temperatures for extended periods may lose the quality of shaft and housing fits. overall heat dissipation can be divided into two categories: Heat removed by circulating oil and heat removed through the housing. pt/min kg/m3.62 (Peq) 0.S. pt/min and θ in °F Dimensional factor to calculate heat carried away by a circulating fluid k6 = 1. Btu/min °C. Heat generation Under normal operating conditions.67 x 10-5 for Qoil in W = 1. The modes of heat transfer need to be considered. Major heat transfer modes in most systems are conduction through the housing walls.EnginEEring SPEED.105 for Qgen in W when M in N-m = 6.continued Other Considerations A Until now. the heat carried away by that lubricant will be: Qoil = k6 Cpρf (θo . For example. lb/ft3 k5 k6 Heat dissipation The heat dissipation rate of a bearing system is affected by many factors. Carefully machined and heat-treated shafts and housings will minimize trouble from this source. Bearings with extra internal looseness may be required to compensate for the above conditions.θi) Heat dissipated by a circulating oil system is: If a circulating lubricant other than petroleum oil is used. HEAT AND TORQUE . during the first few seconds of rotation a massive housing may keep the outer race cooler than the inner race and rolling elements even if the housing is already at some elevated temperature and. In many applications. HEAT GENERATION AND DISSIPATION One of the major benefits of oil-lubricated systems is that the heat generated by the bearings is carried away by the circulating oil and dissipated through the system. °F °C. radial brinell of the races may occur and the bearing will be rough during subsequent rotation. Qoil θi θo Cp f ρ TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . Heat dissipation by circulating oil Qoil = k5 f (θo . If. Btu/(lb x °F) L/min.3 where: Qgen M n G1 μ Peq k1 = generated heat (W or Btu/min) = running torque N. the effects of heat soakback more than removes the radial internal clearance. k4 Dimensional factor to calculate heat generation rate k4 = 0.67 x 10-2 for Qoil in Btu/min Heat dissipation rate of circulating oil Oil inlet temperature Oil outlet temperature Specific heat of lubricant Lubricant flow rate Lubricant density W.54 x 10-5 for M in lbf-in.42 for Qoil in Btu/min when f in U. also. = rotational speed (RPM) = geometry factor from bearing data tables = viscosity at operating temperature (cP) = equivalent dynamic load (N or lbf) = bearing torque constant = 2. temperature limitation has been discussed in reference to metallurgical considerations. U. In some applications the internal clearance of bearings may be partially absorbed. and convection by the circulating lubricant. °F J/(kg x °C).56 x 10-6 for M in N-m = 3.m or lbf-in. while stationary. The following equation is used to calculate the heat generated by the bearing: Qgen =k4n M M = k1G1 (nμ)0.

EnginEEring A SPEED. Carburizing steels per 70 ASTM A534 (a) low alloy 4118 .50Ni Corrosion Resistant 440C stainless steel per ASTM A756 Corrosion Resistant 440C stainless steel per ASTM A756 1C 18Cr 70 4118. 1. M-50 Medium High Speed 4 Cr.5Cr 0. 1C 18Cr 70 450 600 58 55 52 As heat stabilized for maximum hardness at high temperatures (FS238).35Mn 1C 0.10C. BALLS AND ROLLERS SINGLE-ROW Material Low alloy carbon-chromium bearing steels. 58 Excellent corrosion resistance.8Cr 1-1.200 hours. HEAT AND TORQUE . which should be considered if loads are high. <. Dimensional stability data shown above is the permanent metallurgical growth and⁄or shrinkage only. .20 Mo. They should be used for reference purposes only.12Mo (b) 8620 . Note load capacity drops off more rapidly at higher temperatures than M50 shown below. it is stabilized. 52100 and others per ASTM A295 Approximate Chemical Analysis-% 1C 0. Good oxidation resistance. .continued These tables provide standard operating temperatures for common bearing component materials. .500 hours at 212° F.35Mn Temp.55Ni (c) high nickel 3310 . 3310 and others used for extra thick section rings. 3./in dimensional change in 2. . however.50Mn. Consult your Timken representative regarding the application.0001 in/in dimensional change in 2. . Bearings have been made of special material for operation at temperatures above 800° F.0001 in/in dimensional change in 1.8C 70 450 600 60 59 57 Recommended where stable high hardness at elevated temperature is required. A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .8620 steel frequently used to achieve extra ductility in inner rings for locking device bearings. Other bearing component materials are available on request. OPERATING TEMPERATURES FOR BEARING COMPONENT MATERIALS RINGS.06Si 70 450 600 58 55 52 58 As heat treated and tempered. If utmost stability is required. SHIELDS AND SEALS -° F -54° C CAGES Molded 6/6 Nylon (PRB) Molded 6/6 Fiberglass reinforced Nylon (PRC) Phenolic Resin Laminate Low Carbon Pressed Steel Pressed Stainless Steel Machined Brass Machined Iron-Silicone Machined Steel SHIELDS Low Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Nylon SEALS Buna N Polyacrylic Fluoroelastomer Stabilized TFE Fluorocarbon* TFE Fluorocarbon* (with glass fabric) 0° F -17° C 00° F 38° C 00° F 93° C 00° F 149° C 00° F 204° C 00° F 260° C 00° F 316° C 00° F 371° C 00° F 427° C * Limited life above these temperatures. Hardness °F HRC 70 60 -00° F -73° C -° F 0° F -17° C 00° F 38° C Operating Temperature 00° F 0° F 00° F 00° F 00° F 93° C 149° C 204° C 260° C 00° F 316° C 00° F 371° C 00° F 427° C STANDARD DIMENSIONAL STABILIZATION <0. Heat stabilized per FS136 <. it is not as stable dimensionally as it is at temperatures below 350° F. A295 steel is suitable for many applications in the 350-450° F range.500 hours at 300° F When given a stabilizing heat treatment. <. Thermal expansion effects are not included.2C.200 hours at 600° F. Note: ASTM A295 bearing steels are suitable for many applications up to 250° F but are not as dimensionally stable as they are at temperatures below 212° F. . .5 Mn .0001 in/in dimensional change in 2500 HR at 300 ° F (149° C).5Cr.60Cr. OPERATING TEMPERATURES FOR BEARING COMPONENT MATERIALS CAGES.2C.0001 in/in dimensional change in 1.0001in.80Mn.5Cr. <. 4 Mo 1V 0.5-1. Contact your Timken representative for further information. Good oxidation resistance at higher temperatures. use materials in the 600° F group below.80 Mn.5-1. .5Cr 0. 70 350 450 58 56 54 Deep hardening steels for heavy sections per ASTM A485 1C 1-1. 52100 and others per ASTM A295 Low alloy carbon-chromium bearing steels.

The following formulas yield approximations to values of bearing running torque. The formulas apply to bearings lubricated by oil.47 FrB + Fae KA KB FaA = 0.47 FrB + Fae KB FaA = 0.3 NOTE: The torque equations will be underestimated if operating speed.continued TORQUE TAPERED ROLLER BEARINGS Running torque-M The rotational resistance of a rolling bearing is dependent on load. For values of f1 and f2. TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .47 FrA KA 0.47 FrB KB M = k1 G1 (nμ)0. torque is usually lower. although for grease lubrication this depends on amount and consistency of the grease.47 FrA – Fae KA nmin = k2 f2 Fr G2μ K ( ) ( ) f1 Fr K 2/3 0. HEAT AND TORQUE . is less than nmin. speed. refer to figure A-46 on page A171.47 FrB + Fae KB FaB = 0. The formulas also assume the bearing running torque has stabilized after an initial period referred to as “running-in.EnginEEring SPEED.” A Single-row tapered roller bearing Bearing A Bearing A Bearing B Bearing B Bearing A Bearing A Bearing B Bearing B n n n n Fae Fae FrA FrA FrB FrB FrA FrA Fae Fae FrB FrB Design (external thrust. lubrication conditions and bearing internal characteristics. Fae.47 FrA > 0. n. For bearings lubricated by grease or oil mist. onto bearing A) Thrust condition Net bearing thrust load 0.62 0.47 FrA KA FaB = 0.

M Fr G1 G2 K n k1 k2 μ running torque.3 ) k2 1.54 x 10-5 (inch) 625 (metric) or 1700 (inch) lubricant dynamic viscosity at operating temperature centipoise For grease.06 K Fae 2 FrAB – 1.78FrB G2μ K .EnginEEring A SPEED. For values of f1 and f2. HEAT AND TORQUE .78FrA G2μ K ( ) ( ) 0. onto bearing A) Fixed bearing Fixed position Load condition Radial load on each row Fr Bearing B is unloaded Fae > 0. use the base oil viscosity.62 n Fae k 0.continued Double-row tapered roller bearing FrAB FrAB FrC Bearing A Bearing B Bearing A Bearing B Bearing C n Fae n Fae n Fixed bearing Design (external thrust.3 (FrA0.3 Fae 0. N (lbf) geometry factor from bearing data tables geometry factor from bearing data tables K-factor speed of rotation. Fae.62 FrA = FrAB FaA = Fae nmin = k2 G2μ ( ) ( ) f1 FrAB K f2 FrAB K 2/3 0.47 FrAB KA M = k1 G1 (nμ)0.060 K 2/3 0.3 + FrB0.) radial load.030 FrC K n Bearing B 0. rev/min 2. see chart on A171 f2 = combined load factor. see chart on A171 = = = = = = = = = A0 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .56 x 10-6 (metric) or 3.06 K Fae 2 M = k1 G1 (nμ)0.m (lbf-in.890 Fr nmin = 2 G2μ K ( ) ( ) Bearing A 0. N.3 Bearing C 2/3 Fae n Floating bearing NOTE: The torque equations will be underestimated if operating speed.47 FrAB KA FrA FrB = FrAB + 1. nminB = ( ) 2/3 FrAB Bearing B Floating position M FrAB FrC = 2 k1 G1 (nμ) 0. refer to figure A-46 on page A171. f1 = combined load factor.62 = nminA = k2 1. is less than nmin. n.

 0.47 Fig. . . .0 0. A- f1 = 0.EnginEEring SPEED.0 f1 = KFa/Fr f2 = f1 + 0.0 f A Combined load factors.0 KFa/Fr < 0.0 .continued . 0. .47 KFa/Fr 2. 0. HEAT AND TORQUE . .8 use graph above 0. 0. . 0. 0 0 0.06 f2 = 1. . . 0.0 f KFa/Fr DETERMINATION OF COMBINED LOAD FACTORS f AND f Load condition f and f KFa/Fr > 2. f and f .78 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • . . . . . .

EnginEEring A SPEED. HEAT AND TORQUE . at 0° C.s (centipoise.continued 0000 00 000 000 000 000 000 0 00 00 00 00 0 Dynamic viscosity.  0 80 22 32 46 68 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 0 180 0 200 00 220 0 00 C 2400 F Temperature Viscosities in mPa.s (centipoise. Assumes: Viscosity Index 0. mPa. Specific Gravity 0.  . A- A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • ISO/ASTM viscosity grade 0 0 0 . cP) for ISO/ASTM industrial fluid lubricant grade designations. Fig.cP) 00 0 0  0     0     1500 1000 680 460 320 220 150 100  .

00040 0.00025 0. where the coefficients are based on series and found in the following table: Single-row cylindrical roller bearings full complement ﹛ M= 1 Fß dm + 10-7 0 (v • n) /3 dm3 if (v • n) 2000 -7 d 3 if (v • n)<2000 1 Fß dm + 160 x 10 0 m 2 ﹛ ) ) Spherical Roller Bearings Again.8Fa cot or Fr Thrust spherical roller bearings Fß = Fa TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .00030 Single-row deep groove ball bearings 1.5 to 2 times the torque determined for caged radial needle roller bearings.00055 0.016Fal In both equations.00015 0.00055 0.Eb]).00010 0.00030 0.continued NEEDLE ROLLER BEARINGS Empirical torque equations for radial and thrust needle bearings were developed by Timken: M = dm (4.00017 0. l = 1/2 [Ea .5 4.7 2 2.00037 0.7 1..7 1. HEAT AND TORQUE .9Fa cot .6+ 0. the running torque of thrust needle roller bearings is given: M = 4.00027 0.00055 0.00010 0. while that for tapered roller bearings was in centipoise.5 9 11 13 3 4 2.00015 0. COEFFICIENTS FOR THE TORQUE EQUATION Bearing Type Dimension Series 18 28 38 19 39 00 10 02 03 04 02 03 32 33 02 03 10 02 22 03 23 04 18 29 30 22 23 39 30 40 31 41 22 32 03 23 48 49 50 11 12 92 93 94 0  A 0.00015 0.00020 0.00019 0.4) Testing also showed that full complement radial needle roller bearings operate at 1.00040 0.00020 0.00020 0.5 2.875 cp.g.0.00040 0.00055 0. Finally. The load term (Fß) is dependent on bearing type as follows: Radial Ball: Fß = max Radial Cylindrical and Spherical Roller: Thrust Ball and Cylindrical and Spherical Roller: Fß = max ( ( Double-row cylindrical roller bearings full complement 0. A typical conversion factor for mineral oil is 1 cSt = 0.00055 0.7 1. Both of the aforementioned equations were determined for circulating oil lubrication systems.00035 0.5 x 10-7 v0. while the length (l) in the thrust bearing torque equation can be approximated using the bearing’s radial section (e.00035 0.3 n0.EnginEEring SPEED.5 3 Single-row angular contact ball 45˚ bearings 22˚< Double-row or paired single-row angular contact ball bearings Gothic Arch ball bearings Single-row cylindrical roller bearings with cage CyLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL ROLLER AND BALL BEARINGS The torque equations for cylindrical and spherical roller bearings are given as follows.7 1.00035 0.12Fr0. For grease lubrication. the mean diameter dm is the average of the bore and O. Of the bearings.00055 0.00027 0. the viscosity of the base oil should be used to estimate the running torque.00150 0.00015 0.00010 0.00055 0.00037 0.3 2.D.5 6.5 5.00035 0.5 4.5 7 4 6 3.00049 0.00023 0. note that the viscosity is in units of centistokes.1Fr or Fr Thrust cylindrical roller bearings 0.00020 0.00030 0.5 x 10-7 v0.00036 0.00017 0.7 1.3 n0.3 2 3 5 7 2 3 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 6 7 8 12 4. Similarly.00023 0.00055 0. note that the viscosity is in units of centistokes.6 dm + 0.00150 0.7 1.00019 0.

38 7.) 1.3 36.5 57.3 67.4 97.2 86.0 18.55 2.8 17.5 29.32 1. statute) yard nautical mile kilogram-force-second2/meter(mass) kilogram-mass pound-mass (Ibm avoirdupois) ton (long.1 105.00508 m/s 0.344 0.2 25.31 2.8288 0.8 45.9 62.85 7.16 0.15 2.0 158.32 4.15 k = 5⁄9 (tf + 459.1 53.6 71.6 27.) 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 220 240 260 280 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 7500 8000 8500 9000 9500 10000 R' Redwood (sec.5 51.806650 9806650 47.806650 0.806650 9.001 0.8 13.1129848 1.46 1.S.95 10.6 84.06 29.0254 0.3 75.38706 16387.24 9.02831685 3.0 43.2 15.6 17.8 41.3048 25.0254 0.04 4.0 18.95 3.5 19.S.5 14.7645549 TO ACCELERATION meter/second2 meter/second2 AREA meter2 meter2 millimeter2 meter2 meter2 BENDING MOMENT OR TORQUE newton-meter newton-meter newton-meter newton-meter ENERGy joule joule megajoule FORCE newton newton newton LENGTH meter meter millimeter micrometer millimeter meter meter meter MASS kilogram kilogram kilogram kilogram kilogram kilogram POWER watt watt kilowatt watt pascal pascal pascal pascal pascal megapascal TEMPERATURE kelvin kelvin degree Celsius VELOCITy meter/second k k °C W W kW W Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa MPa kg kg kg kg kg kg m m mm μm mm m m m N N N J J MJ N•m N•m N•m N•m m2 m2 mm2 m2 m2 m/s2 m/s2 MULTIPLy By 0.4 12. statute) foot3 gallon (U.15 5.2 88.95 8.047 907.0 0.50 9.5 38.0 75.88 5.609344 VISCOSITy CONVERSION TABLE SUS Saybolt (sec.2 40.4 20.3 5.448222 1.9 49.056 1.4 0.8 167.49 3.59 4.72 6.4 194.293071 17.6 132.44704 1.5 51 57 71 85 99 114 128 142 156 170 185 199 213 227 242 256 270 284 cSt Centistokes 2.806650 1.1 79.7 11.836127 2589988 0.3 22.9 10.42 2.21 3.00001638706 16.0 212 229 247 265 287 309 331 353 375 397 419 441 485 529 573 617 661 705 749 793 837 882 1058 1234 1411 1587 1763 2204 2646 3087 3526 3967 4408 4849 5290 5730 6171 6612 7053 7494 7934 8375 8816 E Engler (deg.8 13.4535924 1016.4 34.7 24. statute) dyne-centimeter kilogram-force-meter pound-force-inch pound-force-foot BTU (International Table) foot-pound-force kilowatt-hour kilogram-force kilopound-force pound-force (lbf) fathom foot inch microinch micron (μm) mile (U.88026 0.58427 0.9 56.S.0010 1609.0 28.0000 98066.9 21.0 25.4 103 108 119 130 141 152 163 173 184 195 206 217 260 302 347 390 433 542 650 758 867 974 1082 1150 1300 1400 1510 1630 1740 1850 1960 2070 2200 PRESSURE OR STRESS (FORCE/AREA) m/s meter/second m/s m/s m/s km/h A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .3048 0.7 4.1 14.09290304 0.67) tc = 5⁄9 (tf .5 60.8 123.6 44.2 47.8 32. fluid) yard3 meter/second meter/second meter/second kilometer/hour VOLUME meter3 liter meter3 meter3 centimeter3 millimeter3 centimeter3 meter3 m3 l m3 m3 cm3 mm3 cm3 m3 0.75 1.0000001 9.4 141.006894757 tk = tc+ 273.51 9.S.1 34.6 23.5 176.6 9. 2000 Ibm) tonne BTU (International Table)/hour BTU (International Table)/minute horsepower (550 ft lbf/s) BTU (Thermochemical)/minute newton/meter2 kilogram-force/centimeter2 kilogram-force/meter2 kilogram-force/millimeter2 pound-force/foot2 pound-force/inch2 (psi) degree Celsius degree Fahrenheit degree Fahrenheit foot/minute foot/second 0.EnginEEring A CONVERSION TABLES TO CONVERT FROM foot/second2 inch/second2 foot2 inch2 inch2 yard2 mile2 (U S.1 150.8 81.9 7.1 39.27778 0.8 92. statute) mile/hour (U.785412 0.745700 17.32) 0.806650 4.28 6.60 1.57250 1 .0 97.44 5.S.2 19.5 15. liquid) liter inch3 inch3 inch3 ounce (U.88 2.1847 1000.0 27.77 4.9144 1852 9.02 2.3048 inch/second kilometer/hour mile/hour (U.1 12.68 2.) 32.00064516 645.81 2.000 0.18 1.4 8.0254 0.355818 3. 2240 Ibm) ton (short.9 70.4 11.2 36.5 64.57353 0.355818 1055.9 114.

2 101.712 241.1016 0.03937 0.8 203.500 65.212 11 50.112 266.74803 100 0.4 50.63780 2.02756 0.87402 2.44094 2.00254 0.475 246.38583 3. 1 mm = } 1 inch = 25.762 387.62990 11.29921 6.138 339.62 10.700 395.175 385.400 mm (exact) 1 inches 25.65354 1.862 171.50394 3.1 0.7500 0.6 381 406.838 225.962 209.400 26.0005 0.512 165.02362 0.18898 3.0000 0.525 392.71654 2.438 73.850 198.58268 3.01270 0.71102 1.688 168.988 282.10236 1.075 220.438 327.262 323.000197 0.06 0.00508 0.49606 1.012 228.5000 0.92913 1.01 0.788 333.0000 0.9 0.286 80 0.812 B.09 0.90551 6.325 315.005 0.004 0.00236 0.425 227.038 301.2 482.16535 2.000315 0.100 166.000 128.1 0.8750 0.008 0.08661 2.0001 0.000354 TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG A • .288 269.23620 10.4 431.162 285.02 0.225 23.55118 0.788 79.188 358.EnginEEring CONVERSION TABLE: CONVERSION TABLES .09 70 0.54331 3.40157 2.6250 0.3125 0.9 20 30 40 2.125 239.938 9.38580 13.275 42.77165 1.762 133.150 185.525 265.02 0.86 50 60 0.000039 0.038 47.088 320.00394 0.175 131.0508 0.688 41.70866 0.500 192.18110 1.8 330.61417 1.1875 0.4 177.938 263.1250 0.28346 2.0625 0.262 69.988 155.238 377.988 28.938 390.625 49.16 12.7 0.08 7.612 330.262 196.006 0.8125 0.838 352.100 39.009 0.250 96.5625 0.81890 3.400 153.638 403.4 0.24 17.512 292.004 0.425 354.4375 0.01016 0.6875 0.36220 2.6 0.000236 0.00315 0.03543 0.A.025 74. B48.550 338.00787 2.225 150.650 376.312 88.9375 0.001 0.625 303.850 71.425 100.8 0.07874 0.000 382.1 DIN 4890.3750 0.000 1.188 104.050 401.562 184.74016 3.7500 0.450 46.062 120.02032 0.007 0.37795 1.39370 0.050 274.00157 0.8750 0.975 182.600 230.88976 1.562 311.016 1.33071 4.01778 0.6 254 279.588 130.32 22.01575 0.200 204.45669 1.950 236.700 14.312 342.69291 7.3 0.001 0.66142 3.0007 0.26772 3. 350 A.41732 1.0003 0.78 20.00118 0.5000 0.59055 0.01 0.6 0.51181 0.007 0.588 257.006 0.388 53.32283 2.66929 0.600 103.888 371.46457 3.775 106.175 4.01181 0.225 277.86614 0.99210 13.000157 0.6875 0.825 252.488 219.112 12.350 134.588 384.125 112.66142 9.44882 9.925 290.025 201.175 258.4 UNITS inches 10 FRACTIONS 1/10" inch mm inches 1/100" mm inches 1/1000" mm 1/10000" inches mm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 25.7 0.000 255.009 90 0.725 341.33858 1.800 306.875 144.575 157.200 331.550 211.56690 14.812 279.84252 10.2500 0.888 244.675 68.78740 0.000118 0.78740 1.763 6.1778 0.524 1.81100 12.412 381.538 111.575 30.02360 11.83465 2.450 300.36220 2.20470 12.96060 15.875 398.850 325.S.062 247.900 90.4375 0.225 404.338 161.350 261.388 307.912 190.3750 0.18110 1.03 0.638 276.525 11.82677 0.778 2.675 322.875 17.11024 3.77950 14.continued inches 0 INCHES/MILLIMETERS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 INCHES TO MILLIMETERS — UNITS 0 1 ⁄ 16 1⁄ 8 3 ⁄ 16 1⁄ 4 5 ⁄ 16 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 1 ⁄2 9 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 3 ⁄4 13 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 15 ⁄16 inches A 127.625 176.512 38.002 0.02362 1.89764 FRACTIONS 1/10 mm mm inches 1/100 mm mm inches 1/1000 mm mm inches 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 — 0.400 280.912 317.032 2.088 66.700 268.254 0.19685 0.125 366.17320 14.462 19.962 82.000276 0.98425 1.712 368.00276 0.00787 0.700 141.8 0.1250 0.1524 0.23622 0.012 13 101.350 7.8 76.825 125.600 357.8 457.150 312.112 139.300 115.27559 0.6250 0.08 0.488 92.0006 0.05 0.01969 0.325 61.25984 1. Norm No.338 34.250 223.47244 0.888 117.900 344.06 0.14961 3.15748 0.338 288.96850 2.22835 3.51181 5.20472 2.650 122.I.812 10 25.388 180.188 231.24409 2.300 369.85039 1.35433 0.088 193.775 233.925 163.662 95.54331 3.662 222.07087 3.738 314.003 0.0002 0.375 80.39370 0.638 22.138 85.67717 2.200 77.53543 300 1.050 20.31496 0.650 249.0762 0.475 119.3 0.162 158.462 273.362 234.99213 3.01524 0.008 0.312 215.2032 0.350 388.662 349.750 160.450 173.100 293.475 373.912 63.812 15 0.938 136.005 0.612 203.05512 9.750 287.08661 7.48031 7.93701 4.288 15.00079 0.550 84.55906 2.000079 0.538 365.05 0.2500 0.07 0.588 3.12598 2.62992 0.288 396.77953 3.08 0.0254 0.04724 2.975 55.488 346.02286 MILLIMETERS TO INCHES — UNITS mm 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 mm — 0.800 179.788 206.59843 2.562 57.75591 2.57480 1.438 200.11811 0.07 0.00039 0.S.04 0.050 147.925 36.0009 0.11811 5.75591 3.735 187.575 284. Norm No.34646 3.675 195.775 360.90551 0.70 15.762 260.51969 2.03150 3.42520 3.288 142.162 31.270 1.038 174.138 212.30709 3.04 0.638 149.95276 2.3125 0.22047 1.950 109.762 1.712 114.5 0.91339 2.0625 0.9375 254.2 355.03150 0.4 304.002 0.875 271.900 217.003 0.725 214.85827 3.00197 0.412 14 152.362 107.2286 0.725 87.1270 0.825 379.48031 2.862 44.03 0.212 304.462 400.5 0.0008 0.0004 0.150 58.238 250.79528 2.14961 3.2 0.06299 1.612 12 76.00762 0.112 393.062 374.075 347.6 127 152.375 207.2 0.94488 0.69291 1.525 138.012 355.075 93.800 52.72441 5.96850 2.300 242.70079 3.62205 3.54 5.238 123.738 60.325 188.275 169.87402 8.00354 0.2 228.750 33.8125 0.57480 1.362 361.73228 1.538 238.41730 11.43307 0.35430 0.508 0.838 98.500 319.025 328.1875 0.250 350.462 146.26772 8.862 298.975 309.14173 200 1.59840 12.5625 0.375 334.275 296.950 363.4 0.29921 1.212 177.6 0.412 0 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄4 5 ⁄16 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 1 ⁄2 9 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 11 ⁄16 3 ⁄4 13 ⁄16 7 ⁄8 15 ⁄16 0.688 295.962 336.

3 49 47.9 68.7 74.5 31.9 59.9 73.6 63.5 73.6 53.5 69.2 44.5 67.2 58.1 73. Ball — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (109) (108.5 57.1 80.7 74.6 75 74.1 62.1 75.1 51.4 56.2 55.7 45.7 47 46.9 70.3 87.7 66.8 64 63.6 66.1 42.2 70.3 75.3 72 71 69.1 61.2 69.continued APPROXIMATE HARDNESS CONVERSION NUMBERS FOR STEEL.6 71 70.6 57.3 23.6 75.9 92.1 90.5 82 81.4 49.5 73.7 80.8 39.9 45 44 43.4 84.2 62 60.4 86.7 64.5 51.9 80.9 83.5) (104) (103) (102.4 77.6 65.7 56.8 52.5 80.4 59.1 75.9 76.5 70.9 75.2 73.4 69.7 46.7 25.7 77.2 61.4 47.8 43.2 36.2 71.5) (101.5 83.3 30.8 46.2 48.6 38.5 24.3 65.5 58.3 62.1 52.8 63.5 48.4 74.5 * Source ASTM A TIMKEN PRODUCTS CATALOG • .4 54.2 92.4 85.3 64.3 52.3 72.5 50.4 67.2 80.5 83 82.5) (101) 100 99 98.5) (108) (107.7 56.5) (104.1 65.1 41.6 82.1 Diamond Pyramid Hardness Number Vickers 940 900 865 832 800 772 746 720 697 674 653 633 613 595 577 560 544 528 513 498 484 471 458 446 434 423 412 402 392 382 372 363 354 345 336 327 318 310 302 294 286 279 272 266 260 254 248 243 238 Standard Ball Hultgren Ball Tungsten Carbide Ball A-Scale 0 kg Load Brale Penetrator 85.1 41.9 68.EnginEEring A CONVERSION TABLES .8 63.9 85.4 60.5 61 60.8 55.7 90.5 B-Scale 00 kg Load ⁄" Dia.2 68.3 78.2 76.9 87.8 81. BASED ON ROCKWELL C STEEL HARDNESS NUMBERS* Rockwell Hardness Number Brinell Hardness Number 0 mm Ball 000 kg Load Rockwell C-Scale Hardness Number 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number Superficial Brale Penetrator D-Scale 00 kg Brale Penetrator 76.5 85 84.5 92.7 65.3 63.4 74.2 53.6 79 78.6 73.1 79.8 81.8 89.9 83.6 76.1 55 53.3 81.8 91.1 72.) 000 psi — — — — — — — — — 326 315 305 295 287 278 269 262 253 245 239 232 225 219 212 206 201 196 191 186 181 176 172 168 163 159 154 150 146 142 138 134 131 127 124 121 118 115 113 110 Rockwell C-Scale Hardness Number 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 487 475 464 451 442 432 421 409 400 390 381 371 362 353 344 336 327 319 311 301 294 286 279 271 264 258 253 247 243 237 231 226 — — — — — — — — 613 599 587 575 561 546 534 519 508 494 481 469 455 443 432 421 409 400 390 381 371 362 353 344 336 327 319 311 301 294 286 279 271 264 258 253 247 243 237 231 226 — — — 739 722 705 688 670 654 634 615 595 577 560 543 525 512 496 481 469 455 443 432 421 409 400 390 381 371 362 353 344 336 327 319 311 301 294 286 279 271 264 258 253 247 243 237 231 226 93.5) (107) (106) (105.5 83.8 66.4 68.9 56.4 76.4 78.3 60.1 34.8 58.4 37.8 78.9 55 54.8 -N Scale  kg Load 0-N Scale 0 kg Load -N Scale Shore  kg Load Scleroscope Hardness Number 75.8 67.8 76.8 53.3 41.3 43.5 72 71.7 66.6 97 95 92 91 88 87 85 83 81 80 78 76 75 74 72 71 69 68 67 66 64 63 62 60 58 57 56 55 54 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 41 41 40 38 38 37 36 35 35 34 Tensile Strength (approx.3 51.6 57.9 79.4 50.8 45.7 69.9 73 72 71.9 86.1 62.8 65.6 85 84.9 81.6 43.4 82.6 40.9 69.5 44.9 40.8 26.6 47.4 68.9 27.5 64.8 62.2 91.4 91.5 76.8 60 59.9 88.4 64.9 67.9 69.1 45.8 64.4 66.4 62 61.1 28.9 66.8 50 49.8 73.3 77.5 97.9 40.9 69.4 83.5 67.2 74.7 32.3 63.3 88.3 50.2 89.8 72.8 82.7 19.2 42.2 71.5 70.1 79.1 22 20.8 73 72.9 33.4 79.5 78 77.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful